YTS45 en r0

BGS
BGS Manual
Manual
BROMMA STANDARD MANUAL
Spreader Type: YTS45 Serial NO: 31226
Customer: PT.Delta Sandai Perkasa
Enduser: PT.Meratus Line
i Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
Table of Contents
1 How to read this Manual .................................................................................... 5
1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 5
1.2 Symbols ....................................................................................................... 5
1.3 Warnings ..................................................................................................... 6
1.4 Safety precautions ....................................................................................... 6
1.5 Safety features ........................................................................................... 9
2 Description of the Bromma Spreader YTS45 ................................................... 11
2.1 Intended use ................................................................................................ 11
2.2 Function ....................................................................................................... 11
3 Technical Information ........................................................................................ 25
3.1 Data sheet ................................................................................................... 25
3.2 Accessories included ................................................................................... 27
3.3 Design Calculations ..................................................................................... 27
3.4 Declaration of conformity ............................................................................. 29
3.5 Software version list ..................................................................................... 30
3.6 General Assembly Drawing ......................................................................... 31
4 Start-up procedures YTS45 ............................................................................... 33
5 Handling Instructions YTS45 ............................................................................. 37
5.1 Warnings ..................................................................................................... 37
5.2 Crane Controls ............................................................................................ 38
5.3 LED indicator lamps (optional) ..................................................................... 38
5.4 Hints ............................................................................................................ 39
5.5 Lifting lugs ................................................................................................... 40
5.6 Lifting with lugs ............................................................................................ 41
6 Maintenance ....................................................................................................... 43
6.1 Periodic Maintenance Procedures YTS45 ................................................... 44
6.2 Hydraulic System ......................................................................................... 66
6.3 Electric System ............................................................................................ 71
6.4 Repair and Adjustments (REP) YTS45 ........................................................ 201
6.5 Fault Finding ................................................................................................ 255
6.6 Spreader components and parts disposal guidelines ................................... 257
7 Spare Parts ......................................................................................................... 259
7.1 How to Order Spare Parts ............................................................................ 259
7.2 How to return parts ...................................................................................... 260
7.3 Spare parts list ............................................................................................. 261
8 Accessories ........................................................................................................ 393
8.1 Hour Counter ............................................................................................... 394
8.2 LED Indicator Lamps ................................................................................... 395
2020-03 Bromma 2
Bromma Manual
8.3 TTDS Twin Twenty Detection System .......................................................... 402

9 Service Notes, Feedback ................................................................................... 421
9.1 Service Notes .............................................................................................. 421
9.2 Feedback ..................................................................................................... 428
10 Index Introduction .............................................................................................. 431
Index ..............................................................................................432
3 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
1 How to read this Manual

1.1 Introduction
Bromma has since 1967 been the leading manufacturer of telescopic
container handling spreaders. A large number of BROMMA spreaders
are in service today in ports and terminals around the world.
A complete range of fixed length and telescopic spreaders are
available, each one providing high handling efficiency, excellent
reliability, and ease of maintenance and repair.
Note!
This manual may contain information about
equipment that has not been installed on the
delivered spreader. Before purchasing any spare
part, see Chapter 3 Technical Information, on
page 25, which contains information on all
equipment installed on the spreader.
Ensure also that the spreader serial number for
31226 corresponds with the manual.
1.1.1 This Manual

This manual contains information related to the spreader delivered
and is intended for use by operators, service and supply staff.
• Chapters 1 to 5 contain mainly operators information
• Chapter 3 contains technical specifications and details of equipment
installed on the spreader
• Chapter 6 contains maintenance information
• Chapter 7 contains spare parts information
• Chapter 8 describes all the accessories included in this delivery
• Chapter 9 includes a survey about the user experience and
expectations, which are important for Bromma to further develop
both the product and the manual
Manual original language
The original language of this manual is English. Manuals translated
are translations of the original English manual. In the event of any
discrepancy, the content in the original English manual will supersede
all other translations.
1.2 Symbols
Important symbol denotes measures that need to be taken/inform-
ation that is important to follow.
5 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
Triangle symbol denotes a situation that requires caution.
Prohibitory symbol denotes measures that you MUST NOT take.
Mandatory symbol denotes measures that you MUST take.
Examples:
Be careful. Hot surface.
Regulation. Remove the main plug.
1.3 Warnings
This manual is intended as a guide to the use and maintenance of
Bromma spreaders. it contains vital information for the safety of
personnel and the correct use of the spreader.
READ AND UNDERSTAND THE MANUAL BEFORE THE

SPREADER IS PUT INTO OPERATION.
Bromma will not accept any liability for the use of the spreader for
any purposes outside what is described in the manual.
DO NOT exceed the Safe Working Load (SWL) of the spreader bar.
The SWL is shown on the nameplate that is permanently affixed to
the spreader side frame.
1.4 Safety precautions

The spreader must only be used for the purpose for which it is de-
signed.
The spreader shall be operated and serviced only by authorized

personnel.
Inspect the spreader for damage according to service procedures.
DO NOT connect or disconnect electrical connectors while the power

is on.
Care must be taken when performing any maintenance inside the

spreader frame. It must be carried out under extreme caution and
2020-03 Bromma 6
Bromma Manual
by personnel familiar with risks related to spreader functions and

movements to prevent serious injury due to crushing.
DO NOT change any system settings and functions.
DO NOT tamper with hydraulic pressure settings once adjusted by

qualified personnel. See Chapter 6.2 Hydraulic system for proper
pressure adjustment.
Maintain adjustment of all electrical and hydraulic components.
Perform a functional test after any maintenance or repair work.
2.5 m (8.2 ft) At service or when commissioning STAY CLEAR of all moving parts,
such as guide arms or flippers, moving beams, telescopic chains,
etc. The Danger Zone is 8 m (26.2 ft) longitudinal and 2.5 m (8.2 ft)
2.5 m (8.2 ft)
in cross direction from the centre of the spreader.
8 m (26.2 ft) 8 m (26.2 ft)
A safe distance is 5 m (16.4 ft).
DO NOT unlock the spreader while a container is suspended in the

air. It could cause personnel injury or property damage.
STAY CLEAR of the spreader when in operation.
DO NOT walk or stand beneath the spreader bar during operation.
DO NOT crawl beneath a spreader bar for maintenance, repair or

adjustment. NEVER put any body extremity beneath the spreader
bar.
NEVER STAND BENEATH A SUSPENDED LOAD.
DO NOT attempt to restrain the movement of a container, whether

laden or empty, by hand or by tagline.
DO NOT attempt to lift a container that is not level (+/- 5°).
DO NOT stand between a container and any construction that many

prevent movement to safety. A definite hazard exists that could cause
serious injury or death by being crushed between the container and
an obstruction (such as a building or another container).
Mobile work platforms which are used in repair and service work on
the spreader MUST be equipped with safety rails and kick plates.
7 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
The operator in charge of the crane is responsible to restrict the

movements of the crane when repair or service work is being per-
formed on crane-mounted spreaders.
Warning!
This spreader is equipped with double-coil flipper
arm valves but connected as a single coil valve
function, and as such, the following may occur:
If the operating voltage to the flipper arm valves
disappears (intentionally or accidentally), the
FLIPPER ARMS move upwards to their starting
position.
Warning!
If the EMERGENCY STOP is used or if the power
supply to the electric motor of the hydraulic power
unit is cut-off in some other way, the flipper arms
will stop immediately. The flipper arms start moving
again when the power supply to the electric motor
is restored. All operators who work close to the
spreader MUST be informed about this!
Contact Cargotec CHS Pte Ltd, Bromma before doing any repair
work on the spreader apart from replacing normal wear parts.
Integration of twistlock control into a crane control device for

Bromma spreaders
In order to ensure personal safety and prevent damage to property,
the following must be made to evaluate and mitigate risks when
integrating a spreader into a crane control device:
• Ensure that the spreader is fully landed on the container before a
request to lock or unlock the twislocks is activated.
• Ensure that the spreader is fully resting on the container corner
castings and the crane ropes must have sufficient amount of slack
to compensate for any movements caused by the crane itself as
well as vessel movements in order to properly lock or unlock the
spreader twistlocks.
• Ensure that any type of hoist movements are PROHIBITED when
a lock or unlock request is activated.
• Ensure that any lock or unlock requests are PROHIBITED when
hoist movements are active.
• Ensure that any type of hoist movements are PROHIBITED when
the spreader twistlocks are turning to the lock or unlock position.
It is also strongly recommended that the crane control device should
incorporate functionality that prevents the spreader from bouncing,
such as a landed delay.
2020-03 Bromma 8
Bromma Manual
1.5 Safety features

The following safety features are normally included in the crane:
• The spreader should only be hoisted/lowered when all four
twistlocks are fully locked/unlocked.
• The spreader twistlocks should be locked/unlocked when the
spreader is properly "landed" on a container. This being when all
four landing switches are actuated.
• A delay feature on the twistlocks locked/unlocked circuit is installed
to ensure the spreader is properly "landed" and not bounding. This
is in the form of a timer whom is adjustable, but normally set to
between 1 and 2 seconds.
• During hoisting the four blockading pins move to the "down"
position. This prevents electrically the twistlocks from moving.
Note!
When carrying out maintenance on the
twistlocks, the blockading pin clamps can be
fitted to each corner, to bypass the electric and
mechanical blockading when running the
twistlock.
• Telescoping of the spreader is prevented unless all four blockading

pins are in the "down" position and the twistlocks are unlocked.
Individual switches indicate twistlocks locked, twistlocks unlocked
and blockading pins "up".
The following safety features are fitted on the spreader:
• A mechanical blockading device prevents each twistlock from
locking/unlocking unless the blockading pin is "up" position.
9 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
2 Description of the Bromma Spreader

YTS45
2.1 Intended use
Bromma telescopic spreader YTS45 spreader is intended to lift
standard ISO containers and other equipment made for handling by
ISO twistlocks. The containers should be attached to the spreader by
twistlocks or the intended lifting lugs. The load must be within the
SWL and placed underneath the spreader.
The spreader should not be used for personal transport. When lifting
containers all twistlocks must be locked to the container. Do not use
the spreader to push or pull a container or any other object.
2.2 Function
General
Bromma telescopic spreader YTS45 for Yard cranes consists of
rectangular frame construction enabling easy location on containers.
The spreader can adjust its’ length to lift 20 foot, 40 foot and 45 foot
containers using ISO floating twistlocks.
It can also lift two 20 foot containers and laterally move them apart
1,600 mm if they are empty or 1,000 mm if fully loaded (2x 32.5
tonnes).
The narrow endbeams gives crane drivers very good visibility. All
motions of the spreader will be controlled from the drivers cab and
there are provisions made for signals in the cab indicating the position
of the twistlocks.
The electrical equipment and the cable chain system are well protected
in the main frame, and the hydraulic powerpack is entirely enclosed
within the main frame.
11 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
Each end beam has one double rod cylinder acting on both twistlocks.
Twistlock control valves are mounted on the powerpack.
Electrical cabinet
Power pack
Main frame
Telescopic Beam Unit

(TBU)
End beam
Twinlift
Units
Tie assembly
Guide arms
Twistlocks
2020-03 Bromma 12
Bromma Manual
Structure
Made of high quality steel, the standard YTS45 spreaders provide
high lifting capacity with a low nominal tare weight thanks to the box
design of the telescoping beams and main frame. The spreader is
designed in accordance with DIN 15018 H2B4. It is calculated for a
maximum hoisting speed of 60 m/min.
Repair and maintenance is simplified through easy access to each
component. All equipment is designed for high reliability and durability
under rugged marine environments. All components are designed so
that they may be easily assembled, adjusted, removed and are
accessible for inspection and maintenance.
Hydraulic system
The complete hydraulic unit consists of tank (150 l), pump, electrical
motor, valves and filter, altogether in one sturdy frame with protection
covers mounted on heavy-duty rubber shock absorbers on the main
frame.
The piston pump is driven by a foot and flange mounted 3 phase
cage induction electric motor, corresponding to all the major world-
wide standards. It gives 7,5 kW at 50 Hz and 9 kW at 60 Hz and the
protection grade IP 55 is suitable for most climates.
The hydraulic fluid is filtered through an externally mounted 10 micron
absolute rated pressure filter and an internal tank mounted 10 micron
absolute rated return line filter. The hydraulic oil meets the require-
ments of ISO code 17/15/13 cleanliness classification.
Protection
Pump / motor unit covers
Pressure
filter
Oil
tank
Heavy duty
rubber shock
Frame absorbers
13 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
An (optional) test adapter is built into the system and allows the
pressure, flow and temperature to be measured during operation.
System pressure is normally 120 bar. (The hydraulic components
used, are designed to work at over 210 bar).
Electrically operated directional control valves are used to control
the telescopic drive system and the twistlocks. The directional
solenoid valves can be manually operated in case of signal failure.
The telescoping drive system has a built-in over-center valve that
holds the slide beams in place during operation. To avoid mechanical
damage, the over-center valve has a built-in shock relief valve, set
at 70 bar.
If the spreader is equipped with the option Hydraulic side shift, the
hydraulic system has two different pressures.
Complete hydraulic diagram in section 6.2.
Telescopic system
The telescopic beams run on low friction bearing glide plates, one
at each bottom corner of the main frame (total of 4) and on the top
and bottom at the end of each telescopic beam (total of 8).
This ensures low friction and a smooth movement when telescoping.
Sufficient clearance is provided between the glide plates and the
structure to allow the beams to flex, enabling the spreader to handle
slightly distorted containers.
Lifting lugs located in each corner of the spreader make it possible
to attach slings for the handling of damaged containers or non-con-
tainerized cargo. Optional lifting lugs on the outside of the main beam
can also be provided.
2020-03 Bromma 14
Bromma Manual
Telescopic beam
glide plates
Landing buffer
Main frame
glide plates
Hydraulic motor with

reduction gearbox
The telescopic system is driven by means of a hydraulic motor and

gearbox connected to an endless chain. The counter balance (over-
centre) valve locks the motor when the directional control valve is
not powered. This holds the spreader in position during operation.
The endless chain is fitted with a BROMMA type shock absorber at
both ends. The shock absorber consists of stacks of disc springs.
This system is durable, strong, stops accurate in all positions, has
low weight, is easy to maintain and has long service intervals. The
springs allow for changes in the lenght of the spreader of up to + 15
mm (5/8”).
15 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
Stacks of spring
washers Tension rod
Tension rod
Chain
The BROMMA shock absorber system is designed to provide the

correct amount of impact loading absorption and protection of the
spreader structural and mechanical components and still maintain
the operating position under normal container handling operations.
Hoses and cables are well protected inside the cable chains and
tension rods.
A digital encoder controls the length of the spreader. The positioning
system makes it possible to position the twistlocks of the spreader
within ± 5 mm of the nominal spacing.
Separating Twin Units

The twinlift units mounted at the centre of the main frame consists
of four individual housings with locking devices. Each twistlock house
is raised and lowered with a separate cylinder, but works simultan-
eously. (All twinlift units up or down). The twinlift system is designed
in such a way that irregularities between the two 20' containers are
accepted.
2020-03 Bromma 16
Bromma Manual
The twinlift unit can move two twenty foot containers from a spacing
of 0 mm to 1,000 mm under full load (2x32.5 tonnes) while they are
suspended under the twistlocks. The movement can be done at
anytime in the crane cycle which means there is no stopping time
to change the container spacing.
Twinlift Units
Twistlock House
Latch Cylinder
Tension Rod
Tie Assembly
Tie Cylinder
The movement is done by two tie cylinders on the tie assembly. The
Latch
Latch latch cylinders lock the tie assembly to the tension rods which fixes
cylinder
the distance between end beam twistlocks and the two twinlift unit
twistlocks at 20 foot.
The twin positioning can be adjusted by manually adjusting the
Tension rod proximity sensors.
Twin telescopic mode
Latch
Latch cylinder
Tension rod
Single telescopic mode
17 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
The twin telescoping between 40 and 45 foot is driven by two tie

cylinders. One for each side driving both the telescopic beams and
the twinlift units. So in twin mode, the 20 foot distance between the
twistlocks in the endbeams and in the twinlift units, for each side, is
fixed as both the tie and the telescopic beam are connected to the
same tension rod.
Cylinder Drive
The two tie cylinders operates simultaneously. The chain telescopic
motor is driven in the same direction as the tie cylinders.
Tie Cylinder
Tie Assembly
Latch
In Twin mode the ties and the

tension rods are locked to each
other by the latches.
Latch
A directional control valve placed on the cross beam operates the
latch cylinders. The valve block has two built in pilot operated check
valves for securing the present position of the latch.
Twistlock system
The spreader is latched onto containers by means of hydraulically
operated floating ISO twistlocks which are controlled from the driver’s
cab and which engage the corner castings of the containers.
2020-03 Bromma 18
Bromma Manual
Each twistlock pair is operated with a double acting cylinder centrally

placed in each end beam. Sensors are used for locking/unlocking and
landing pin function. The twinlift unit twistlocks are operated by an
individual hydraulic cylinder. The floating range is ± 6 mm in all
directions. Each twistlock will incorporate a mechanical interlock to
prohibit unlock operation when under load. The twistlock pins are
proof load tested to 40 tonnes.
Sensor for Sensor for

unlocked landed
Double acting
cylinder Sensor for
locked
Landing pin
Twistlock
pin
Guide arms
The spreader is equipped with four fixed guide arms to guide the
spreader onto the container. These are located one at each end of
the long side of the spreader. The guide arms are fastened by means
of bolts and nuts and a bar that fits to a slot in the end beam. The
bar prevents the bolts from shearing off in case of heavy landings.
Several guide arm combinations including electric flipper arms are
available as options.
19 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
Electrical system
The power required to energize the spreader’s electrical components
is obtained from the container handling crane.
All electrical components on the spreader are designed to withstand
those loads imposed during container handling operations and suitable
for a marine environment. The components, where practical, will be
shock mounted and installed for easy access during routine inspection
and maintenance.
For reliability reasons Bromma uses 24 V DC on all controls. The
electrical design will be done in a manner which will incorporate
electrical safety interlock features and sufficient protection for operating
and maintenance personnel.
The electrical safety features incorporated into the design to protect
and ensure proper handling of containers are as follows:
• Spreader cannot be hoisted unless all four twistlocks are fully
”Locked” or ”Unlocked”. (Provided the crane controls have a hoist
permit safety circuit.)
• Spreader twistlocks can only be ”Locked” or ”Unlocked” when all
four corners are properly seated on a container, hatch cover or
stacking frame. In twinlift mode, also the landing pins in the
twinboxes must be depressed.
All wiring outside the plugin box is flexible cable rated for 500 volts
except for purchased items that have internal wiring.
Signal lamps Plugin box

(Optional)
Plugin box The main electrical cabinet is mounted

on heavy duty rubber shock absorbers
and is well protected being placed on,
or within the mainframe. The actual
position depends on headblock design.
Junction boxes are also placed on the
endbeams. Correct positioning of the
telescoping beams is controlled by
sensors.
Electrical cabinet
2020-03 Bromma 20
Bromma Manual
LED indicator lamps can be provided to indicate landed / locked /

unlocked / twinlift units down. These can be positioned centrally or
at each end of the main frame.
Complete electric wiring diagram in section 6.3.
Modular system
The Bromma Group Spreader is available in several different models.
Every model can be equipped with a number of variable accessories.
The specific model and accessories included in this delivery is stated
on Datasheet Chapter 3 Technical Information. All spreader models
are also available in all electric design. These models have an
additional "E" in the model name to indicate the all electric design.
Rail Mounted Gantry Spreaders (Yard Crane Spreaders)
Rail Mounted Gantry spreaders (Y) are equipped with fixed guide
arms and are available in both 40 ft (YSX40) and 45 ft (YSX45)
variants.
YSX40
YSX45
The twinlift model also exists in both 40 ft (YTR40) and 45 ft (YTR45)

lengths.
YTR40
YTR45
The 45 ft twinlift spreader can also be delivered with separating inner

attachments. (YTS45)
YTS45 Separating
inner
attachments
Ship to Shore Spreaders

The Ship to Shore spreaders (S) are equipped with flipper arms and
are also available in both 40 ft (SSX40) and 45 ft (SSX45) variants.
SSX40
SSX45
21 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
The twinlift models also exists in both 40 ft (STR40) and 45 ft (STR45)

lengths.
STR40
STR45
The 45 ft twinlift spreader can also be delivered with separating inner

attachments. (STS45)
Separating
STS45
inner
attachments
2020-03 Bromma 22
Bromma Manual
Options
The Bromma spreaders can be equipped with a number of variable
options. The specific model and options included are stated on
Datasheet Chapter 3 Technical Information.
Control System
The spreader can be delivered with the BROMMA SCS3/SCS4 control
system or with a Relay based system.
Twistlock
There are three different twistlock types available.
• Twistlock assembly floating ISO STD Delivered as stand-
ard
• Twistlock assembly floating INRS
• Twistlock assembly floating ISO Split collar
Power Pack
The Power Pack can be located in 3 different positions.
Accessories
Besides options mentioned above, the spreader can be equipped with
several accessories. The accessories for this delivery are listed in
section 3.2 and described in chapter 8.
23 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
LED Indicator Lamps

The indicator lamps are built on LED technology.
Load Sensing Twistlocks

The load sensing system consists of twistlock pins with one load cell
for each individual pin. The system shows total load under the
spreader, load under each twistlock and eccentricity of the load.
2020-03 Bromma 24
Bromma Manual
3 Technical Information
3.1 Data sheet
Spreader type YTS45
Serial No: 31226
General Assy No: BR1261732
Container Range 20', 40' & 45'
3.1.1 Dimensions
Weight 11.7 tonnes (11.52 LT)
Max height transport position 1,849 mm
Width 2,440 mm
Length when telescoped to minimum 6,064 mm
3.1.2 Capacity
Lifting capacity (evenly distributed load) SWL 50 tonnes (49.21 LT)
Lifting capacity (10% gravity point adjustment) 50 tonnes (49.21 LT)
Lifting capacity twinlift 2x 2 tonnes (1.97 LT)
Lifting capacity (lifting lugs main beam) 15 tonnes (14.76 LT)
Lifting capacity (lifting lugs end beam) 15 tonnes (14.76 LT)
Warning!
The total SWL for all lifting lugs should be less than or the same as the spreader SWL.
Also, ensure that the SWL of the individual lifting lug is not exceeded.
3.1.3 Operating Movements

Telescoping 20 ’ to 45 ’ or ’ 45 to 20 ’ in max. 30 sec.
Twistlock rotation locking or unlocking 90o in 1.5 sec.
Flipper operation 180o in 5-7 sec.
3.1.4 Electrical Equipment

Operating voltage 415 VAC
Supply frequency 50 Hz
Control voltage 240 VAC
Valve voltage 24 VDC
Motor output 7,5 kW
25 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
Electrical protection, motor IP56
Protection electrical cabinet IP65
Control System SCS4
Electrical wiring diagram No:
3.1.5 Hydraulic Equipment

Working pressure of pump 160/100 bar
Pump capacity 56 l /min
Shock valve setting, flipper 250 bar
Shock valve setting, telescopic action 250 bar
Tank capacity 150 l
Hydraulic oil type ISO VG 68
Hydraulic assy No: BR1261780
Hydraulic diagram No: BR1261781
Powerpack No: BR1261782
3.1.6 Lubricants
Oil in telescopic gearbox 4.5 litres
Telescopic gearbox oil type MOBILGEAR 600XP320 (965201)
3.1.7 Corrosion Protection

Surface condition Sand-blasted SA 2.5
2-component Zinc epoxy 50-90 µm
2-component MIO pigmented 100 µm
Polyurethane 70 µm
Min. coating thickness, total 200 µm
Colour code RAL 2004
3.1.8 Additional Specifications

Minimum telescoped position 20 ft
Ambient temperature range -20°C (-4 °F) to 40°C (104 °F)
Atmospheric humidity range 90 %
Guide arm Art no: BR1132150

Dwg No:
Flipper motor type Actuator ArtNo:
2020-03 Bromma 26
Bromma Manual
Twistlocks Floating ISO std.
INRS No
Positioning system Encoder
Additional documents
Remarks
3.2 Accessories included

The list below shows all the available accessories. The ones marked are included in this delivery and described
in chapter 8.
Article Remark Art.No
Hour Counter
Indicator lamps See Chapter 7 Main Frame
Low level indicator / shut off In hydraulic oil tank 76920
TTDS Twin Twenty detection system
Additional accessories
3.3 Design Calculations

The spreader structure is designed according to EN 13001 and to the following loading group and hoisting
class which represent a container handling crane. HC2 , HD1 , U7 , Q3
Lifting Cases: The following lifting cases are considered:
Most frequent lifting case
A symmetrically loaded container of 50MT tonnes .
The permissible stress is determined by analysis of direct loading and fatigue conditions.
Depending on intensity of use the structure is suitable for: 2 x 106 lifting cycles. LOAD CASE 1
Exceptional lifting cases
Permissible stresses is determined by analysis of direct loading only.
a. A container of 50MT tonnes weight but loaded unsymmetrically by 10 % in the longitudinal direction.
LOAD CASE 2 A
b. A container of 50MT tonnes weight but loaded unsymmetrically by 10 % in both the longitudinal and
lateral direction.
LOAD CASE 2 B
Twinlift position
Symmetrically load from two 20´ containers of 2x32.5MT tonne each.
The impact and duty factors have been chosen according to recommendations of:
The following load combinations have been considered:
LOAD LOAD COMBINATIONS
Container in use Crane in use without wind Fatigue check
within
27 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
LOAD LOAD COMBINATIONS
Container weight ( tonnes ) 50MT 50MT 50MT
Load eccentricity ( tonnes ) 50MT
Longitudinally (m) 0 1.22 mm 0
Transversely (m) 0 0.2 mm 0
Wind speed (m/s) 0 20 0
Pitch angle (°) 5 5 5
Roll angle (°) 0 5 0
2020-03 Bromma 28
Bromma Manual
3.4 Declaration of conformity

EC DECLARATION
OF CONFORMITY
OF THE MACHINERY
Acc. to the EU Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, Annex II A
CARGOTEC CHS PTE LTD

BROMMA
15 Tukang Innovation Drive
Singapore 618299
Singapore
declare under our sole responsibility that the following product:
(description and identification including generic denomination, function, model, type, serial number (or batch) and commercial name;
YTS45
With serial No: 31226
to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the 2006/42/EC machinery directive.
We also declare the product to be in conformity with the below indicated directive(s):
X 2014/35/EU (LVD) X 2014/30/EU (EMC)

X 2000/14/EC (Noise) other
The evaluation is done using the following standard(s) or other normative document(s) if applicable:
EN ISO 12100:2010 Safety of machinery - General principles for design - Risk assessment and risk reduction
EN 15056:2006+A1:2009 Cranes - Requirements for container handling spreaders
EN ISO 13849-1:2015 Safety of machinery - Safety-related parts of control systems
Part 1: General principles for design
Name and address of the person authorised to compile the technical file, who must be established in the Community:
Vice President, Business Line Crane Spreaders Johan Bergman
Bromma, Box 1133, 164 22 Kista, Sweden.
Undersigning:
President Peter Cederholm
(title) (name)
Bromma
(company)
2018-10-23 Singapore
(date) (place)
(sign)
29 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
3.5 Software version list

The spreader is delivered with the following units including software.
Note! The units or the software may have been updated during the lifetime of the spreader. In these cases
it should be noted in Chapter 9, Service notes.
3.5.1 Control Units

Hardware Part No. Serial No. Hardware SW version
SCS4 BR1108621 OS 1.0.0.1

DRE Diag CAB 1.25
Mimer 9.2.5D
2020-03 Bromma 30
REV DESCRIPTION ECO-No. DATE BY
31
B-B ( 1 : 40 )
589
7 562
9 750
118
78
B
5
8 6
319
27
243
B 204
1804 5852 (20' ISO)
Ladder, Welded
c/c 5436 2 Socket on Spreader
Type: Pyle National
Cable clamp ZREP-20-350PN
1750 41mm facing spreader center
OPPOSITE CABINSIDE
3.6 General Assembly Drawing
CABINSIDE
Electric cabinet facing outside
TTDS
Bromma
10 2
Bromma Manual
c/c 1219 0,5
73 A ( 1 : 20 )
65
A 1900
4
1739
1621
225x2
472
525
62
348
2450 5852 (20' ISO)
100
A 1908
11984 (40' ISO)
2720 13509 (45' ISO) 106 2258
2430
RAW MATERIAL ART.NR RAW MATERIAL PROFILE DIMENSION AND TOLERANCE RAW MATERIAL TYPE
DATE MATERIAL SHEET WEIGHT TOLERANCE GENERAL
2019-12-18 ALT. 1 / 1 11226.5 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

SIGNED BY FORMAT STANDARD REV.
looah GENERAL ASSEMBLY A1

SPREADER YTS45, BGS DRAWING NUMBER
S/N: 31226, PT. Delta Sandai Perkasa / PT. Meratus Line
BR1261732
2020-03
Bromma Manual
SP-POS PART-NO QTY DESCRIPTION

- BR1261732 - GENERAL ASSEMBLY
1 BR1261734 1 SPREADER
2 BR1026764 1 COVER KIT
4 BR46754 4 FLAP ASSY
5 BR400246 4 FLAP ASSY
6 BR1012201 2 SPLASH FLAP ASSY
7 BR70375 4 TRACTOR PIN
8 BR78962 4 STRING
9 BR1130970 4 FLAP ATTACHMENT ASSY.
10 BR1235018 1 COVER KIT
2020-03 Bromma 32
Bromma Manual
4 Start-up procedures YTS45

1. Before connection to any container crane, place the
main frame of the spreader on trestles or similar
devices in such a way that the flipper arms can be
lowered.
0.7 m (2.3 ft)
2. Inspect the spreader for visible damage.
Max
Level
OK Check the hydraulic oil level (sight glass on hydraulic
3.
tank).
Min
4. With the connector from the crane disconnected,

switch on the power and confirm the high voltage
power is wired to the pins as indicated on the electric-
al schematic diagram, see section 6.3.
5. If a service panel (optional) is delivered with the
spreader, or is available from previous shipments,
connect it to the electrical cabinet and continue with
the items below. If no service panel is available, all
functions must be carried out from the crane cabin.
With the power off, connect the control supply to the
spreader by attaching the plug from the headblock
to the receptacle on the spreader.
Note!
The motion commands can be given from the SCS4 control system, but then the function
of the crane cable and the crane cable connection are not tested.
33 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
6. Turn the power on in the crane cab, and jog the motor
Motor rotation mark starter observing the direction of motor rotation which
should be counterclockwise facing the shaft end of
the electric motor. The rotation is marked with an ar-
row on the motor housing. If the motor shaft is rotating
in the opposite direction, turn the power off and swap
two of the three motor lead wires in the main electrical
cabinet on the spreader.
To change direction of
rotation, swap two
phases in electrical
cabinet.
7. Test all functions of the spreader using the switches

on the crane cab panel (service panel or SCS3/SCS4
touch screen).
Operate the appropriate switch to move the spreader
to the different length positions. Lubricate slide rails
and twistlock assemblies according to lubrication in-
structions in section 6.1.
8. To run the twistlock test, all four landing pins on a
M6 screw single container or all eight landing pins in twin mode
must be forced to the upper position.
Otherwise they will block the twistlock rotation both
mechanically and electrically.
On twinlift twistlocks, insert a screwdriver through the
hole at the front and push down on the handle. The
landing pin should move up. Place the bolt head of
a M6 screw under the blocking key to hold the landing
pin.
Force the landing pins to their upper position by prying

them upwards with for example an adjustable wrench
until the bolthead of a M6 screw can be placed
between the blocking piece and the spacing sleeve.
2020-03 Bromma 34
Bromma Manual
When the twistlock testing procedure is completed,

do not forget to remove the M6 and M10 screws from
the twistlock housings.
9. Check that the pump operating pressure is set accord-
ing to the hydraulic schematic, see section 6.2. Attach
the pressure gauge and adjust the pump if necessary
(also check the flow from the pump at no load with a
flow meter). Optional.
10. Check that the twistlock pressure is adjusted accord-

ing to the hydraulic schematic, see section 6.2. Ap-
plicable for reduced twistlock pressure only.
11. Check hydraulic assembly to ensure there are no oil
leaks.
12. Note that the solenoid valves operating, center
twistlock housings, telescopic motor, and twistlocks
can be manually operated if required. This is achieved
by pushing the end of the solenoid with a small
screwdriver. As the power to the solenoid may be on,
the electrical plug connection must be disconnected
first.
M6 screw
13. Service and lubrication should be carried out accord-

ing to the description in section 6.1, Lubrication in-
struction.
14. If the service panel has been used during the items
above, disconnect it and with power off, connect the
control supply to spreader by attaching the plug from
the headblock to the receptacle on the spreader.
Ensure that the motor rotation direction is still correct.
15. Make a note in Chapter 9 (Service Notes) about the
results of the start-up procedure. If any problems
were encountered please note them and contact
Bromma.
35 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
5 Handling Instructions YTS45

5.1 Warnings
When placing a serviced spreader back into operation, always
test the spreader functions before lifting loaded containers
(the twistlock function test can be carried out on an empty
container).
DO NOT carry out work with the spreader if the current wind
speed is more than 20 m/s (45 mph).
When discharging cargo attached with cones, always check

that no cones get caught on lifted containers. If this occurs,
report immediately to the personnel on deck.
When returning to single lift operation, ensure that the centre

twistlock housings are in the upper position.
DO NOT exceed the Safe Working Load (SWL) of the

spreader bar. The SWL is shown on the nameplate that is
permanently affixed to the side frame of the spreader. Refer
to 3 Technical Information, on page 25
DO NOT walk or stand beneath the spreader bar during op-

eration.
DO NOT attempt to lift a container that is not level (+/- 5°).
NEVER STAND BENEATH A SUSPENDED LOAD.
DO NOT attempt to restrain the movement of a container,

whether laden or empty, by hand or by tagline.
DO NOT stand between a container and any construction

that may prevent movement to safety. A definite hazard exists
that could cause serious injury or death by being crushed
between the container and an obstruction (such as a building
or another container).
RISK OF CRUSHING. The spreader has a risk of crushing

between the movable twin units.
RISK OF INSTABILITY. The spreader has the ability to move

the gravity point of containers outwards and possibly causing
instability. This can create instability and extra load on the
crane ropes and should be thoroughly checked prior to oper-
ation. This situation is particularly severe when lifting loaded
and empty containers at the same time. Due to the risk of in-
stability the crane must be equipped with load cells.
37 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
DO NOT use the spreader bar for any use that it was not in-
tended or designed for.
STAY CLEAR of the spreader when in operation.
DO NOT attempt to cycle the lock/unlock mechanism of the

twistlocks while a container is suspended from the spreader.
The Safe Working Load (SWL) decals near the lifting lugs is
the maximum load to be applied to the lifting lugs. The total
load lifted must not exceed the rated Safe Working Load
(SWL) of the spreader
When lifting a load with the lifting lugs, the chain falls or sling
must be within 5 degrees of vertical.
When lifting a load with the lifting lugs, the crane must be in
slow speed mode.
5.2 Crane Controls

Crane controls can be different depending on the crane manufacturer
and /or crane model. The main spreader functions are:
• lock/unlock twistlocks
• Spreader to 20´, 40´ or 45´ position
• Center twistlock housings up/down
• Expand/retract center twistlock housings
5.3 LED indicator lamps (optional)

The spreaders can be equipped with LED indicator lamps to indicate
functions such as:
• Spreader landed on container (landing pins up) - Clear
• Twistlocks unlocked - Green
• Twistlocks locked - Red
Other colours can be used as an option.
The left side indicator lamps indicate functions for the two left side
twistlocks and the right side lamps indicate functions for the two right
side twistlocks.
When using the twinlift function, the left side LED indicator lamps
are valid for the left side container and the right side lamps are valid
for the right side container.
As an option the indicator lamps can be placed in the crane cabin.
2020-03 Bromma 38
Bromma Manual
5.4 Hints
Adjust the crane so that one (left or right) side is a bit lower. This
gives the possibility to land one end of the container and then correct
the angle of the container before landing the other end.
Warning!
Stabilize swinging cargo by careful leaning against
fixed containers on deck. Demands special cau-
tion.
Use the shadow of the container to estimate remaining height to deck

or ground.
39 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
5.5 Lifting lugs

To maintain stability when attaching cargo to the lifting lugs, do not
exceed the sling angles shown below.
Lifting lugs in main frame. (Trans-

verse direction).
Lifting lugs main frame.
Sling angle not to exceed 5 degrees from vertical in longitudinal dir-
ection, 5 degrees in transverse direction.
Lifting lugs end beams:
Sling angle not to exceed 5 degrees from vertical in longitudinal or
transverse directions.
Lifting lugs in main frame and end beams (longitudinal direction).
2020-03 Bromma 40
Bromma Manual
5.6 Lifting with lugs

Lifting with lugs is allowed only in pairs of fours.
X X
Y Y
Gable Gable
end
Top view
end
Y Y
X X
Front view
Chains/wires
Y X X Y must point
straight down
and have
same length
LIFTING GOODS
Below is an example:
Lifting can be done with the lifting lugs on the main frame X or with
lifting lugs on the end beams Y. The lifting lines must be of same
length on both sides.
Lifting capacity per lifting lug = 12.5 metric tons
4 x 12.5 metric tons = 50 metric tons
Spreader SWL in single mode is SWL = 51 metric tons
Warning!
Lifting with eight lugs is only allowed for stabilizing
the lifting goods with additional lifting points.
41 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
6 Maintenance
To ensure safe and reliable spreader operation it is important to
perform regular maintenance procedures.
Ensure that suitable tools are used to make adjustments on the

spreader.
Warnings
If spreader is not used and/or maintained in strict accordance with
these operating and maintenance instructions, Bromma cannot
guarantee the safety or reliability of this equipment.
DO NOT crawl beneath a spreader bar for maintenance, repair or

adjustment. Never put any body extremity beneath the spreader bar.
Warning for crushing injuries
MAINTAIN adjustment for all components.

KEEP CLEAR of all moving parts such as linkage and aligning arms.
DO NOT connect or disconnect electrical connectors while power is

on.
MAINTAIN all electrical and hydraulic components for proper adjust-

ments.
DO NOT manipulate hydraulic pressure settings once adjusted by
qualified personnel. See hydraulic schematic and this manual for
proper pressure adjustments.
Avoid skin contact with hydraulic oil. Refer to Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) guidelines for per-
sonal safety.
Exhausting high pressure oil to atmosphere can cause skin penetra-
tion injuries. If any accidental injection of oil under pressure through
the skin and into the underlying tissue, seek immediate medical at-
tention, regardless of the appearance of the wound or its size!
RISK OF CRUSHING. The spreader has a risk of crushing between
the movable twin units.
Worn out parts and material should be disposed of according to

guidelines in section 6.6.
43 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
6.1 Periodic Maintenance Procedures YTS45

If service is performed in the workshop, the spreader should be
telescoped to 20 foot position, disconnected and removed from the
crane. Transport the spreader on a carriage or similar. Ensure that
the spreader is fixed securely. The outer dimensions of the spreader
can be found in Chapter 3, Data Sheet.
The service intervals specified are for normal operation where
moderate temperature, humidity and atmospheric conditions prevail.
In areas of extreme conditions, the service periods and lubrication
specifications should be altered to meet existing conditions.
HAZARD! Always disconnect the power supply before work is carried

out!
After 7,500 lifting cycles if a twistlock counter is installed or after

300 hours if an hour counter is installed or monthly (whichever
occurs first)
This check can be made while the spreader is connected to the crane.
Warning!
To avoid risk of falling components during opera-
tion, always check and redraw the fastening bolts
for guide arms (flipper arms and motors).
1 Inspect the spreader for visible damage.
2 Clean and tighten twistlock parts, perform functionality adjust-

ments and visual inspection for abnormality. Grease twistlock.
Check the nut and the floating mechanism and ensure that all
parts are properly tightened down. Check that the twistlock pin
can be moved easily and that it indicates the correct position.
Sensor unlocked
Sensor locked
M8 screw
Twistlock nut
Twistlock arm
Spherical
washer
Guide
block
Landing pin
sensor
Landing pin
Twistlock pin
2020-03 Bromma 44
Bromma Manual
After 12,500 lifting cycles if a twistlock counter is installed or

500 hours if an hour counter is installed or every 6th week
(whichever occurs first)
This check can be made while the spreader is mechanically connected
Max
Level to the crane.
OK
Min Warning!
To avoid risk of falling components during opera-
tion, always check and redraw the fastening bolts
for guide arms (flipper arms and motors).
1 Inspect the spreader for visible damage.
2 Clean and tighten twistlock parts, perform functionality

adjustments and visual inspection for abnormality. Grease
twistlock.
Check the nut and the floating mechanism and ensure
that all parts are properly tightened down. Check that the
twistlock pin can be moved easily and that it indicates the
correct position.
3 Test the landing pin function by pressing the pin upwards.
The sensor should be activated when the projecting dis-
tance (pin outstick) is less than 6 mm. Adjust if necessary.
4 Check that all hydraulic tank mountings are tight.
5 Check the hydraulic oil level (sight glass on hydraulic tank).
6 Check the hydraulic cylinders for any signs of leakage.
7 Check that all glide plates are fixed in their positions. Also
check that no landing buffer is missing.
8 Retighten all screws according to Tightening torques in
section 6.1.4 (only the first 500 h after spreader in service).
9 Lubricate and check the various points as per the lubrica-

tion instructions section 6.1.3

1000 hours if an hour counter is installed or 3 months (whichever
occurs first)
max 2mm 1 Perform the service points as in section above.
2 Dismantle the twistlock and perform dimensional

check on the twistlock arm and spherical washer.
Replace if out of dimension.
45 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
Check the nut and the floating mechanism and en-

M8 screw
sure that all parts are properly tightened down.
Twistlock nut Check that the twistlock pin can be moved easily
and that it indicates the correct position.
M8 nut
Check the floating distance. Measure while the
Washer
guide block is pressed upwards.
Twistlock arm If adjustment of twistlock is needed:
Key a. Remove the M8 screw from the top of the
twistlock.
b. To lower the twistlock, loosen the twistlock nut
Spherical washer slightly. To raise the twistlock, tighten the nut.
Guide block Adjust the distance between the top of the
twistlock head and the bottom of the guide block
Twistlock pin to maximum 1 mm to 2 mm
c. Recheck the float of the twistlock.
d. Reinstall the M8 screw. Replace if worn out and
re-torque according to guidelines found in sec-
tion 6.1.4.
Test the landing pin function and adjust if neces-
sary. Perform functionality adjustments.
Lubricate and check the various points as per the
lubrication instructions in the spreader manual,
section 6.1.2.
3 Carefully inspect all hoses, hose clips and hose
connections. Defective hydraulic hoses and connec-
tions may cause personal injury if jets of liquid es-
cape under high pressure.
Exhausting high pressure oil to atmosphere can
cause skin penetration injuries. If any accidental
injection of oil under pressure through the skin and
into the underlying tissue, seek immediate medical
attention, regardless of the appearance of the
wound or its size!
4 Check that all electric connections, sensors, cables
and other electrical equipment are undamaged and
properly tightened.
5 Check the electric cabinet sealing and conduit
entries for damage. Check if there are any signs of
damp or moisture inside the cabinet.
6 Check and retighten guide arm fastening bolts.
7 Check the function of the landing pins and landed

sensors.
8 Check the filter indicators according to REP13.
2020-03 Bromma 46
Bromma Manual

2000 hours if an hour counter is installed or 6 months (whichever
occurs first)
9 Perform the service points as in sections above. Check all
sensors. Clean and retighten.
10 Clean and tighten twistlock parts, perform functionality adjust-
Dismantle the twistlock and perform dimensional check on the
twistlock arm and spherical washer.
Replace twistlock arm and spherical washer if out of dimension.
Perform crack inspection using DI/MPI.
Test the landing pin function and adjust if necessary.
11 Retighten all screws on the ties and bearing beams.
12 Check the 20 ft/19.6 ft buffers.
Twistlock After 100,000 lifting cycles if a twistlock counter is installed or

nut
4000 hours if an hour counter is installed or annually (whichever
Twistlock occurs first)
arm
Check for
1 Perform the service points as in sections above.
wear Spherical
washer
2 Check the hydraulic oil. If unsure of condition, analyze
Twistlock pin
the oil.
Check for
Check for 3 Inspect all parts. Look for any damage which could ne-
wear
wear cessitate replacement.
Check for
straightness 4 a. Clean and tighten twistlock parts, perform functionality
Check for adjustments and visual inspection for abnormality.
cracks
Grease twistlock.
b. Dismantle the twistlock and perform dimensional
Replace if out of dimension.
Twistlock arm
c. Ensure there are no cracks or other faults in the

threads of the twistlock pins or heads. Check also the
guide blocks. Perform crack inspection using DI/MPI.
d. Replace the twistlock pins and nuts if cracks are de-
tected.
Spherical washer
e. Check the wear of the guide block. Replace if cracks
are detected or if less than specified minimum
measures are found.
f. Test the landing pin function and adjust if necessary.
47 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
g. Clean and inspect the sliding surfaces of the spherical

washer and the twistlock arm for abnormal wear.
Guide block
h. Roll the twistlock pin back and forth on a table or
similar flat surface to ensure the pin is not bent.
Check for
min cracks
185,5 mm
Check for
wear
min diameter
120 mm
min 53 mm
i. Replace the air breathers. Also replace oil filter inserts

as indicted in REP13 and REP14.
j. Clean and lubricate all parts according to the lubrica-
tion instructions in section Lubrication Instructions
Note!
Lubricate the twistlock pin keyways
with LE Almagard® 3751 or copper
paste to avoid parts being wedged.
k. Reassemble the twistlocks.
Note!
Key radius side

towards twistlock pin
5 Renew oil filter inserts and check air breather.

Replace the air breathers. Also replace oil filter inserts
as indicated in REP13 and REP14.
6 Check the hydraulic oil. If unsure of condition, analyze
the oil.
7 Check the telescopic chain. Tighten if it can be moved
more than ± 25 mm in the vertical direction.
8 Check that the two twin box bottom rails are not de-
formed.
9 Check the thickness of the glide plates, ensure it is min-
imum 17 mm. For replacement, refer to REP03 and
REP04.
2020-03 Bromma 48
Bromma Manual
10 Check the function of the twinlift units.
After 200 000 cycles if a twistlock counter is installed or 8000

Spherical washer hours if an hour counter is installed or every second year
(whichever occurs first)
1 Perform the service points in sections above.
2 Replace twistlock pin, twistlock arm and spherical washer.

Clean and tighten twistlock parts, perform functionality adjust-
Test the landing pin function and adjust if necessary.
Twistlock pin
3 Analyze the hydraulic oil. Renew if necessary.
4 Check the telescopic chain elongation. Replace if the chain is

tightened to maximum. Refer to REP05.
Checking the wear of twistlock pins

To determine if the twistlock pin is worn out, proceed as follows:
1 If the gap between the twistlock pin lifting surface and the guide
block (floating distance) cannot be adjusted to less than 2 mm,
the twistlock pin should be replaced. Measure with a 2,0 mm
feeler gauge.
2 If the distance between the rectangular top surface of the twistlock
pin head and the bottom of the head is less than 56 mm, the
twistlock pin should be replaced. Use a new guide block when
measuring.
3 If the twistlock pin is deformed, damaged or bent, it should be re-
placed.
4 If cracks are detected, the twistlock pin should be replaced.
The wear can also be measured with a tool, as shown in the figure.
Twistlock wear measurement tool

A. If 1 mm tool fits to gap, OK
B. If 1 mm tool doesn't fit to gap, adjust wider
C. If 2 mm tool fits to gap, adjust tighter
D. If 2 mm tool doesn't fit to gap, OK
If A and D are OK, the twistlock is properly adjusted.
1 mm Twistlock gap adjustment 2 mm Twistlock gap adjustment

tool (BR1197919) tool (BR1198022)
49 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
Installing sensor attachment

Switch 1 Remove the piston end of the twistlock cylinder from the twistlock
pad arm by pulling out the lock pin and removing the washer. Turn the
10 mm cylinder aside. Hoses may remain attached.
2 Mount the sensor attachments and the sensors on the sensor plate
as shown.
3 Install the sensor plate assembly into the twistlock housing. Use
the existing holes for sensor attachments.
4 Connect the cables to the sensors (if the sensors don't have cable
connections, perform step 3 before step 2).
5 Remount the twistlock cylinder.
Adjusting sensors
1 Check the distance between the sensor face and flag for twistlock
unlocked and twistlock locked sensors. It should be 6 mm. (The
landing pin sensor is also 6 mm.)
2 Connect the power and test the sensor functions by grabbing the
twistlock head and moving it around in different positions. If the
signal is lost, adjust the sensor closer to its flag. Ensure that the
flag does not come into contact with the sensor.
Bolting plate
ASP4
Adjusting sensors with tool BR1224624

Sensor adjustment tool (BR1224624) is used to adjust the landed
sensor, twistlock locked sensor and twistlock unlocked sensor. Before
proceeding to do the adjustment, place the spreader on trestles or
similar devices.
Ensure the twistlock is hanging vertical. Place the tool around the
landed sensor pin.
Apply a screw jack or a clamp to the landed sensor pin until it reaches
a complete stop at the tool.
2020-03 Bromma 50
Bromma Manual
The clamp needs a clamping range of at least 500 mm.
Sensor
adjustment tool
BR1224624
Sensor
adjustment tool
BR1224624
Apply screw jack
51 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
Now adjust the landing sensor until signal is obtained.
To adjust the locked and unlocked sensors, place the tool on top of
the sensor flag and adjust the sensor downwards until it touches the
tool. Now the distance to flag is 6 mm.
Unlocked sensor
Sensor adjustment
tool BR1224624
When replacing the twistlock pins

It is recommended to replace all four (eight) twistlock pins at the same
time. This is to keep track of the amount of lifting cycles for each
twistlock.
The guide blocks, twistlock arms, keys and spherical washers should
be replaced together with the twistlock pins. Make a note of the date,
number of lifting cycles or running hours, and which parts have been
replaced in Section 9 in the spreader operational manual.
2020-03 Bromma 52
Bromma Manual
6.1.1 Long-time storage

If the spreader is stored for a period longer than three months, the
unpainted surfaces should be greased and then telescoped to 20 foot
position.
Storage should be weather protected (indoors or under a tarpaulin).
The spreader can stand on its twistlocks if the floor or ground is hard,
e.g. concrete. Otherwise it should be supported by wooden blocks.
Before taking the spreader into use, perform a 3 months or 1000 hours
(25 000 lifting cycles) service.
53 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
6.1.2 Periodical maintenance table

This summary table lists maintenance actions to be taken after certain
operating time intervals.
Maintenance actions: Intervals More informa-
tion see:
300 hours 500 hours 1000 hours 2000 hours 4000 hours 8000 hours
(monthly) (6th week) (3 months) (6 months) (annually) (every second

year)
General
Inspect for visible damage. X X
Lubrication 1 X Lubrication In-

structions
Retighten all screws (only the first 500 h service). X Tightening

Torques
Twistlock assembly
Clean and tighten twistlock parts, perform function- X X Section 6.4 REP
ality adjustments and visual inspection for abnor- 01
mality. Grease twistlock.
Dismantle the twistlock and perform dimensional X

Replace twistlock arm and spherical washer if out X Section 6.4 REP
of dimension. 01
Perform crack inspection using DI/MPI. X
Replace twistlock pin, twistlock arm and spherical X

washer.
Test landing pin function, adjust if necessary. X Section 6.4 REP

31
Hydraulic system
Check for leakage. Check oil level. X Section 6.4 REP

13-14
Check filter indicators. Renew filters if indicated. X Section 6.4 REP

13-14
Check hoses and hose connections. X Section 6.4 REP

13-14
Renew filter inserts and check air breather. X Section 6.4 REP
13-14
Analyze hydraulic oil. Renew if necessary. X Section 6.4 REP

13-14
Electric system
Check cabinet sealing. X
Check all electrical connections. X Section 6.3
Check electrical grease. X Section 6.3
Glide plates
Check position. X Section 6.4 REP

03-04
Check wear. X Section 6.4 REP

03-04
Telescoping system:
Check chain tension. X Section 6.4 REP

05
Check chain elongation. X Section 6.4 REP

05
Twinlift Units
2020-03 Bromma 54
Bromma Manual
Maintenance actions: Intervals More informa-

tion see:
300 hours 500 hours 1000 hours 2000 hours 4000 hours 8000 hours
Check function X Section 6.4 REP

16-17
Guide arms
Check fastening bolts X
Ties, bearing beams, roller attachment:
Tighten X
Bottom rails (2 pcs)
Inspect for deformation X
1 Acc. to instructions. See also Lubricants, general recommendations
1 year 1 year
3 months 6 months 9 months 1 year 3 months 6 months
Commissioning
h h
00 0 h 0 0h 0 h 00 h
0h 10 0h 00 0h 10 0h 00 0h 10 0h 00
50 50 2 50 50 4 50 50 20
0h 0h 0h 0h 0h 0h 00
h 0h
50 0 h 50 0 h 50 0 h 50 h 50 0 h 50 40 50
1 00 8 00 1 00 00 1 00
20
1 year 2 years 2 years 2 years 2 years 3 years

9 months 3 months 6 months 9 months
To be able to follow up the history of this spreader it is of great im-

portance to make notes of all service and replacement of spare parts.
This can be done in Chapter 9, Service Notes.
55 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
6.1.3 Structural Inspection
Warning!
Visible damages, if left unchecked, could lead to a
major structural deformation causing major
damages to the spreader function.
Note!
Ensure that all structural inspection activities are
carried out by competent personnel using proper
tools and equipment.
Periodical inspections must be carried out on the spreader structure

to ensure that there are no visible cracks on the spreader exterior
surface. During structural inspection, check welding area for any signs
of cracking or heavy deformation at the areas indicated below:
1 1
2 3
Inspection points:
1 Weld joint between flange and web.
2 Weld joint between flange and web.
3 Weld joint between lifting plate and support plate.
Waterside
4 5
Landside
4 Weld joint between telescopic beam and end beam.
2020-03 Bromma 56
Bromma Manual
5 Weld on inner bottom side of lifting plate.
7 6
6 Inside corner between gable tube and twistlock housing.
7 Denting of bottom of gable tube.
Crack tolerance
Any cracks found should be repaired immediately. Assess the location
and length of the cracks to determine if the spreader should be taken
out of service. As a rule of thumb, spreaders with cracks over 150
mm should not be in operation until repair work has been completed.
Contact Bromma for information on the Repair Procedure.
Warning!
It is recommended that a detected crack is repaired
as soon as it is discovered to ensure that it does
not expand from the weld area to the base metal
and result in a bigger and more complicated repair
job.
6.1.4 Lubrication Instructions

Following the designated lubrication procedures is important for en-
suring maximum equipment life. The procedures and lubrication chart
in this section include information on the types of lubricants used,
the location of the lubrication points, lubrication and methods of ap-
plication.
Lubricants General Recommendations

Specific recommendations of brand and grade of all lubricants are
only examples due to regional availability, operating conditions and
the continual development of improved products. Where questions
arise, refer to the manufacturer’s specifications and a reliable supplier.
57 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
Grease
Lubricating grease of the proper consistency is to be applied at fre-

quent intervals with grease guns through the grease fittings or with
brush where applicable. Lithium base NLGI #2 is recommended (for
example Matrix EP2).
Grease
Pyroshield™ LE 5100-5182, a heavy duty synthetic grease consist

of Almasol® and Quinplex®. It has unique properties such as acid
and water resistance and also adheres to metals.
Grease
Based on synthetic oil and compatible with plastics. (Example Gleitmo
805K). This grease shall be used on glide plates made of Oilon
(green) and gliding surfaces in contact with these plates. The grease
can be ordered from Bromma e-commerce site (se section 7.1 How
to order spare parts). Cartridge part no: 700755, 1 Kg part no:
700756, 5 Kg part no:700568.
Warning!
Do not use any grease containing
Molybdendisulphate in lubrication points marked
with This will damage the glide plates.
Chain Lubricant
Apply a non-detergent SAE oil to the chain. Use SAE 30 oil unless
the temperature is below 4 degrees C (40 degrees F) (SAE 20) or
above 38 degrees C (100 degrees F) (SAE 40).
2020-03 Bromma 58
Bromma Manual
Lubrication points
Pedestral bearing
Chain adjuster
Chain
Glide Plates
Twin box
Grease nipple
Twin box rails
Twistlocks
Lubrication points marked with

shall be lubricated with grease based on synthetic oil compatible with
plastics. (Example Gleitmo 805K). This grease shall be used on glide
plates made of Oilon (green) and gliding surfaces in contact with
these plates. Other types of grease may destroy the glide plates.
59 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
2 Lubricate the points shown below at intervals described in section

6.1 Periodic maintenance procedures.
Twistlocks
1 1 Inject grease in through grease fittings.

2 Brush grease on spherical bearings (only when assembling).
Glide Plates
Expand spreader to maximum position and apply grease on bottom
side of the telescoping beams.
Run to 20 ft. position and apply grease on glide plates on the top
side of the telescoping beams.
Pedestal bearing
Inject grease in grease fitting.
Chain
Run spreader to outer position and spray chain lubricant along the
whole chain.
Telescopic motor
The telescopic motor is maintenance-free and permanently sealed
when manufactured.
Twinlift Units
Apply grease on the cylinder (damper) ears and and in the slots on
both sides of the twinlift units.
Lubricate the twinlift twistlocks as mentioned earlier.
2020-03 Bromma 60
Bromma Manual
Tie assy
Inject grease through grease fittings and brush grease on slide
faces.
Latch assy
Inject grease through grease fittings and brush grease on slide faces
of the shafts.
Lubrication points marked with

shall be lubricated with grease based on synthetic oil compatible with
plastics. (Example Gleitmo 805K). This grease shall be used on glide
plates made of Oilon (green) and gliding surfaces in contact with
these plates. Other types of grease may destroy the glide plates.
61 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
6.1.5 Tightening torques

General information
The tightening torques in the following tables are Bromma's
recommendations when tightening screws and nuts. Screws and nuts
are combined when they have the same strength class.
8.8 screw and class 8 nut
Note!
Nuts of higher class can always replace nuts of a
lower class.
A torque wrench is recommended to achieve prescribed tightening

torque (dispersion in torque ±5 %).
The torque wrench should be set at a desired torque and tightening
shall be done without stopping.
Torque wrenches must be checked and calibrated periodically.
Torque wrench
If other tools are used, the tolerance of ±5 % should be fulfilled.
A pneumatic impact wrench (bolt runner) has a larger dispersion in torque than a torque wrench.
If tightening is done with a pneumatic impact wrench, the tightening torque should be reduced by ap-
proximately 5 % because of the risk of overloading.
If treated screws (FZB, Zinc flake or similar) are in dry condition, some thread lubricant (oil, grease
or paste) has to be used before tightening. If these treated screws are storage oiled, they can be
considered as oiled.
Untreated (black) fasteners must be lubricated with some thread lubricant before tightening. Untreated
screws with anti-corrosion (storage) oil cannot be considered as oiled.
Stainless steel screws must be in waxed conditions when tightening. If only non-waxed condition is
available, some thread lubricant has to be used before tightening.
Bromma Torque Guidelines for BRB washers

Tightening torque, Nm
Stainless, Wax, BRB
Screw (FZB, Zinc flake); Oil; BRB washer
washer
A2, A4 class 70
Type: class 8.8 (v=0,80) class 10.9 (v=0,74) class 12.9 (v=0,74)
(v=0,71)
M4 2,6 3,4 4,1 1,6
2020-03 Bromma 62
Bromma Manual
M5 5,2 6,8 8,2 3,2
M6 8,8 11,5 13,7 5,5
M8 21,4 27,9 33,3 13,3
M10 42 55 66 26
M12 72 93 112 45
M14 115 149 178 (72)
M16 178 231 277 (110)
M20 349 454 545 (218)
M24 601 782 938 (375)
M30 1199 1560 1872 (749)
Torque in the table above refers to:

v = ratio of yield point
µt = 0,125 (thread friction)
µw = 0,125 (washer friction)
For A2, A4 class 70, the torque is calculated with Rp0, 2=450 N/mm² (yield strength)
Tightened with a torque wrench (dispersion in torque ±5 %)
Zinc flake: Dacromet, Dacrolit, Geomet …
Stainless fasteners must be in waxed condition.
Reference:
Colly Components "Handbok om skruvförband", ISBN 91-630-3882-X
Bromma Torque Guidelines for Nord-Lock washers
Tightening torque, Nm
Screw (FZB, Zinc flake); Oil; Nord-Lock washer Stainless, Wax, NL
A2, A4 class 70
class 8.8 (v=0,75) class 10.9 (v=0,71) class 12.9 (v=0,71)
Type: (v=0,65)
µt=0,15 µw=0,19 µt=0,15 µw=0,15 µt=0,15 µw=0,13
µt=0,13 µw=0,13
M4 3,8 4,5 5,1 1,8
M5 7,5 8,9 10 3,6
M6 13,1 15,5 17,4 6,3
M8 32 37 42 15
M10 62 73 82 30
M12 107 126 142 51
M14 170 201 226 (81)
M16 260 307 345 (124)
63 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
M20 510 602 676 (242)
M24 878 1036 1165 (418)
M30 1750 2064 2318 (831)
Torque in the table above refers to:

v = ratio of yield point
µt = thread friction
µw = washer friction
Tightened with a torque wrench (dispersion in torque ±5 %)

Zinc flake: Dacromet, Dacrolit, Geomet …
Stainless fasteners must be in waxed condition.
Reference:
"Torque guidelines - Nord-lock", www.nord-lock.com
Note!
Information used in this guideline has been taken
from BR1166868 (rev. c), and is applicable for
torque values for screws in the Main Beam and
Telescopic Beam.
2020-03 Bromma 64
Bromma Manual
Screws and fittings in Powerpack
90-110 Nm
90-110 Nm
320 Nm
90-110 Nm
200-245 Nm
100 Nm
200-245 Nm
81 Nm
90-110 Nm
Screws in telescopic drive
50 Nm
Additional screws on the YTS45 twinlift unit

Refer to BR1166868_c
65 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual
6.2 Hydraulic System

out !
The spreader shall only be operated and serviced by authorized

personnel.
Do not loosen any hoses, fittings or other hydraulic components while

the system is under pressure!
Contents:
Hydraulic assy BR1261780
Hydraulic diagram BR1261781
2020-03 Bromma 66
Bromma Manual
6.2.1 PLUG BR45965

a DRAWING RELEASED WITH ART. NO. 06-01-26 lundbha
b 3D Model added 13-05-20 hirayaj
2
1
THIS DRAWING IS COPYRIGHT AND IS PROPERTY OF BROMMA CONQUIP. THE DESIGN AND/OR CONSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN MAY NOT BE
COPIED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE OWNER.
- - - -
1995-03-04 ALT. 1/1 0.09 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

- PLUG A4 BGS b
- DRAWING NUMBER
BR45965
67 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual

- BR45965 - PLUG
1 BR46252 1 PLUG
2 BR78156 1 SEALING WD 1/2 in
2020-03 Bromma 68
Bromma Manual
6.2.2 CLAMP KIT BR1002127
69 Bromma 2020-03
Bromma Manual

- BR1002127 - CLAMP KIT
1 BR76914 2 CLAMP 02-214
2 BR700641 1 COVER PLATE
3 BR701081 2 WASHER NORD-LOCK M6
4 BR1000581 2 SCREW M6S 6x35
2020-03 Bromma 70
Bromma Manual
6.3 Electric System

out !

personnel.
Contents:
Spreader Control System: SCS4
Circuit diagram:
71 Bromma 2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F26_001_V3.22
A A
2020-03
B B
Company / customer PT. Delta Sandai-PT Meratus Line

Project description PT. Delta Sandai-PT Meratus Line
C C
Manufacturer (company) Bromma (M) Sdn. Bhd

General assembly BR1261732
Project name PT. Delta Sandai-PT Meratus Line_a

Make 31226
D D
Type YTS45
Responsible for project Naim
Bromma
6.3.1 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM BR1707862
Created on 2019-11-27
Bromma Manual
E Edit date 2020-01-08 by (short name) SHAHRMO Number of pages 90 E
W: MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 1
F 2.5.4 This drawing is copyright, and is SERIAL NO.
PT. Delta Sandai-PT Meratus Line CONT.
F
the property of BROMMA CONQUIP. 31226 2
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Title page / cover sheet TOTAL SH.
Ed. SHAHRMO © contained therein, may not be copied
90
or reproduced, whitout the written DRAWN BY: PLANT (=) PLOTTED: DRAWING NO. REV.
PT. Delta Sandai-PT Meratus Line.elk Appr SHAHRMO A1
consent of the owner. a
DRAWING DATE: UNIT (+) FILENAME: BR1707862
Mod. Date Name Description Original 2019-07-01 DOCX
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
72
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
73
F28_001_PS_V1.02
A A
Color coding according to EN 60204-32
Power supply specification Abbreviations:
Maximum voltage drop in % for TWL - twist lock/locks

Power circuits Power circuits 3 % (380-460 V AC 3~/PE 50/60 Hz) FT - feets
Control circuits (AC) 3% (90-240 V AC 50/60 Hz) CMD - command
L1 Black Control circuits (DC) 3% (24 V DC) TELE - telescopic
B
CS - cabin side B
COS - cabin opposite side
L2 Black LS - left side
RS - right side
L3 Black C1 - corner 1
C2 - corner 2
N n/a C3 - corner 3
C4 - corner 4
PE Green / Yellow
C C
Control circuits
AC CURRENT Red
Bromma
Bromma Manual
DC CURRENT (-) Blue

D D
DC CURRENT (+) Blue
Special circiut Orange
PE Green / Yellow
E E
Cable sections
Power circuits 2,5 mm² or by schematics
Control circuits 1,5 mm² or by schematics
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 2
F This drawing is copyright, and is SERIAL NO.
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Technical Info TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Table of contents F06_00_V1.01
A Higher-level function Mounting location Page Page description Supplementary page field Date Edited by A
2020-03
A1
DOCX 1 Title page / cover sheet 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
DOCX 2 Technical Info 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
DOCX 4 Table of contents: 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO

B B
DOCX 10 Revision overview : =A1+X1/56 - =A1+X1/56 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X1 30 Three phase distribution motor 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X1 40 Control voltage 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X1 41 Service light in cabinet 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
C X1 45 Output signal to crane 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO C
X1 46 Output signal to crane 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X1 47 Input Cmd from crane 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X1 48 Input Cmd from crane 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X1 54 Spreader Connected 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X1 55 Spreader stop 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
D X1 56 Motor Phase Monitoring 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO D
X1 58 Input spreader stop 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 60 CAN BUS PLC master 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
Bromma
X0 61 CAN BUS X2-X4 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 62 CAN BUS X5-X7 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 63 CAN BUS X8 / X13 / X52 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO

Bromma Manual
X0 65 CAN BUS plank I/O X17-X19 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO

E E
X0 69 CAN BUS in 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 70 Counters 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 75 Input TWL corner 1-2 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 76 Input TWL corner 3-4 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 4
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Table of contents: TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
74
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
75
A1
X0 77 Input TWL at corner 5 & 8 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 78 Input TWL at corner 6 & 7 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 80 Output TWL corner 1-8 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 151 Output spr expand / retract / valve 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO

B B
X0 160 Input twin position / hooks I 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 161 Input twin position / hooks II 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 162 Output twin expand / retract / hooks 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 171 CAN BUS Modem 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 175 Input TTDS 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 201 LED lights I 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
C X0 210 Cabinet enclosure front view 1200 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO C
X0 211 Cabinet enclosure bottom / side view 1200 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 212 Engraving sign plate 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 220 Mounting plate for X1 cabinet 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 221 Mounting plate door X1 BP2-BP3 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
Bromma
X0 222 Enclosure legend : =A1+X1-X17 - =A1+X1-B5 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
Bromma Manual
D X0 223 Enclosure legend : =A1+X1-T1 - =A1+X1-T1 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO D
X0 228 Cabinet enclosure front view X100 Cabinet 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 250 Plug diagram =A1+X0-UC1-XP1 2019-12-12 SHAHRMO
X0 251 Graphical page of plug/socket 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
X0 255 Spreader layout 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
SPS 280 PLC card overview =A1+X0-X2 - =A1+X0-X3 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO

E E
SPS 291 PLC card overview : =A1+X1-X17 - =A1+X1-X18 2019-12-12 SHAHRMO
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 5
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
A1
PART 300 Parts list: 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO

B B
CBL 400 Cable diagram 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
C CBL 403 Cable diagram 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO C
D CBL 409 Cable diagram 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO D
Bromma
CBL 450 Cable assignment diagram : =A1+X1-WMA1 - =A1+X0-WXP1 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
CBL 451 Cable assignment diagram : =A1+X0-WCAN3 - =A1+X0-WX52:2 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO

Bromma Manual
CBL 452 Cable assignment diagram : =A1+X0-WS1-S5 - =A1+X0-WS119 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO

E E
CBL 453 Cable assignment diagram : =A1+X0-WTWIN4 - =A1+X0-WTWIN7 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
CBL 454 Cable assignment diagram : =A1+X0-WTWIN9 - =A1+X0-WTWIN10 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
SUM 500 Summarized parts list: 2019-12-12 SHAHRMO
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 6
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
76
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
77
A1
TERM 550 Terminal line-up diagram =A1+X1-FS1 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO

B B
TERM 551 Terminal line-up diagram =A1+X1-FS2 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
TERM 552 Terminal line-up diagram =A1+X1-X1 2020-01-08 SHAHRMO
C C
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 7
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Revision overview F17_002_V2
Revision name a
A A
Reason for revision change Page name Revision description Creator Date
2020-03
=A1+X1/56 ZAMZUMO 2018-09-05
=A1+X1/56 New page created ZAMZUMO 2018-09-05
B B
C C
D D
Bromma
Bromma Manual
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 10
F
the property of BROMMA CONQUIP. 31226 +X1/30
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Revision overview : =A1+X1/56 - =A1+X1/5 TOTAL SH.
Ed. SHAHRMO contained therein, may not be copied
90
Appr STOCKHOLM SWEDEN
SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
78
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
79
A A
RD 2,5 mm²
322 / 58.1:B
1 3 5
WH
321 / 58.1:B -QM1
17A
BU
320 / 58.1:A I> I> I>
2 4 6
RD 2,5 mm²
322a / 56.3:B
B B
WH
321a / 56.3:B
BU
320a / 56.3:A
1 3 5
-X1 U V W
-K0
/55.5:E 2 4 6
Main contactor
1 3 5
WARNING
C -FC1 C
25A
2 4 6
Interlock signals from crane & heaters are not disconnected

4L3 / +X0/70.2:B
4L2 / +X0/70.2:A
via main breaker on the spreader.

BK BK BK 2,5 mm² Disconnect the electrical plug from spreader for safe working practice.
1 3 5 13 21 13 21 1
Bromma
-QA1
Bromma Manual
Main switch 2 4 6 14 22 14 22
D -WMA1 1 2 3 GN/YE D
/40.1:B
Main earthing busbarMain earthing busbar
X1 Cabinet X1 Cabinet
-PE:PE:1 -PE:PE:1
+X0
-X1 L1 L2 L3
+X0-WXP1
8m
37x2.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 GN/YE
U1 V1 W1
M
E -MA1 E
+X0-UC1 7.5 kW / 50 Hz 3~
Plug Power pack
PE
main frame
-XP1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/30.0:E
Power supply L1, Power supply L2, Power supply L3, Protective Earth Protective Earth
415V, 50Hz 415V, 50Hz 415V, 50Hz Power pack -MA1
main frame
Power supply
415V 3~/PE AC
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
YTS45 30
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Three phase distribution motor TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
Mod. Date Name Description Original 2017-03-14 X1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+X0-UC1
Plug / socket
-XP1 15 28 27 29 30 22 23
A Spreader connected Control voltage 110VAC Control voltage 110VAC Control voltage 110VN Control voltage 110VN Control voltage 240VN Control voltage 240VN
A
/30.0:E
2020-03
+X0-WXP1 15 28 27 29 30 22 23
37x2.5
-X1 15
-X1 28 27 29 30 -X1 22 23
B B
13
-QA1
/30.2:D 14
240VN
2 4 47.0:D
-FC2
MCB 10A 1 3
-X1 L -X1 N
C C
BN BU
-TA1
110VAC L N
45.0:B
AC 80-280V 50/60 Hz 3,5-7A

PE
GNYE
Power supply
4 +X0-1B1+ / +X0/60.0:C
- + -FS2
5A +X0-2B1+ / +X0/60.0:C
25 V DC 30A
+X0-3B1+ / +X0/60.0:C
D 2,5 mm²
D
RD -X1 B1+ B1+
-FS1
2,5 mm²
20A
RD
+ + + + + + + +
Bromma
2,5 mm² 2,5 mm²
-X1
BK BK
Bromma Manual
-X1 - - - - - -
E E
4 mm²
GNYE
24VDC / 41.0:A
50
0VDC / 41.0:E
-1B1- / +X0/60.0:C
-2B1- / +X0/60.0:C
Fused terminal Distr. +24 V DC
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 40
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Control voltage TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
80
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
81
A A
40.7:E / 24VDC 24VDC / 55.0:A
-X1 + +
2 2
-B6 BK -B7 BK
21 13 21 13
B -B6 -B7 B
Limit switch 14 Limit switch 14
22 22
Left Right
2 2
-B6 BK/WH -B7 BK/WH
-X1 40 41
C C
-EA1 BN BK -EA2 BN BK
Bromma
Bromma Manual
-EA1 -EA2
Cabinet light BN BK Cabinet light BN BK
D D
BU BU
-EA1 BU -EA2 BU
E E
40.4:E / 0VDC 0VDC / 55.0:E

-X1 - -
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 41
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Service light in cabinet TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-KA5 All Landed - KA6 Twl Locked -KA7 Twl Unlocked -KA8 Tele in 20Ft -KA9 Tele in 40Ft -KA10 Tele in 45Ft -KA11 Twin Down -KA12 Twin Up
Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal
A A
2020-03
-X17 -X17 -X17 -X17 -X17 -X17 -X17 -X17
Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output
CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17
=A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65
IO_5 IO_6 IO_7 IO_8 IO_9 IO_10 IO_11 IO_12
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
-KA5 -KA6 -KA7 -KA8 -KA9 -KA10 -KA11 -KA12
B +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ B
40.1:C / 110VAC 110VAC / 46.0:B
C C
-X1 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 21
D D
Bromma
+X0-WXP1 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 21
37x2.5
Bromma Manual
E E
+X0-UC1
Plug/socket
-XP1 9 Twl Locked Signal 10 Twl Unlocked Signal 11 Tele in 20Ft Signal 12 Tele in 40Ft Signal 13 Tele in 45Ft Signal 14 Twin Down Signal 16 Twin Up Signal 21
/30.0:E
All Landed Signal
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 45
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Output signal to crane TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
82
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
83
-KA13 TTDS Fault -KA14 -KA15
Signal Spare Spare
A A
-X17 -X17 -X17

Output Output Output
CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17
=A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65
IO_13 IO_14 IO_15
4 4 4
1 2 1 2 1 2
-KA13 -KA14 -KA15
B +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ B
45.9:B / 110VAC
C C
-X1 24 42 43
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
+X0-WXP1 24
37x2.5
E E
+X0-UC1
Plug/socket
-XP1 24
/30.0:E
TTDS Fault Signal
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 46
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Output signal to crane TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+X0-UC1
Plug/socket
A A
-XP1 17 18 19 20 26 31 33 36
2020-03
/30.0:E Tele Extend Cmd Tele Retract Cmd Twl Unlocked Cmd Twl Locked Cmd TTDS Bypass Cmd Twin Up Cmd Twin Down Cmd Twin Extend Cmd
+X0-WXP1 17 18 19 20 26 31 33 36
B 37x2.5 B
C C
-X1 17 18 19 20 26 31 33 36
D D
40.5:B / 240VN 240VN / 48.0:D
Bromma
+/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
IO_8 IO_9 IO_10 IO_11 IO_12 IO_13 IO_14 IO_15

Bromma Manual
E =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65
E
Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input
-X18 -X18 -X18 -X18 -X18 -X18 -X18 -X18

Telescope Extend Cmd Telescope Retract Cmd Twl Unlocked Cmd Twl Locked Cmd TTDS Bypass Cmd Twin Up Cmd Twin Down Cmd Twin Extend Cmd
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 47
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Input Cmd from crane TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
84
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
85
+X0-UC1
Plug/socket
A A
-XP1 37 32
/30.0:E Twin Retract Cmd Landed Bypass Cmd
+X0-WXP1 37 32
B 37x2.5 B
C C
-X1 37 32 44 45 46
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
47.9:D / 240VN
+/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~
-KA32 -KA20 -KA21 -KA22 -KA23
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
4 4 4 4 4
IO_16 IO_4 IO_5 IO_6 IO_7
CAN node ID18 CAN node ID18 CAN node ID18 CAN node ID18 CAN node ID18
E =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65
E
Input Input Input Input Input
-X18 -X18 -X18 -X18 -X18
-KA32 -KA20 -KA21 -KA22 -KA23

Twin Retract Cmd Landed Bypass Cmd Spare Spare Spare
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 48
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Input Cmd from crane TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+X0-UC1
Plug
A A
2020-03
Connnection point
spreader main frame
-XP1 25 34 35
/30.0:E ZPMC Spreader Connected ZPMC Spreader Connected ZPMC Spreader Connected -PE1
-WPE
Earth cable
GN/YE
+X0-WXP1 25 34 35 70mm²
37x2.5
B B
Connnection point
back of X1 cabinet
-X1
Grounding cable to
be connected from
C X1 cabinet to C
main frame
grounding terminal.
-X1 25 34 35
D D
Bromma
Bromma Manual
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 54
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Spreader Connected TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
86
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
87
A A
41.9:A / 24VDC 24VDC / 56.2:A
-X1 + + + +
11 13
-SS1 -SS1
Spreader stop 12 /55.1:B 14
X1 cabinet
-X1 47
21
B -KA145 B
/55.7:E 24 22
Spreader stop
relay active
+X0-WSS2 1 +X0-WSS2 3
11 13
+X0-SS2 +X0-SS2
Spreader stop 12 /55.1:C 14
PLC
Warning! 11
-S77
Reset off the spreader stop button, +X0/212.4:C 12
C Spreader Stop
C
+X0-WSS2 2 +X0-WSS2 4 can restart the movment !
Reset
-X1 48
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
177 / 58.6:B
11
-KA145
/55.7:E 14 12
Spreader stop
relay active
-X1 49 50
11
-KA1
/56.5:D 14 12
Holding Pump
Relay
-K0 A1 A1
24 V DC
E Main contactor -KA145 E
A2 24 V DC A2
Spreader stop
relay active
41.9:E / 0VDC 0VDC / 56.2:E
-X1 - -X1 -
14 11 /55.4:D
12
1 2 /30.2:C
24 21 /55.8:B
-K0 3 4 /30.2:C 22 Spreader
5 6 /30.2:C 34 31 /58.4:C
Main contactor stop reset
13 14 32
44 41
21 22
42
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
YTS45 55
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Spreader stop TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
55.9:A / 24VDC 24VDC / 58.0:A
2020-03
-X1 +
30.4:B / 320a
30.4:B / 321a
30.4:B / 322a
B B
-B5 L1 L1' L2 L2' L3 L3' 11

+X0/220.6:B
3Ph sensor
200-480V 3~ AC 50/60Hz
L1
L3 L2
14 12
Relay output
C C
-KT2 +
+X0/220.6:C A1
Set to on delay
3 second
Time relay
to delay the A2
-
motor start-up
D D
A1 14 11 /55.5:E
-KA1 12
24 V DC 44 41
A2 42
Holding Pump
Relay
Bromma
55.9:E / 0VDC 0VDC / 58.0:D
-X1 -
Bromma Manual
E E
b 2018-09-05 ZAMZUMO MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 56
F 2018-09-05 ZAMZUMO This drawing is copyright, and is SERIAL NO.
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Motor Phase Monitoring TOTAL SH.
90
SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
88
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
89
A A
56.7:A / 24VDC 24VDC / +X0/69.1:A
-X1 + +
30.4:B / 320
30.4:A / 321
30.4:A / 322
55.5:D / 177
B B
-B4 L1 L1' L2 L2' L3 L3' 11

+X0/220.6:B
3Ph sensor
200-480V 3~ AC 50/60Hz
34 32
-KA145
L1 /55.7:E 31
Spreader stop
L3 L2 relay active
14 12
Relay output
C C
56.7:E / 0VDC 0VDC / +X0/69.1:B

-X1 - - -
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
+/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~

-KA17 -KA18 -KA19
1 2 1 2 1 2
4 4 4
IO_1 IO_2 IO_3

=A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X18 =A1+X0/65
E E
Input Input Input
-X18 -X18 -X18
-KA17 -KA18
-KA19
Three phase Spreader stop active
Spreader stop
monitoring signal to control system
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 58
F
the property of BROMMA CONQUIP. 31226 +X0/60
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Input spreader stop TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
2020-03
B B
+X1/40.7:D / 1B1+
+X1/40.3:E / +X1-1B1- 69.4:C
C PLC/867 171.6:F C
+X1/40.4:E / +X1-2B1- +X1-Ethernet
+X1/40.7:D / 2B1+
+X1/40.7:D / 3B1+
SH +VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L
1 2 3 4 SH
BN WH BU BK GY
-WXB1:X1
D -WCAN3 SH RD WH BK BU D
1 2 3 4 5 Tx+ Tx- Rx+ Rx- SH

-WXB1:X1 1 2 3 4 5 -WCAN3 +X1-WT1:2 1. 3. 2. 4. SH.
-B1 X1 1 2 3 4 5 X11/CAN3 1 2 3 4 5 X12/CAN4 1 2 3 4 5 X2/Ethernet 1 3 2 4 SH

PLC CAN BUS ON SPREADER SH + VBB c/n.c CAN_GND/n.c CAN_H CAN_L SH + VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L Tx+ Tx- Rx+ Rx- SH
Bromma
On/Off
0 V DC
0 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
FE
n.c. 1
n.c. 2
n.c. 3
GND 1
GND 2
GNYE
LIN BUS
VCC +5VDC
VCC +5VDC
D- D+ n.c GND D- D+ n.c GND 1
24 V DC 1
24 V DC 2
X9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X7 1 2 3 4 5 X14 1 2 3 4 5
PLC 1m
Bromma Manual
2,5
-GB1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -CF1 1 2 3 4 5 1
E E
-GB1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -CF1 1 2 3 4 5 Main frame
-PE10
-GB1 -CF1
Battery pack USB memory
D-
n.c
D+
GND
n.c 1
n.c 2
n.c 3
GND 1
GND 2
LIN BUS
24 V DC 1
24 V DC 2
VCC +5 VDC
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
YTS45 60
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: CAN BUS PLC master TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
90
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
91
-R2 -R3
120Ω 120Ω
CAN BUS termination CAN BUS termination
A A
1/n.c 2/n.c 3/n.c 4 5 1/n.c 2/n.c 3/n.c 4 5
-X2 CAN OUT SH 2 3 4 5 -X3 CAN OUT SH 2 3 4 5 -X4

Gable end left SH + VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L Gable end right SH + VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L Center landside
B B
Set switch Set switch Set switch

S1 to position 4 S1 to position 4 S1 to position 4
XE07 XE03 XE01 XE02 XE04

+VBBs module GNDoutput CAN_H CAN_L GNDs modul
+ VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH + VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH

CAN IN 2 3 4 5 SH CAN IN 2 3 4 5 SH
C -WX2 2 3 4 5 1 -WX3 2 3 4 5 1 C
VBB 0 V DC CAN_H CAN_L SH VBB 0 V DC CAN_H CAN_L SH VBB 0 V DC CAN_H CAN_L SH
Bromma
Bromma Manual
VBB 0 V DC CAN_H CAN_L SH VBB 0 V DC CAN_H CAN_L SH VBB 0 V DC CAN_H CAN_L SH
D 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 D
-WX2 RD BK WH BU SH -WX3 RD BK WH BU SH -WX4 RD BU WH BN SH
+X100 -X2 1 2 -X2 3
E E
-X1 11 21 31 1SH -X1 12 22 32 2SH -X1 13 23 33 3SH
CAN_L
CAN_H
CAN3 / 62.0:E
CAN_GND
+VBB c
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 61
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: CAN BUS X2-X4 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
2020-03
-X5 -X6 -X7
Center waterside Center waterside Center landside
B B
Set switch Set switch Set switch

XE07 XE03 XE01 XE02 XE04 XE07 XE03 XE01 XE02 XE04 XE07 XE03 XE01 XE02 XE04
+VBBs module GNDoutput CAN_H CAN_L GNDs modul +VBBs module GNDoutput CAN_H CAN_L GNDs modul +VBBs module GNDoutput CAN_H CAN_L GNDs modul
C C
+VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH +VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH +VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH
+VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH +VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH +VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH
D D
-WX5 RD BU WH BN SH -WX6 RD BU WH BN SH -WX7 RD BU WH BN SH
Bromma
Bromma Manual
+X100 -X2 4 -X2 5 -X2 6
E E
-X1 14 24 34 4SH -X1 15 27 37 5SH -X1 16 26 36 6SH
CAN_L CAN_L
CAN_H CAN_H
61.9:E / CAN3 CAN3 / 63.0:E

CAN_GND CAN_GND
+VBB c +VBB c
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 62
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: CAN BUS X5-X7 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
92
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
93
-X52
CAN encoder
Mainframe gearbox
A CAN node ID52 A

-X8 Hex-coded rotary switch
Center landside
CAN node ID8 S1 S2 S3

Set switch -X13
S1 to position 4 TTDS (Option)
Middle landside
S2 to position 0
S3 to position 8 CAN node ID13
CAN IN CAN OUT

SH SH
B B
SH
SH
2 3 4 5 1
2 2 + VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH
Set switch
S1 to position 4
+ VBB c
+ VBB c
S2 to position 0
3 3
S3 to position D
CAN_GND
CAN_GND
XE07 XE03 XE01 XE02 XE04 XE07 XE03 XE01 XE02 XE04
4 +VBBs module GND output CAN_H CAN_L GNDs modul 4 +VBBs module GNDoutput CAN_H CAN_L GNDs modul
5 5
CAN_L CAN_H
CAN_L CAN_H
-X52 RD BK WH BU SH
C C
RD BK WH BU SH
-X52 2 3 4 5 1
VBB 0 V DC CAN_H CAN_L SH VBB 0 V DC CAN_H CAN_L SH

-WX52:2 2 3 4 5 1
Bromma
Bromma Manual
VBB 0 V DC CAN_H CAN_L SH VBB 0 V DC CAN_H CAN_L SH
D D
-WX8 RD BU WH BN SH -WX13 RD BU WH BN SH
-WX52:2 RD BK WH BU SH
+X100 -X2 7 -X2 8 -X2 9
E E
-X1 17 27 37 7SH -X1 18 28 38 8SH
-X1 19 29 39 9SH
CAN_L CAN_L
CAN_H CAN_H
62.9:E / CAN3 CAN3 / 69.0:E

CAN_GND CAN_GND
+VBB c +VBB c
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 63
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: CAN BUS X8 / X13 / X52 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+X1
A A
2020-03
-X17 DIP switch configuration -X18 DIP switch configuration
Plank I/O Plank I/O
X1 cabinet On = Output Off = Input X1 Cabinet On = Output Off = Input
CAN node ID17 ON ON CAN node ID18 ON ON
B B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1
SH SH
DIP1 I/O 1-8 DIP2 I/O 9-16 2
DIP1 I/O 1-8 DIP2 I/O 9-16 2
VBB VBB
3 3
ON GND ON GND
4 4
CAN_H CAN_H
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5
CAN_L CAN_L
DIP3 DIP3
C C
VBB GND. CAN_H. CAN_L. SH. VBB GND. CAN_H. CAN_L. SH.
2 1 4 3 5 2 1 4 3 5
D D
Bromma
-WX17 RD BU WH BN SH
Bromma Manual
+VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH

E E
399 / 69.2:B
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 65
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: CAN BUS plank I/O X17-X19 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
94
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
95
+X1
A A
+X1/58.9:A / 24VDC 24VDC / 70.4:C

-X1 + + + +
+X1/58.9:D / 0VDC 0VDC / 70.5:E

-X1 - - - -
24
B B
PE.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
65.3:E / 399
60.3:C / PLC/867
C C
+VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH +VBB c CAN_GND CAN_H CAN_L SH
Bromma
Bromma Manual
PE.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D D
-WX100 GN/YE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+X100
-X2 10
-X1 20 30 40 10SH -X1 20 30 40 10SH
E E
CAN_L
CAN_H
CAN_GND
CAN3 PE 1 3 4 7
63.9:E -X1
+VBB c
-X1 11 12 13 14
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 69
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: CAN BUS in TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+X1
A A
2020-03
-X17
+X1/30.8:C / 4L2 -KA16
Total Twistlock Counter
+X1/30.8:C / 4L3
-X17
Output
CAN node ID17
=A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65
B IO_16 B
4
1 2
-KA16
+/~ -/~
2,5 mm²
69.9:A / 24VDC 24VDC / 171.1:A

-X1 +
1
-FC3
2A 2
C 51
C
-X1
1
-PG3
Hour counter h -PG1
Counter 2
2
D D
Bromma
69.7:B / 0VDC 0VDC / 171.1:E
-X1 -
Bromma Manual
E E
Hour counter
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 70
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Counters TOTAL SH.
90
SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
96
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
97
A A
B B
C C
4 4 4 4 4 4
-S1 -S5 -S2 -S6 -S9 -S10

+ - + - + - + - + - + -
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
A A A B B B A A A B B B
BN BU BK BN. BU. BK. BU BK BN BN. BU. BK. BN BU BK BN BU BK
-WS9
Bromma
-WS10
-WS1-S5
-WS1-S5
-WS2-S6
-WS2-S6
Bromma Manual
D D
XP1 1 3 4 2 XP3 1 3 4 2 XP5 1 3 4 2 XP7 1 3 4 2

L+ L- IN. IN L+ L- IN. IN L+ L- IN. IN L+ L- IN. IN
E E
-X2 -X2 -X2 -X2 -X2 -X2 -X2 -X2
-S1 -S5 -S2 -S6 -S9 -S10

Spare Spare
Unlocked left landside Locked left landside Unlocked left waterside Locked left waterside Landed left landside Landed left waterside
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 75
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Input TWL corner 1-2 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
2020-03
B B
C C
4 4 4 4 4 4
-S3 -S7 -S4 -S8 -S11 -S12

+ - + - + - + - + - + -
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
A A A B B B A A A B B B
BN BU BK BN. BU. BK. BN BU BK BN. BU. BK. BN BU BK BN BU BK
-WS11
-WS12
-WS3-S7
-WS3-S7
-WS4-S8
-WS4-S8
D D
Bromma
XP1 1 3 4 2 XP3 1 3 4 2 XP5 1 3 4 2 XP7 1 3 4 2
Bromma Manual
E E
-X3 -X3 -X3 -X3 -X3 -X3 -X3 -X3
-S3 -S7 -S4 -S8 -S11 -S12

Spare Spare
Unlocked right waterside Locked right waterside Unlocked right landside Locked right landside Landed right waterside Landed right landside
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 76
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Input TWL corner 3-4 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
98
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
99
A A
B B
C C
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
-S24 -S28 -S32 -S36 -S27 -S31 -S35 -S39

+ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + -
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
1A 1A 1A 1B 1B 1B 2A 2A 2A 2B 2B 2B 1A 1A 1A 1B 1B 1B 2A 2A 2A 2B 2B 2B
BN1 BU1 BK1 BN2 BU2 BK2 BN3 BU3 BK3 BN4 BU4 BK4 BN1 BU1 BK1 BN2 BU2 BK2 BN3 BU3 BK3 BN4 BU4 BK4
Bromma
-WTWIN4
-WTWIN4
-WTWIN4
-WTWIN4
-WTWIN7
-WTWIN7
-WTWIN7
-WTWIN7
Bromma Manual
D D
XP1 1 3 4 2 XP3 1 3 4 2 XP5 1 3 4 2 XP7 1 3 4 2

E E
-X4 -X4 -X4 -X4 -X4 -X4 -X4 -X4
-S24 -S28 -S32 -S36 -S27 -S31 -S35 -S39

Twin unlocked Twin locked Twin landed Twin up Twin unlocked Twin locked Twin landed Twin up
left landside left landside left landside left landside right landside right landside right landside right landside
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 77
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Input TWL at corner 5 & 8 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
2020-03
B B
C C
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
-S25 -S29 -S33 -S37 -S26 -S30 -S34 -S38

+ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + -
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
1A 1A 1A 1B 1B 1B 2A 2A 2A 2B 2B 2B 1A 1A 1A 1B 1B 1B 2A 2A 2A 2B 2B 2B
BN1 BU1 BK1 BN2 BU2 BK2 BN3 BU3 BK3 BN4 BU4 BK4 BN1 BU1 BK1 BN2 BU2 BK2 BN3 BU3 BK3 BN4 BU4 BK4
-WTWIN5
-WTWIN5
-WTWIN5
-WTWIN5
-WTWIN6
-WTWIN6
-WTWIN6
-WTWIN6
D D
Bromma
XP1 1 3 4 2 XP3 1 3 4 2 XP5 1 3 4 2 XP7 1 3 4 2
Bromma Manual
E E
-X5 -X5 -X5 -X5 -X5 -X5 -X5 -X5
-S25 -S29 -S33 -S37 -S26 -S30 -S34 -S38

Twin unlocked Twin locked Twin landed Twin up Twin unlocked Twin locked Twin landed Twin up
left waterside left waterside left waterside left waterside right waterside right waterside right waterside right waterside
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 78
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Input TWL at corner 6 & 7 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
100
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
101
-Y7 -Y8 -Y25 -Y26 -Y27 -Y28 -Y15 -Y16
A Twistlock unlock Twistlock lock Twin lift Twin lift Twin twistlock Twin twistlock Twistlock unlock Twistlock lock A
left left up down unlock lock right right
-X2 -X2 -X4 -X4 -X4 -X4 -X3 -X3
OUT. OUT L- OUT. OUT L- OUT. OUT L- OUT. OUT L-

XP2 4 XP2 2 3 XP2 4 XP2 2 3 XP4 4 XP4 2 3 XP2 4 XP2 2 3
B B
MSUD1 MSUD2 MSUD1 MSUD2 MSUD1 MSUD2 MSUD1 MSUD2

BK1 BK2 BK3 BK1 BK2 BK3 BK1 BK2 BK3 BK1 BK2 BK3
-WY7-Y8
-WY25-Y26
-WY27-Y28
-WY15-Y16
C A1 -Y8 B1 A1 -Y26 B1 A1 -Y28 B1 A1 -Y16 B1 C
-Y7 -Y25 -Y27 -Y15
A2 B2 A2 B2 A2 B2 A2 B2
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 80
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Output TWL corner 1-8 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-Y17 -Y18 -Y41

A Telescope Telescope High pressure Spare A
expand retract valve
2020-03
-X8 -X8 -X6 -X6
=A1+X0-X8 =A1+X0/63 =A1+X0-X8 =A1+X0/63 =A1+X0-X6 =A1+X0/62 =A1+X0-X6 =A1+X0/62

CAN node ID8 CAN node ID8 CAN node ID6 CAN node ID6
OUT. Current OUT. Current OUT. OUT L-

XP1 4 2 XP2 4 2 XP2 4 2 3
B -WY17 4 2 -WY18 4 2 B
-WY17 BK1 BK2 -WY18 BK1 BK2 BK1 BK2
-WY41
1 1 A1
C C
-Y17 -Y18 -Y41
2 2 A2
D D
Bromma
Bromma Manual
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 151
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Output spr expand / retract / valve TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
102
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
103
A A
B B
C C
4 4 4 4
-S112 -S100 -S102 -S160

+ - + - + - + -
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
1A 1A 1A 1B 1B 1B 2A 2A 2A
Bromma
BN BU BK BN1 BU1 BK1 BN2 BU2 BK2 BN3 BU3 BK3
Bromma Manual
-WS112
-WTWIN9
-WTWIN9
-WTWIN9
D D
XP1 1 3 4 2 XP3 1 3 4 2 XP5 1 3 4 2

L+ L- IN. IN L+ L- IN. IN L+ L- IN. IN
CAN node ID6 CAN node ID6 CAN node ID6 CAN node ID6 CAN node ID6 CAN node ID6
=A1+X0-X6 =A1+X0/62 =A1+X0-X6 =A1+X0/62 =A1+X0-X6 =A1+X0/62 =A1+X0-X6 =A1+X0/62 =A1+X0-X6 =A1+X0/62 =A1+X0-X6 =A1+X0/62
E E
-X6 -X6 -X6 -X6 -X6 -X6
-S112 Spare -S100 -S102 -S160 Spare

Twin lift units Twin hook Twin hook Twin attach
in zero gap left connected left disconnected left left
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 160
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Input twin position / hooks I TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
2020-03
B B
C C
4 4 4 4 4 4
-S113 -S118 -S101 -S103 -S161 -S119

+ - + - + - + - + - + -
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
A A A B B B 1A 1A 1A 1B 1B 1B 2A 2A 2A
BU BK BN BN. BU. BK. BU1 BK1 BN1 BN2 BU2 BK2 BU3 BK3 BN3 BN BU BK
-WS119
-WTWIN10
-WTWIN10
-WTWIN10
-WS113-S118
-WS113-S118
D D
Bromma
XP1 1 3 4 2 XP3 1 3 4 2 XP5 1 3 4 2 XP7 1 3 4 2
Bromma Manual
E E
-X7 -X7 -X7 -X7 -X7 -X7 -X7 -X7
-S113 -S118 -S101 -S103 -S161 Spare -S119 Spare

Twinlegs Twin in 40 ft Twin hook Twin hook Twin attach Twin in 45 ft
in zero gap right position left connected right disconnected right right limit
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 161
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Input twin position / hooks II TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
104
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
105
-Y45 -Y46 -Y55 Y56 -Y43 -Y44 -Y53 -Y54
A Twin expand Twin retract Twin expand Twin retract Twin hook Twin hook Twin hook Twin hook A
left left right right lock left unlock left lock right unlock right
-X7 -X7 -X7 -X7 -X7 -X7 -X7 -X7
OUT. OUT L- OUT. OUT L- OUT. OUT L- OUT. OUT L-

XP2 4 XP2 2 3 XP4 4 XP4 2 3 XP6 4 XP6 2 3 XP8 4 XP8 2 3
B B
MSUD1 MSUD2 MSUD1 MSUD2 MSUD1 MSUD2 MSUD1 MSUD2

BK1 BK2 BK3 BK1 BK2 BK3 BK1 BK2 BK3 BK1 BK2 BK3
-WY45-Y46
-WY55-Y56
-WY43-Y44
-WY53-Y54
C A1 -Y46 B1 A1 -Y56 B1 A1 -Y44 B1 A1 -Y54 B1 C
-Y45 -Y55 -Y43 -Y53
A2 B2 A2 B2 A2 B2 A2 B2
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 162
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Output twin expand / retract / hooks TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+X1
-TF1
MODEM Antenna
A Top side X1 cabinet A
2020-03
70.5:C / -24VDC -24VDC / 201.3:C
-X1 + +
-XS21 1 2 -TF1 WiFi GPS GSM
-XS21 1 2 -TF1
X1/1 1 2 WiFi GPS GSM1 GSM2
B -T1 B
X1 X2 X3 X4
EU / Global DC_IN+ IGNITION Yellow Blue Red Red
3G / Modem
C C
DC_IN- CAN1_H CAN1_L CAN2_H CAN2_L TX+ RX+ TX- RX-

X1/3 24 X1/1 3 X1/2 14 X1/1 4 X1/2 15 X1/2 22 X1/3 33 X1/1 11 X1/2 21
-XS21 24 3 14 4 15 22 33 11 21
-XS21 3 -XS21 4 5 -XS21 6 7 -XS21 8 10 9 11
D D
-X1 300 301 302 303
-WT1
Bromma
Chassi mounted M12
0.5m WH/OG WH/GN OG GN
70.7:E / -0VDC -0VDC / 201.3:C
-X1 -
Bromma Manual
-WT1 1 2 3 4 NC
E -WT1:2 1 2 3 4 NC E
Tx+ Rx+ Tx- Rx-
-WT1:2 YE WH BU OG NC
1 2 3 4 NC
60.8:C / +X1-Ethernet
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 171
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: CAN BUS Modem TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
106
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
107
SENSOR LOCATION TTDS TOP VIEW
A A
TTDS -S95 -S93 -S91 -S96
NC NO NO NC
B B
-S94 -S92 -S90

NO NO NO
C C
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
-S93 -S91 -S92 -S90 -S94 -S95 -S96

+ - + - + - + - + - + - + -
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
Bromma
Bromma Manual
A A A B B B A A A B B B A A A B B B
BN BU BK BN. BU. BK. BN BU BK BN. BU. BK. BN BU BK BN BU BK BN. BU. BK.
D D
-WS94
-WS93-S91
-WS93-S91
-WS92-S90
-WS92-S90
-WS95-S96
-WS95-S96
XP1 1 3 4 2 XP3 1 3 4 2 XP5 1 3 4 2 XP7 1 3 4 2

E E
-X13 -X13 -X13 -X13 -X13 -X13 -X13 -X13
-S93 TTDS sensor -S91 TTDS sensor -S92 TTDS sensor -S90 TTDS sensor -S94 TTDS sensor Spare -S95 TTDS sensor -S96 TTDS sensor
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 175
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Input TTDS TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+X1
-X17
A A
2020-03
-KA1 -KA2 -KA3 -KA4
Twistlock unlocked HL1 Twistlock locked HL2 Spreder landed HL3 Twin Down HL4
-X17 -X17 -X17 -X17

Output Output Output Output
CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17 CAN node ID17
=A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65 =A1+X1-X17 =A1+X0/65
B B
IO_1 IO_2 IO_3 IO_4
4 4 4 4
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
-KA1 -KA2 -KA3 -KA4
+/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~ +/~ -/~
-X1 + + + +
24VDC
171.3:A
C 171.2:E 52 53 54 55
C
-X1
0VDC
-X1 -
0VDC
-WHL1-4 BN GN RD OR PK BU YE GY WH TN
D D
-WHL1-4
BN/N.C GN/L- RD/J1 OR/J1 PK/J2 BU/J2 YE/J3 GY/J3 WH/J4 TN/J4
J1:1+ J1:2 pwm J1:3 - J2:1+ J2:2 pwm J2:3 - J3:1+ J3:2 pwm J3:3 - J4:1+ J4:2 pwm J4:3 -
Bromma
-WHL1-4 -WHL1-4 -WHL1-4 -WHL1-4
J1 1 2 3 J2 1 2 3 J3 1 2 3 J4 1 2 3
-WHL1-4 J1.1 J1.2 J1.3 J2.1 J2.2 J2.3 J3.1 J3.2 J3.3 J4.1 J4.2 J4.3
+ PWM - n.c + PWM - n.c + PWM - n.c + PWM - n.c

Bromma Manual
-HL1 -HL2 -HL3 -HL4

Green 1 2 3 4 Red 1 2 3 4 Yellow 1 2 3 4 Blue 1 2 3 4
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 201
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: LED lights I TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
108
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
109
Main electrical cabinet X1 1200 mm
A A
B B
Mounting instructions for antenna

C Add Loctite thread adhesive on the nut, to secure the antenna. C
W: 138 mm H: 55 mm
115 mm
no 1.
50 mm
Bromma
Bromma Manual
BROMMA CONQUIP
Box 1133
SE-164 22 KISTA 130 mm
SWEDEN
Control Cabinet
D Circuit
diagram no. BR1707862
D
Rated voltage A Hz IP
415V 3~/PE AC 25 50 66
Spreader No. 31226
Year of manufacturing
2014/30/EU 20XX
2014/35/EU
Art. No. 1002455
430
no Diamater Function
130 mm
1 Ø 19 mm -TF1 Antenna
2 - -
3 - -
E 300 mm E
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
1200 mm
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 210
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Cabinet enclosure front view 1200 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
X1 CABINET LAYOUT 1200 mm

A A
2020-03
no GLAND CABLE no GLAND CABLE
180 mm
1 WHL1-4 13 M25 Plug
200 mm
M25/M16 -
SS1
2 M25/M20 WX17 14 M25 Plug - Spreader stop
B
QA1 B
3 M25 Plug - 15 M25 Plug - no.23
no.22 S77
4 M25/M20 WSS2 16 M50
- WXP1 Spreader Stop
Reset
65 mm
Main switch 5 M25/M20 WMA1 17 -
- no.24
6 M25/M16 WB1:X1 18 - -
7 M25 Plug - 19 - -
8 M25/PG11/PG9(WT1) WT1:2 20 - -
C C
9 M25 Plug - 21 - -
10 M25 Plug - 22 Ø 10 mm -QA1 Main switch
11 M25 Plug - 23 Ø 23 mm -SS1 Spreader stop
12 M32 WX100 24 Ø 23 mm -S77 Spreader stop reset
60 mm
Grounding cable to
18 mm 18 mm be connected from
X1 cabinet to 70 mm
D main frame D
grounding terminal.
D = 10 mm
36mm
Bromma
4 x D = 4,1 mm
Bromma Manual
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
E E
325 mm
375 mm
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
YTS45 211
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Cabinet enclosure bottom / side view 1200 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
110
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
111
A A
ENGRAVING SIGN PLATE SPREADER
B B
BROMMA CONQUIP
SS1 SS2 S77 Box 1133
SE-164 22 KISTA
SWEDEN
Spreader Stop
Spreader stop Spreader stop
C Reset C
Control Cabinet
Circuit
diagram no. BR1707862
Rated voltage A Hz IP
415V 3~/PE AC 25 50 66
Bromma
Bromma Manual
Spreader No. 31226

D D
Year of manufacturing
2014/30/EU 20XX
2014/35/EU
Art. No. 1002455
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 212
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Engraving sign plate TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+X1
A A
2020-03
Mounting plate main electrical cabinet X1 1200 mm
B B
-BP1 37.5x75x870 mm
-X17
118
-X18
119
Mounting plate DIP1 DIP2 DIP3 DIP1 DIP2 DIP3

ON ON
OFF OFF
X1 cabinet K0 QM1 FC1 FC2 FC3 B4 B5
248
396
249 250 251

395
252
1100x406 mm
1/ L1 3/ L2 5/ L3
1 1
SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS
21NC
13NO A1+ 5SY63 5SY62
290 mm
3. 4. 5. 6. A2- 3RV2
22NC
14NO
3RT20
2/ T1 4/ T2 6/ T3
-TA1
120
225 mm
C C
50x75x1100 mm
192 mm
37.5x75x350 mm
37.5x75x350 mm
-KT2 342
KA1 KA145
339
338
5A
20A
-PG1 340
-PG3 SIRIUS
341
L1
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
U
V
W
L
L
N
N
B1+
B1+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
300
301
302
303
1
3RP2527- 1EW30
112 mm
90 mm
50x75x1100 mm
D D
Bromma
Bromma Manual
1100 mm
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 220
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Mounting plate for X1 cabinet TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
112
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+X1
113
A A
Mounting plate main electrical cabinet inner door 1200 mm
B B
-BP3
Right door
-BP2
C Left C
door
-T1
1
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 221
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Mounting plate door X1 BP2-BP3 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Enclosure legend F18_002_V1.01
=A1+X1-BP1
A A
2020-03
Item number Device tag Type number Bromma P/N
118 X17 ZZ7059 BR1703273
119 X18 ZZ7059 BR1703273
120 TA1 0036519 BR1703274
248 K0 3RT2025-1BB40 BR1000763
B 249 QM1 3RV2021-4BA10 BR78993 B
250 FC1 5SY6325-7 BR1001842
251 FC2 5SY6 210-7 BR1001829
252 FC3 5SY6102-7 BR1001828
338 KA1 PR2-BSC2/4X21 BR1703194
339 KA145 PR2-BSC2/4X21 BR1703194
C 340 PG1 668.6 12-24VDC BR76140 C

632 A.2 400 V AC+/-
341 PG3 BR1024053
10% / 50Hz
395 B4 K8DT-PH1CN BR1705892
396 B5 K8DT-PH1CN BR1705892
D D
Bromma
Bromma Manual
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 222
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Enclosure legend : =A1+X1-X17 - =A1+X1- TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
114
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Enclosure legend F18_002_V1.01
115
=A1+X1-BP3
A A
Item number Device tag Type number Bromma P/N
1 T1 EC-25E BR1707005
B B
C C
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 223
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Enclosure legend : =A1+X1-T1 - =A1+X1-T TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A
X100 ELECTRICAL CABINET CAN BUS A
2020-03
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
16 15
B B
8
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
TERMINAL FUSE
1-10
C C
Bottom view Left / Right side
GND CAN_H CAN_L
11-20 21-30 31-40 SHIELD 1-10
no GLAND / PLUG CABLE no GLAND / PLUG CABLE
1 M16 WX2 15 M25 WX100
2 M16 WX3 16 M20 PLUG
3 M16 WX4
4 M16 WX5
D D
5 M16 / PLUG PLUG
464 mm
6 M16 WX6
7 M16 / PLUG
Bromma
PLUG
8 M16 WX7
9 M16 WX8
Bromma Manual
10 M16 WX13
E E
11 M16 WX52:2
12 M16 WX17
252 mm
13 M16 WCAN3
14 M16 / PLUG PLUG
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 228
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Cabinet enclosure front view X100 Cabinet TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
116
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F22_001_V1.23
117
Plug / Socket diagram Spreader connector =A1+X0-UC1-XP1
A A
Function text Page / column Function text Page / column Function text Page / column
Pin no.
Wire no.
Pin no.
Wire no.
Pin no.
Wire no.
1 1 Power supply L1, 415V, 50Hz +X1/30.1:E 25 25 ZPMC Spreader Connected +X1/54.2:A
2 2 Power supply L1, 415V, 50Hz +X1/30.1:E 26 26 TTDS Bypass Cmd +X1/47.5:A
3 3 Power supply L2, 415V, 50Hz +X1/30.2:E 27 27 Control voltage 110VAC +X1/40.2:A
B 4 4 Power supply L2, 415V, 50Hz +X1/30.2:E 28 28 Control voltage 110VAC +X1/40.1:A B
5 5 Power supply L3, 415V, 50Hz +X1/30.2:E 29 29 Control voltage 110VN +X1/40.3:A
6 6 Power supply L3, 415V, 50Hz +X1/30.3:E 30 30 Control voltage 110VN +X1/40.4:A
7 7 Protective Earth +X1/30.3:E 31 31 Twin Up Cmd +X1/47.6:A
8 GN/YE Protective Earth +X1/30.4:E 32 32 Landed Bypass Cmd +X1/48.2:A
9 9 All Landed Signal +X1/45.1:E 33 33 Twin Down Cmd +X1/47.7:A

C C
10 10 Twl Locked Signal +X1/45.2:E 34 34 ZPMC Spreader Connected +X1/54.3:A
11 11 Twl Unlocked Signal +X1/45.3:E 35 35 ZPMC Spreader Connected +X1/54.4:A
12 12 Tele in 20Ft Signal +X1/45.4:E 36 36 Twin Extend Cmd +X1/47.8:A
13 13 Tele in 40Ft Signal +X1/45.5:E 37 37 Twin Retract Cmd +X1/48.1:A
Bromma
14 14 Tele in 45Ft Signal +X1/45.6:E
Bromma Manual
D 15 15 Spreader connected +X1/40.1:A D
16 16 Twin Down Signal +X1/45.7:E
17 17 Tele Extend Cmd +X1/47.1:A
18 18 Tele Retract Cmd +X1/47.2:A
19 19 Twl Unlocked Cmd +X1/47.3:A
20 20 Twl Locked Cmd +X1/47.4:A

E E
21 21 Twin Up Signal +X1/45.8:E
22 22 Control voltage 240VN +X1/40.5:A
23 23 Control voltage 240VN +X1/40.6:A
24 24 TTDS Fault Signal +X1/46.1:E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 250
F
Date 2019-12-12
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Plug diagram =A1+X0-UC1-XP1 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A A
2020-03
SPREADER CONNECTOR XP1 37-PIN
N
1
18 2
B B
17
3
30 19
16 29 20 4
31
15 28 21
36 32
5
C 37 C
14 27 22
35 33 6
34
26 23
13 7
25 24
12
8
D 11 9 D
10
1
Note!!
Bromma
Move Grounding Strip From Pin Number 3 to Number 7
Bromma Manual
SOCKET PYLE NATIONAL

E E
WITH MALE INSERTS
(ZREP-20-350PN)
SOCKET ON SPREADER
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 251
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Graphical page of plug/socket TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
118
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
119
A SPREADER LAYOUT PAGE A
Waterside
B B
X100 Cabinet
S25 UNLOCKED S26 UNLOCKED
S29 LOCKED S30 LOCKED
S33 LANDED S31 LANDED Pyle National Socket
S37 TWIN UP S38 TWIN UP Corner 3
Corner 2
S2 UNLOCKED X5 X6 S3 UNLOCKED
S6 LOCKED S7 LOCKED
S10 LANDED S11 LANDED
C C
Left X2
end beam Right
X3 end beam
S1 UNLOCKED
Bromma
S5 LOCKED S4 UNLOCKED
S9 LANDED
Bromma Manual
LED WHL1-4 (GRYB) S8 LOCKED

Note: Refere to page 201 for details X4 X7 S12 LANDED
D S24 UNLOCKED S27 UNLOCKED D
SCS4 S28 LOCKED S31 LOCKED
Corner 1 S32 LANDED S35 LANDED Electrical Cabinet X1 Corner 4
S36 TWIN UP S39 TWIN UP
X13
TTDS S90
TTDS S91
TTDS S92
TTDS S93
TTDS S94
TTDS S95
TTDS S96
E E
Landside
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 255
F
the property of BROMMA CONQUIP. 31226 +SPS/280
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Spreader layout TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PLC card overview F20_CR9057_V1.05
A
+X0-X2 +X0-X3 A
2020-03
Gable end left Gable end right
CAN node ID2 CAN node ID3
Pin
Pin
Pin
Pin
Inputs Outputs Inputs Outputs
XP7 XP8 XP7 XP8
Connection XP7 Connection XP8 Connection XP7 Connection XP8
2 Spare 4 Spare 2 Spare 4 Spare
B B
4 -S10 Landed left waterside 2 Spare 4 -S12 Landed right landside 2 Spare
XP5 XP6 XP5 XP6

2 Spare 4 Spare 2 Spare 4 Spare
4 -S9 Landed left landside 2 Spare 4 -S11 Landed right waterside 2 Spare
XP3 XP4 XP3 XP4
2 -S6 Locked left waterside 4 Spare 2 -S8 Locked right landside 4 Spare
C 4 -S2 Unlocked left waterside 2 Spare 4 -S4 Unlocked right landside 2 Spare C
XP1 XP2 XP1 XP2
2 -S5 Locked left landside 4 -Y7 Twistlock unlock left 2 -S7 Locked right waterside 4 -Y15 Twistlock unlock right
4 -S1 Unlocked left landside 2 -Y8 Twistlock lock left 4 -S3 Unlocked right waterside 2 -Y16 Twistlock lock right
CAN IN CAN OUT CAN IN CAN OUT
D D
XE01 XE02 XE03 XE04 XE05 XE06 XE07 XE01 XE02 XE03 XE04 XE05 XE06 XE07
Bromma
CAN_L
CAN_L
CAN_H
CAN_H
Bromma Manual
GNDoutput
GNDoutput
+VBBoutput
+VBBoutput
GNDs modul
GNDs modul
+VBBs module
+VBBs module
E E
+VBBc via M12 plug

+VBBc via M12 plug
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 280
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: PLC card overview =A1+X0-X2 - =A1+X0-X TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
Mod. Date Name Description Original 2019-12-02 SPS
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
120
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
121
A
+X0-X4 +X0-X5 A
Center landside Center waterside

Pin
Pin
Pin
Pin
XP7 XP8 XP7 XP8
2 -S39 Twin up right landside 4 Spare 2 -S38 Twin up right waterside 4 Spare
B B
4 -S35 Twin landed right landside 2 Spare 4 -S34 Twin landed right waterside 2 Spare
XP5 XP6 XP5 XP6

2 -S31 Twin locked right landside 4 Spare 2 -S30 Twin locked right waterside 4 Spare
4 -S27 Twin unlocked right landside 2 Spare 4 -S26 Twin unlocked right waterside 2 Spare
XP3 XP4 XP3 XP4
2 -S36 Twin up left landside 4 -Y27 Twin twistlock unlock 2 -S37 Twin up left waterside 4 Spare
C 4 -S32 Twin landed left landside 2 -Y28 Twin twistlock lock 4 -S33 Twin landed left waterside 2 Spare C
XP1 XP2 XP1 XP2
2 -S28 Twin locked left landside 4 -Y25 Twin lift up 2 -S29 Twin locked left waterside 4 Spare
4 -S24 Twin unlocked left landside 2 -Y26 Twin lift down 4 -S25 Twin unlocked left waterside 2 Spare
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
CAN_L
CAN_L
CAN_H
CAN_H
GNDoutput
GNDoutput
+VBBoutput
+VBBoutput
GNDs modul
GNDs modul
+VBBs module
+VBBs module
E E
+VBBc via M12 plug

+VBBc via M12 plug
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 281
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A
+X0-X6 +X0-X7 A
2020-03
Center waterside Center landside
Pin
Pin
Pin
Pin
XP7 XP8 XP7 XP8
2 Spare 4 Spare 2 Spare 4 -Y53 Twin hook lock right
B B
4 Spare 2 Spare 4 -S119 Twin in 45 ft limit 2 -Y54 Twin hook unlock right
XP5 XP6 XP5 XP6

2 Spare 4 Spare 2 Spare 4 -Y43 Twin hook lock left
4 -S160 Twin attach left 2 Spare 4 -S161 Twin attach right 2 -Y44 Twin hook unlock left
XP3 XP4 XP3 XP4
2 -S102 Twin hook disconnected left 4 Spare 2 -S103 Twin hook disconnected right 4 -Y55 Twin expand right
C 4 -S100 Twin hook connected left 2 Spare 4 -S101 Twin hook connected right 2 Y56 Twin retract right C
XP1 XP2 XP1 XP2
2 Spare 4 -Y41 High pressure valve 2 -S118 Twin in 40 ft position left 4 -Y45 Twin expand left
4 -S112 Twin lift units in zero gap left 2 Spare 4 -S113 Twinlegs in zero gap right 2 -Y46 Twin retract left
D D
Bromma
CAN_L
CAN_L
CAN_H
CAN_H
Bromma Manual
GNDoutput
GNDoutput
+VBBoutput
+VBBoutput
GNDs modul
GNDs modul
+VBBs module
+VBBs module
E E
+VBBc via M12 plug

+VBBc via M12 plug
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 282
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
122
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
123
A
+X0-X13 A
Middle landside
CAN node ID13
Pin
Pin
Pin
Pin
XP7 XP8
Connection XP7 Connection XP8 Connection Connection
2 -S96 TTDS sensor 4 Spare
B B
XP5 XP6
2 Spare 4 Spare

XP3 XP4
C 4 -S92 TTDS sensor 2 Spare C

XP1 XP2
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
XE01 XE02 XE03 XE04 XE05 XE06 XE07
CAN_L
CAN_H
GNDoutput
+VBBoutput
GNDs modul
+VBBs module
E E
+VBBc via M12 plug

MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
YTS45 283
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: PLC card overview =A1+X0-X13 - =A1+X0- TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A
+X0-X8 A
2020-03
Center landside
CAN node ID8
Pin
Pin
Outputs Outputs
XP7 XP8
Connection XP7 Connection XP8
B 2 Spare 2 Spare B
4 Spare 4 Spare
XP5 XP6
2 Spare 2 Spare
4 Spare 4 Spare
XP3 XP4
2 Spare 2 Spare
C 4 Spare 4 Spare C
XP1 XP2
2 Current feedback 2 Current feedback
4 -Y17 Telescope expand 4 -Y18 Telescope retract
CAN IN CAN OUT
D D
XE01 XE02 XE03 XE04 XE05 XE06 XE07
Bromma
CAN_L
+VBBc
CAN_H
Bromma Manual
GND output
GNDs modul
+VBB output
E E
+VBBs module
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 289
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
124
Bromma Manual
D
A
C
B
F
291
+PART/300
90
a
REV.
F20_001 BR1703273_V1.01
TOTAL SH.
BR1707862
SHEET
CONT.
9
9
PLC card overview : =A1+X1-X17 - =A1+X1
IO_15 IO_16
230 V AC input orange +X1/48.1:E -KA32 Twin Retract Cmd
BR78511
PT. Delta Sandai-PT Meratus Line

230 V AC input orange +X1/47.8:E -KA31 Twin Extend Cmd
DRAWING NO.
BR78511
IO_14
DIP1 DIP2 DIP3
230 V AC input orange

BR78511 +X1/47.7:E -KA30 Twin Down Cmd
IO_13
BR78511 +X1/47.6:E -KA29 Twin Up Cmd
8
8
IO_11 IO_12
BR78511 +X1/47.5:E -KA28 TTDS Bypass Cmd
+X1/47.4:E -KA27 Twl Locked Cmd
off
on
BR78511
IO_10

CAN node ID18
+X1/47.3:E -KA26 Twl Unlocked Cmd
FILENAME:
PLOTTED:
BR78511
+X1-X18
Plank I/O p/n

=A1+X0/65
X1 Cabinet
BR1703273
IO_9
230 V AC input orange +X1/47.2:E -KA25 Telescope Retract Cmd

BR78511
7
7
IO_8
230 V AC input orange +X1/47.1:E -KA24 Telescope Extend Cmd
SPS
BR78511
A1
PLANT (=)
UNIT (+)
IO_7
BR78511 +X1/48.5:E -KA23 Spare

IO_6
BR78511 +X1/48.4:E -KA22 Spare
2019-12-12
SHAHRMO
IO_5
GND. BR78511 +X1/48.3:E -KA21 Spare
YTS45
31226
6
6
VBB.
IO_4
CAN_L.
CAN_H.
BR78511 +X1/48.2:E -KA20 Landed Bypass Cmd
DRAWING DATE:
MACHINE TYPE:
CHECKED BY:
DRAWN BY:
SH.
SERIAL NO.
24 V DC input white
IO_3
BR78509 +X1/58.6:E -KA19 Spreader stop

24 V DC input white
IO_2
BR78509 +X1/58.5:E -KA18 Spreader stop active signal to control syst

24 V DC input white +X1/58.3:E -KA17 Three phase monitoring
IO_1
BR78509
5
5
Page Function text
4
4
IO_15 IO_16
24 V DC output red +X0/70.6:B -KA16 Total Twistlock Counter

BR78513
0-240 V AC output black +X1/46.3:B -KA15 Spare

BR78514
DIP1 DIP2 DIP3
IO_14
0-240 V AC output black

+X1/46.2:B -KA14 Spare
contained therein, may not be copied
BR78514
the property of BROMMA CONQUIP.
or reproduced, whitout the written

This drawing is copyright, and is
The design and/or constructions

IO_13

BR78514 +X1/46.1:B -KA13 TTDS Fault Signal
3
3
consent of the owner.

IO_11 IO_12
BR78514 +X1/45.8:B -KA12 Twin Up Signal

off
on
BR78514 +X1/45.7:B -KA11 Twin Down Signal

IO_10

CAN node ID17
+X1/45.6:B -KA10 Tele in 45Ft Signal

Plank I/O p/n
BR78514
+X1-X17
=A1+X0/65
X1 cabinet
BR1703273
©
IO_9
0-240 V AC output black +X1/45.5:B -KA9 Tele in 40Ft Signal

BR78514
2
2
IO_8
2019-12-12
0-240 V AC output black +X1/45.4:B -KA8 Tele in 20Ft Signal

SHAHRMO
BR78514
IO_7
BR78514 +X1/45.3:B -KA7 Twl Unlocked Signal

Date
Appr
Ed.

IO_6
BR78514 +X1/45.2:B - KA6 Twl Locked Signal

IO_5
+X1/45.1:B -KA5 All Landed Signal

Original
GND. BR78514
VBB.
24 V DC output red
1
1
IO_4
CAN_L.
CAN_H.
BR78513 +X0/201.6:B -KA4 Twin Down HL4
SH.
PLC card overview
24 V DC output red
IO_3
BR78513 +X0/201.5:B -KA3 Spreder landed HL3

Description
24 V DC output red
IO_2
BR78513 +X0/201.4:B -KA2 Twistlock locked HL2

24 V DC output red +X0/201.3:B -KA1 Twistlock unlocked HL1
IO_1
Name
BR78513
0
Page Function text

Date
Mod.
D
A
C
B
125 Bromma 2020-03

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F01_001_V1.02
Parts list
Pos Unit Item Qty Page Part number Description Manufacturer Order number / Technical characteristics
A A
1 X1 B4 1 +X1/58.1:B BR1705892 Monitoring relay Omron K8DT-PH1CN 3 phase, phase sequence & phase loss 200-480 VAC
2020-03
2 X1 B5 1 +X1/56.3:B BR1705892 Monitoring relay Omron K8DT-PH1CN 3 phase, phase sequence & phase loss 200-480 VAC
3 X1 B6 1 +X1/41.2:B BR1703428 SWITCH Siemens 3SE5413-0CD20-1EA2 Cabinet Door Switch
4 X1 B6 2 +X1/41.2:B BR1023817 SCREW MC6S M4x25 BROMMA BR1023817 FZB 8.8
5 X1 B6 2 +X1/41.2:B BR701381 NUT LOC-KING M4 BROMMA BR701381 DIN 985, A4, KLASS 70
6 X1 B6 2 +X1/41.2:B BR75329 WASHER BRB 4,3x9x0,8 Bromma BR75329 FZB
7 X1 B7 1 +X1/41.6:B BR1703428 SWITCH Siemens 3SE5413-0CD20-1EA2 Cabinet Door Switch
8 X1 B7 2 +X1/41.6:B BR1023817 SCREW MC6S M4x25 BROMMA BR1023817 FZB 8.8

B B
9 X1 B7 2 +X1/41.6:B BR701381 NUT LOC-KING M4 BROMMA BR701381 DIN 985, A4, KLASS 70
10 X1 B7 2 +X1/41.6:B BR75329 WASHER BRB 4,3x9x0,8 Bromma BR75329 FZB
11 X1 BP1 1 +X0/220.1:B BR1245109 Cabinet Y YEW BR1245109 1200 x 430 x 200, T=2mm
12 X1 BP1 10 +X0/220.1:B BR75381 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29133 Red 1,5mm²
13 X1 BP1 10 +X0/220.1:B BR76155 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29147 Blue 2,5mm²
14 X1 BP1 20 +X0/220.1:B BR70595 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29145 Black 2,5mm²
15 X1 BP1 100 +X0/220.1:B BR76577 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29131 Blue 1,5mm²
16 X1 BP1 100 +X0/220.1:B BR75637 FERRULE 1,5 NO ISOL.

C C
17 X1 BP1 4 +X0/220.1:B BR70414 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29149 Red 2,5mm²
18 X1 BP1 3 +X0/220.1:B BR76131 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29146 Yellow/Green 2,5mm²
19 X1 BP1 1 +X0/220.1:B BR700928 EARTH RAIL 12/3 ABB Nordkomp. SK117905-12
20 X1 BP1 25 +X0/220.1:B BR1017491 SCREW MRX M5x10 Bromma BR1017491 A2
21 X1 BP1 3 +X0/220.1:B BR78692 EARTH BRAID 250mm/16MM² ITALTRECCE 55-097-65
22 X1 BP1 30 +X0/220.1:B BR701193 FERRULES 4.0 ISOL WAGO 216-207
23 X1 BP1 100 +X0/220.1:B BR701313 FERRULES 1.0 ISOL WAGO 216-233
24 X1 BP1 6 +X0/220.1:B BR77896 WASHER BRB 5,3x10x1 Bromma BR77896 A4, ISO 7089
D 25 X1 BP1 1 +X0/220.1:B BR78691 EARTH BRAID 100mm Elfa 55-097-32 D
26 X1 BP1 100 +X0/220.1:B BR79921 FERRULE 2.5 ISOL WEIDMÜLLER AB 9004360000
27 X1 BP1 1 +X0/220.1:B BR1018173 CABLE CLIPS AQ MEKATRONIK AQM6001-1 CABEL DIM. 6mm
28 X1 BP1 50 +X0/220.1:B BR1703074 FERRULE 2.5 Altech 3200205 12mm Stripping length
Bromma
29 X1 BP1 4 +X0/220.1:B BR1703554 End cap PXC 1206573 TS 35 / DIN rail protection cap
30 X1 BP1 2 +X0/220.1:B BR78314 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29162 Yellow/Green 4,0mm²
31 X1 BP1 1 +X0/220.1:B BR79370 FUSE Littelfuse 33-051-66 Blade fuse 20A

Bromma Manual
32 X1 BP1 1 +X0/220.1:B BR1002757 FUSE Littelfuse 33-050-97 Blade fuse 5A
33 X1 BP1 2 +X0/220.1:B BR71986 RAIL DIN 35 Weidmuller TS 35 C/20 T=1.5mm, L=2mm

E E
34 X1 BP3 2 +X0/221.7:C BR1703554 End cap PXC 1206573 TS 35 / DIN rail protection cap
35 X1 BP3 2 +X0/221.7:C BR1018173 CABLE CLIPS AQ MEKATRONIK AQM6001-1 CABEL DIM. 6mm
36 X1 EA1 1 +X1/41.2:D BR1703464 LIGHTS TURCK WLS28-2XW145DX Cabinet work light
37 X1 EA1 4 +X1/41.2:D BR75606 SCREW MC6S M4x16 BROMMA BR75606 FZB 8.8
38 X1 EA1 4 +X1/41.2:D BR701381 NUT LOC-KING M4 BROMMA BR701381 DIN 985, A4, KLASS 70
39 X1 EA1 8 +X1/41.2:D BR75329 WASHER BRB 4,3x9x0,8 Bromma BR75329 FZB
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 300
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Parts list: TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
Mod. Date Name Description Original 2019-12-11 PART
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
126
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F01_001_V1.02
Parts list
127
A A
40 X1 EA2 1 +X1/41.5:D BR1703464 LIGHTS TURCK WLS28-2XW145DX Cabinet work light
41 X1 EA2 4 +X1/41.5:D BR75606 SCREW MC6S M4x16 BROMMA BR75606 FZB 8.8
42 X1 EA2 4 +X1/41.5:D BR701381 NUT LOC-KING M4 BROMMA BR701381 DIN 985, A4, KLASS 70
43 X1 EA2 8 +X1/41.5:D BR75329 WASHER BRB 4,3x9x0,8 Bromma BR75329 FZB
44 X1 FC1 1 +X1/30.2:C BR1001842 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS 5SY6325-7 C-CHARACTER
45 X1 FC2 1 +X1/40.1:C BR1001829 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS 5SY6 210-7 C-CHARACTER
46 X1 FC3 1 +X0/70.3:C BR1001828 CIRCUIT BREAKER 230/400V 6KA, 1-POLE, C, 2A, D=70MM SIE 5SY6102-7
47 X1 FS1 1 +X1/40.5:D BR1028263 FUSE HOLDER PXC 3036372 2-CONDUCTOR BLACK

B B
48 X1 FS1 1 +X1/40.5:D BR79370 FUSE Littelfuse 33-051-66 Blade fuse 20A
49 X1 FS2 1 +X1/40.5:D BR1028263 FUSE HOLDER PXC 3036372 2-CONDUCTOR BLACK
50 X1 FS2 1 +X1/40.5:D BR1002757 FUSE Littelfuse 33-050-97 Blade fuse 5A
51 X1 Gland_X1 14 +X0/211.2:B BR1001911 GLAND NUT LAPPKABEL 52103030 FOR GLAND M25
52 X1 Gland_X1 2 +X0/211.2:B BR1013220 GLAND REDUCER LAPPKABEL 52104313 M25/ M16
53 X1 Gland_X1 3 +X0/211.2:B BR701017 GLAND MS-M20 7-13mm Skintop 53112020 M20x1.5
54 X1 Gland_X1 8 +X0/211.2:B BR700565 GLAND PLUG MILTRONIC 12 12 33 M25
55 X1 Gland_X1 1 +X0/211.2:C BR76319 GLAND LAPP 12 04 52 PG11/9

C C
56 X1 Gland_X1 1 +X0/211.2:C BR1012551 GLAND LAPP 12 13 74 M25/ PG11
57 X1 Gland_X1 1 +X0/211.2:D BR1001912 GLAND NUT LAPP FOR GLAND M32
58 X1 Gland_X1 1 +X0/211.2:D BR701019 GLAND MS-M32 11-21mm SKINTOP 12 58 14 M32x1.5
59 X1 Gland_X1 1 +X0/211.7:B BR1000727 GLAND SR-M50x1.5 32-38mm Skindicht 12 63 50
60 X1 Gland_X1 1 +X0/211.7:B BR1000731 GLAND NUT LAPPKABEL 12 12 66 FOR GLAND M50
61 X1 Gland_X1 3 +X0/211.2:B BR1017465 GLAND REDUCER SKINDICHT® MR-M 52104314 M25 x 1,5 to M20 x 1.5
Bromma
62 X1 Gland_X1 2 +X0/211.2:B BR701016 GLAND MS-M16 4.5-10mm Skintop 12 58 11 M16x1.5
Bromma Manual
63 X1 Jumper_X1 20 +X1/40.4:C BR1028257 TERMINAL JUMPER Phoenix Contact 3030161 2-WAY
D 64 X1 Jumper_X1 15 +X1/40.4:C BR1028258 TERMINAL JUMPER Phoenix Contact 3030190 5-WAY D
65 X1 K0 1 +X1/55.5:E BR1000763 CONTACTOR Siemens 3RT2025-1BB40 24VDC 7.5KW 17A SIZE 0
66 X1 KA1 1 +X1/56.5:D BR1703188 Single relay PXC 2903660 Single relay 2-pole
67 X1 KA1 1 +X1/56.5:D BR1703194 Relay socket PXC 2833563 For 2 & 4 switching relay
68 X1 KA1 1 +X1/56.5:D BR1703557 Relay retaining bracket PXC 2905984 For 2 & 4 Switching
69 X1 KA5 1 +X1/45.0:B BR78514 OUTPUT MODULE DELCON/AXIOM SLO 24 TR 0-240VAC 3A

E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 301
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F01_001_V1.02
Parts list
A A
2020-03
80 X1 KA17 1 +X1/58.2:E BR78509 INPUT MODULE 24VDC DELCON/AXIOM SLI 24CR Sek: 0-60VDC 50mA
83 X1 KA20 1 +X1/48.2:E BR78511 INPUT DELCON/AXIOM SLI 230CRP Sek:0-60VDC 50mA

B B

C C
96 X1 KA145 1 +X1/55.7:E BR1703194 Relay socket PXC 2833563 For 2 & 4 switching relay
97 X1 KA145 1 +X1/55.7:E BR1703197 Single relay PXC 2903677 Single relay 4-pole
98 X1 KA145 1 +X1/55.7:E BR1703557 Relay retaining bracket PXC 2905984 For 2 & 4 Switching
99 X1 KT2 1 +X1/56.4:C BR1002028 Time relay 0,05-240s Siemens 3RP2527-1EW30 24-66Vac/dc
100 X1 PE11 1 +X1/40.3:D BR70972 WIRE RING Nelco 2538.0 1,5-2,5 mm²
101 X1 PE18 1 +X0/69.5:B BR70972 WIRE RING Nelco 2538.0 1,5-2,5 mm²
102 X1 PE50 1 +X1/40.2:E BR70973 WIRE RING Nelco 48-293-54 4-6 mm²
D 103 X1 PG1 1 +X0/70.6:D BR76140 COUNTERS Bauser 668.6 668.6 12-24 VDC D
104 X1 PG3 1 +X0/70.3:D BR1024053 Hour Counter BAUSER GmbH 632 A.2 440VAC/50Hz 440VAC / 50Hz
105 X1 QA1 1 +X1/30.2:D BR700868 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER Baco 0172200 50A
106 X1 QA1 1 +X1/30.2:D BR700869 LOCK HANDLE GREY 66X66mm Baco 0174601
Bromma
107 X1 QA1 1 +X1/30.2:D BR700870 SEALING IP65 Baco 0172267
108 X1 QA1 2 +X1/30.2:D BR700871 AUXILIARY BLOCK Baco 172179 NO+NC 400V 10A SIGNALCONTACT
109 X1 QM1 1 +X1/30.7:A BR78993 THERMAL-MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS 3RV2021-4BA10 7.5KW 14-20A
Bromma Manual
110 X1 S77 1 +X1/55.8:C BR700131 Auxiliary block Schneider Electric ZBE102 Single contact block for head Ø22 1NC
111 X1 S77 1 +X1/55.8:C BR700620 PUSH BUTTON BLUE Schneider Electric XB4BA61 Blue Ø22 mm
E E
112 X1 S77 1 +X1/55.8:C BR1704671 Legend holder Schneider Electric ZBZ34 For harmony series XB5,
113 X1 S77 1 +X1/55.8:C BR1704673 Legend KW 1704673 Blank legend
114 X1 SS1 1 +X1/55.1:B BR1010842 TRIGGER ACTION BUTTON BLACK TELEMEC ZB5-AS52 BLACK Ø40 TURN RELEASE
115 X1 SS1 1 +X1/55.1:B BR1000712 AUXILIARY BLOCK TELEMEC ZB5-AZ105 switch body with 1 NC and 1NO block
116 X1 SS1 1 +X1/55.1:B BR1704671 Legend holder Schneider Electric ZBZ34 For harmony series XB5,
117 X1 SS1 1 +X1/55.1:B BR1704673 Legend KW 1704673 Blank legend
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 302
F
Date 2019-12-16
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
128
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F01_001_V1.02
Parts list
129
A A
118 X1 T1 1 +X0/171.2:B BR1707005 Modem Datarespons 801622 2xCAN selecttable 120Ohm, Ethernet 10/100 Mbit, WIFI, GPS,2xGSM
119 X1 TA1 1 +X1/40.1:C BR1703274 POWER SUPPLY Prime Power 0036519 Input 80-280VAC ; 50/60 Hz ; 3,5-7A ; Output 25VDC, 30A
120 X1 TF1 1 +X0/171.6:A BR1706993 Antenna for modem Smarteq 710363
121 X1 WMA1 1 +X1/30.7:D BR70996 PUR Control Cable PURö-JZ 4G2,5 mm² GY HELU 22166
122 X1 WPE 1 +X1/54.8:B BR1700600 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 26906 70mm² Ø 16mm
123 X1 WPE 2 +X1/54.8:B BR1700601 CABLE LUGS LAPPGROUP 61796860 70mm² M8
124 X1 WT1 1 +X0/171.6:E BR1707064 ETHERNET CONNECTOR TURCK U-69839
125 X1 WT1:2 1 +X0/171.6:E BR1700609 CABLE CONNECTOR Turck Industrial Automation RSSD-RSSD-441-10M/S2174 10m, M12 4P Straight Male D-coding/ Straight Male D-coding
B B
126 X1 WX17 1 +X0/65.1:E BR1001860 BUS CABLE Helukabel 82696 3X2X0.25mm²+3X1.0mm²
127 X1 X1 5 BR1028255 TERMINAL SEPARATOR PXC 3206209 OVERSIZED
128 X1 X1 5 +X0/220.5:C BR1028254 End cover PXC 3031762 Separator plate for STS 2,5-TWIN
129 X1 X1 70 +X0/70.6:C BR1028250 TERMINAL 2,5mm² Phoenix Contact 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
130 X1 X1 8 +X1/40.2:C BR1028251 TERMINAL 2,5mm² PHOENIX 3036275 3-CONDUCTOR BLUE
131 X1 X17 1 +X0/65.0:B BR1703273 Plank Type III IFM ZZ7059 16 independent Delcon I/O
132 X1 X17 4 +X0/65.0:B BR1029642 SCREW MC6S M4x12 BROMMA BR1029642 FZB 8.8
133 X1 X17 8 +X0/65.0:B BR75329 WASHER BRB 4,3x9x0,8 Bromma BR75329 FZB
C C
134 X1 X17 4 +X0/65.0:B BR75159 NUT LOC-KING M4 BROMMA BR75159 DIN 985, FZB, CLASS 8
135 X1 X17-KA1 1 +X0/201.3:B BR78513 OUTPUT MODULE DELCON/AXIOM SLO 24 CR 0-60VDC 3A
Bromma
140 X1 X18 1 +X0/65.3:B BR1703273 Plank Type III IFM ZZ7059 16 independent Delcon I/O
Bromma Manual
141 X1 X18 4 +X0/65.3:B BR1029642 SCREW MC6S M4x12 BROMMA BR1029642 FZB 8.8
D 142 X1 X18 8 +X0/65.3:B BR75329 WASHER BRB 4,3x9x0,8 Bromma BR75329 FZB D
143 X1 X18 4 +X0/65.3:B BR75159 NUT LOC-KING M4 BROMMA BR75159 DIN 985, FZB, CLASS 8
144 X1 XS21 1 +X0/171.1:B BR1707013 Modem Power & Data Connector Boomerang Cable OU BR1707013 2,5m female type AMP 35pin for power/2xCAN/Ethernet
145 X1 070_X1 1 +X0/70.9:D BR701016 GLAND MS-M16 4.5-10mm Skintop 12 58 11 M16x1.5
146 X1 070_X1 1 +X0/70.9:D BR1001911 GLAND NUT LAPPKABEL 52103030 FOR GLAND M25
147 X1 070_X1 1 +X0/70.9:D BR1013220 GLAND REDUCER LAPPKABEL 52104313 M25/ M16
148 X0 B1 1 +X0/60.0:D BR1108621 SCS4 PLC Maximatecc BR1108621 Master controller with display
149 X0 CF1 1 +X0/60.2:E BR1114038 SCS4 Memory Maximatecc SCS4 Memory USB
150 X0 GB1 1 +X0/60.0:E BR1108622 SCS4 Battery Unit Maximatecc SCS4 Battery Unit
E E
151 X0 HL1 1 +X0/201.3:E BR1701085 LED'S & LAMPS WITH COLOR CODES TURCK 3026639 GREEN Color PWM
152 X0 HL2 1 +X0/201.4:E BR1701086 LED'S & LAMPS WITH COLOR CODES TURCK 3026666 RED Color PWM
153 X0 HL3 1 +X0/201.5:E BR1701088 LED'S & LAMPS WITH COLOR CODES TURCK 3026667 YELLOW Color PWM
154 X0 HL4 1 +X0/201.6:E BR1701087 LED'S & LAMPS WITH COLOR CODES TURCK 3026668 BLUE Color PWM
155 X0 PE10 2 +X0/60.9:E BR75323 WASHER BRB 5,3x10x1 FZB Bromma BR75323 FZB, ISO 7089
156 X0 PE10 2 +X0/60.9:E BR79835 SCREW MC6S M5x12 FZB BROMMA BR79835 FZB ISO4762
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 303
F
Date 2019-12-16
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F01_001_V1.02
Parts list
A A
157 X0 PE10 1 +X0/60.9:E BR76131 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29146 Yellow/Green 2,5mm²
2020-03
158 X0 PE10 2 +X0/60.9:E BR70972 WIRE RING Nelco 2538.0 1,5-2,5 mm²
159 X0 PG9 1 +X0/212.7:B BR1002455 CE LABEL 135x85x1.5 mm SS BROMMA ELECTRICAL CABINET
160 X0 R2 1 +X0/61.1:A BR1019449 CAN Termination IFM E11590 M12 connector 120ohm 0,25W
161 X0 R3 1 +X0/61.4:A BR1019449 CAN Termination IFM E11590 M12 connector 120ohm 0,25W
162 X0 S1 1 +X0/75.0:C BR1702972 PROXIMITY SWITCH M30 IFM electronic II5975 IIA3015BBPKG/US-104
B B
C C
D 181 X0 S31 1 +X0/77.6:C BR1702972 PROXIMITY SWITCH M30 IFM electronic II5975 IIA3015BBPKG/US-104 D
Bromma
Bromma Manual
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 304
F
Date 2019-12-16
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
130
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F01_001_V1.02
Parts list
131
A A
196 X0 SS2 1 +X1/55.1:C BR1000374 Box with one hole Telemecanique XALD01 Use with Schneider Style 5 switches
197 X0 SS2 1 +X1/55.1:C BR1010842 TRIGGER ACTION BUTTON BLACK TELEMEC ZB5-AS52 BLACK Ø40 TURN RELEASE
198 X0 SS2 1 +X1/55.1:C BR1000712 AUXILIARY BLOCK TELEMEC ZB5-AZ105 switch body with 1 NC and 1NO block
199 X0 SS2 1 +X1/55.1:C BR70536 Frame +sign plate +engraving 2 lines of 11 characters maximum
200 X0 SS2 1 +X1/55.1:C BR1001910 GLAND NUT LAPPKABEL 52103020 FOR GLAND M20
201 X0 SS2 1 +X1/55.1:C BR1023417 GLAND Lappkabel 52104312 M20 / M16 (4,5-10mm)
202 X0 SS2 1 +X1/55.1:C BR701016 GLAND MS-M16 4.5-10mm Skintop 12 58 11 M16x1.5
203 X0 UC1-XP1 1 +X1/30.0:E BR76696 PYLE NATIONAL PYLE NATIONAL ZREP-20-350PN STAR LINE 37P MALE SIZE 20
B B
204 X0 WCAN3 1 +X0/60.2:D BR1702912 CABLE CONNECTOR TURCK WSC5701-10M 10m, M12 5P, Male Angle/Open End
205 X0 WHL1-4 1 +X0/201.3:D BR1701780 Split cable TURCK V9-7/4WK 4.4T-0,3/0,3/0,3/0,3/S90/CS14252 1x7m open end / 4x0,3m M12 female
206 X0 WS1-S5 1 +X0/75.0:D BR1023804 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM EVC618 2m, M12 4P, Straight Male/ 2x Angle Female (pin2,4 bridge)
210 X0 WS9 1 +X0/75.5:D BR79293 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM EVC033 2m, M12 4P, Angle Male/Angle Female
C C
214 X0 WS92-S90 1 +X0/175.2:D BR1701064 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM EVC519 1m, M12 4P, Straight Male/ 2x Angle Female
Bromma
218 X0 WS112 1 +X0/160.0:D BR1702950 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM electronic EVC617 3m,M12 4P, Angle Male/Angle Female
Bromma Manual
219 X0 WS113-S118 1 +X0/161.0:D BR1023806 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM electronic EVC619 3m, M12 4P, Straight Male/ 2x Angle Female (pin2,4 bridge)
D 220 X0 WS119 1 +X0/161.7:D BR79296 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM EVC170 4m, M12 4P, Angle Male/Angle Female D
221 X0 WSS2 1 +X1/55.1:B BR76291 Multi Core Cable HELU 22151 PUR Control Cable PURö-JZ 5G1,5 mm² GY
222 X0 WTWIN4 1 +X0/77.0:D BR1017442 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM electronic EVC506 Multicable 2xtwin M12+4xM12 angle
226 X0 WTWIN9 1 +X0/160.2:D BR1002209 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM EVC507 Multicable 2x straight male + 3x angle female
227 X0 WTWIN10 1 +X0/161.2:D BR1002209 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM EVC507 Multicable 2x straight male + 3x angle female
228 X0 WX2 1 +X0/61.1:D BR1702882 CABLE CONNECTOR 13M 2x20 2x17 AWG TURCK CABLE CONNECTOR 13M CANopen M12 angle open end Ø8,4 mm / M16
E E
229 X0 WX3 1 +X0/61.4:D BR1702882 CABLE CONNECTOR 13M 2x20 2x17 AWG TURCK CABLE CONNECTOR 13M CANopen M12 angle open end Ø8,4 mm / M16
230 X0 WX4 1 +X0/61.6:D BR1001860 BUS CABLE Helukabel 82696 3X2X0.25mm²+3X1.0mm²
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 305
F
Date 2019-12-16
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F01_001_V1.02
Parts list
A A
2020-03
236 X0 WX52:2 1 +X0/63.6:D BR1703520 CABLE CONNECTOR TURCK RKC5701-3M 3m, 5P, Female Straight/Open End
237 X0 WX100 1 +X0/69.6:D BR701118 Multi Core Cable Helukabel 22550 12G 2,5 mm²
238 X0 WXB1:X1 1 +X0/60.0:D BR1701067 CABLE CONNECTOR TURCK WKW4.5T-10/TXL 10m, M12 5P, Angle Female/ Open end (B-coding)
239 X0 WXP1 1 +X1/30.1:E BR701222 Multi Core Cable Helukabel H7715992 37G 2,5mm²
240 X0 WY7-Y8 1 +X0/80.0:B BR1018339 CABLE CONNECTOR MURR 7000-41511-6370150 1,5m, 2xForm A 110mm/M12, 24Vdc LED Suppressor/ Angle Male
242 X0 WY17 1 +X0/151.2:B BR1025803 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM E11622 2m, M12 STRAIGHT SUPPRESSOR 24VDC
B B
243 X0 WY18 1 +X0/151.3:B BR1025803 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM E11622 2m, M12 STRAIGHT SUPPRESSOR 24VDC
246 X0 WY41 1 +X0/151.6:B BR79332 CABLE CONNECTOR MURR Elektronik 7000-40901-6260300 3m, Form A/M12, 24Vdc LED Suppressor/ Angle Male
248 X0 WY45-Y46 1 +X0/162.1:B BR701219 CABLE CONNECTOR MURR Elektronik 7000-41551-6370200 2m, 2xForm A 200mm/M12, 24Vdc LED Suppressor/ Angle Male
250 X0 WY55-Y56 1 +X0/162.3:B BR701219 CABLE CONNECTOR MURR Elektronik 7000-41551-6370200 2m, 2xForm A 200mm/M12, 24Vdc LED Suppressor/ Angle Male
C C
251 X0 X2 1 +X0/61.1:A BR1700599 CANopen I/O MODULE IFM CR9057 8 in / 8 out + M12 CANopen connectors
252 X0 X2 1 +X0/61.1:A BR700563 GLAND PLUG MILTRONIC 5210 3110 M16
253 X0 X3 1 +X0/61.3:B BR1700599 CANopen I/O MODULE IFM CR9057 8 in / 8 out + M12 CANopen connectors
254 X0 X3 1 +X0/61.3:B BR700563 GLAND PLUG MILTRONIC 5210 3110 M16
D 259 X0 X8 1 +X0/63.0:A BR1025864 CANopen I/O MODULE IFM-Electronic CR9056 8 Current outputs D
261 X0 X52 1 +X0/63.6:A BR1041125 ABSOLUTE ENCODER BAUMER ELECTRIC AG 11079088 2,0 m M12 straight molded 5-pole male
262 X100 X100-CAB 1 +X0/69.9:E BR1136092 CABINET X100 STS,YTS SPREADER BROMMA BR1136092 C/C 430x150 ; T=2mm 316L Material
Bromma
263 X100 X100-CAB 4 +X0/69.9:E BR700563 GLAND PLUG MILTRONIC 5210 3110 M16
264 X100 X100-CAB 1 +X0/69.9:E BR1001910 GLAND NUT LAPPKABEL 52103020 FOR GLAND M20
265 X100 X100-CAB 1 +X0/69.9:E BR700564 GLAND PLUG MILTRONIC 12 12 32 M20

Bromma Manual
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 306
F
the property of BROMMA CONQUIP. 31226 +CBL/400
Date 2019-12-16
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
132
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Cable diagram F09_002_V1.2
133
Target Designation Connection Cable Connection Target Designation Cable type Part number Cable length Page / column
Conductor
from point name point to
PUR Control Cable PURö-JZ 4G2,5 mm² GY BR70996 7m
A +X0 MA1 U1 WMA1 1 U:2 +X1 X1 /30.7:C A
+X0 MA1 V1 WMA1 2 V:2 +X1 X1 /30.7:C
+X0 MA1 W1 WMA1 3 W:2 +X1 X1 /30.8:C
+X0 MA1 PE WMA1 GN/YE 1 +X1 WE6 /30.9:D

Conductor
from point name point to CABLE LUGS 70mm² M8 BR1700601
Single Strand Cable 70mm² Ø 16mm BR1700600 5m
WPE PE
B +X0 UC1-PE1 WPE +X1 X1 /54.8:B B

Conductor
ETHERNET CONNECTOR BR1707064
+X1 X1 303:2 WT1 GN 4:Rx+ +X1 WT1 +X0/171.7:E
+X1 X1 302:2 WT1 OG 3:Rx- +X1 WT1 +X0/171.7:E
+X1 X1 301:2 WT1 WH/GN 2:Tx+ +X1 WT1 +X0/171.7:E
+X1 X1 300:2 WT1 WH/OG 1:Tx- +X1 WT1 +X0/171.6:E

Conductor
C CABLE CONNECTOR 10m, M12 4P Straight Male D-coding/ Straight Male BR1700609 C
+X1 WT1:2 1.:YE. WT1:2 YE 1:YE +X1 WT1:2 +X0/171.6:E
+X1 WT1:2 3.:OG. WT1:2 WH 2:WH +X1 WT1:2 +X0/171.7:E
+X1 WT1:2 4.:BU. WT1:2 OG 4:BU +X1 WT1:2 +X0/171.7:E
+X1 WT1:2 3:OG WT1:2 BU 2.:WH. +X1 WT1:2 +X0/60.8:D
+X1 WT1:2 SH.:SH. WT1:2 SH NC +X1 WT1:2 +X0/171.8:E
Bromma
Conductor
Bromma Manual

BUS CABLE 3X2X0.25mm²+3X1.0mm² BR1001860 8m
D +X100 X1 30:1 WX17 WH +X1 X17 +X0/65.2:D D
+X100 X1 40:1 WX17 BN +X1 X17 +X0/65.2:D
WX17 GN
WX17 YE
WX17 GY
WX17 PK
+X100 X2 10 WX17 RD +X1 X17 +X0/65.1:C
+X100 X1 20:1 WX17 BU +X1 X17 +X0/65.1:D

E E
WX17 GN/YE
+X100 X1 10SH WX17 SH +X1 X17 +X0/65.3:D

Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 10m, M12 5P, Male Angle/Open End BR1702912 10 m
+X100 X1 10SH WCAN3 SH SH +X0 WCAN3 /60.2:D
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 400
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Cable diagram TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
Mod. Date Name Description Original 2019-12-11 CBL
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 10m, M12 5P, Male Angle/Open End BR1702912 10 m
A WCAN3 RD A
2020-03
WCAN3 BK
WCAN3 WH
WCAN3 BU
+X100 X1 30:1 WCAN3 BK WH +X0 WCAN3 /60.3:D
+X100 X1 40:1 WCAN3 BU BU +X0 WCAN3 /60.3:D
+X100 42 42 WCAN3 RD RD +X0 WCAN3 /60.3:D

B B
+X100 43 43 WCAN3 WH BK +X0 WCAN3 /60.3:D
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 2m, M12 4P, Straight Male/ 2x Angle Female (pin2,4 BR1023804
WS1-S5 BN
WS1-S5 BU
WS1-S5 BK
WS1-S5 BN.
WS1-S5 BU.
C C
WS1-S5 BK.
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 2m, M12 4P, Straight Male/ 2x Angle Female (pin2,4 BR1023804 2m
WS2-S6 BN
WS2-S6 BU
WS2-S6 BK
WS2-S6 BN.
D WS2-S6 BU. D
WS2-S6 BK.
Conductor
Bromma
WS3-S7 BN
WS3-S7 BU
WS3-S7 BK
Bromma Manual
WS3-S7 BN.
E WS3-S7 BU. E
WS3-S7 BK.
Conductor
WS4-S8 BN
WS4-S8 BU
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 401
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
134
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
135
Conductor
A WS4-S8 BK A
WS4-S8 BN.
WS4-S8 BU.
WS4-S8 BK.
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 2m, M12 4P, Angle Male/Angle Female BR79293
WS9 BN
B WS9 WH B
WS9 BU
WS9 BK
Conductor
WS10 BN
WS10 WH
WS10 BU
C C
WS10 BK
Conductor
WS11 BN
WS11 WH
WS11 BU
Bromma
WS11 BK
Bromma Manual
Conductor
D from point name point to D
WS12 BN
WS12 WH
WS12 BU
WS12 BK
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 1m, M12 4P, Straight Male/ 2x Angle Female BR1701064
WS92-S90 BN
E E
WS92-S90 BU
WS92-S90 BK
WS92-S90 BN.
WS92-S90 BU.
WS92-S90 BK.
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 402
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Conductor
A WS93-S91 BN A
2020-03
WS93-S91 BU
WS93-S91 BK
WS93-S91 BN.
WS93-S91 BU.
WS93-S91 BK.
Conductor
B CABLE CONNECTOR 1m, M12 4P, Angle Male/Angle Female BR79290 B
WS94 BN
WS94 BU
WS94 WH
WS94 BK
Conductor
WS95-S96 BN
C C
WS95-S96 BU
WS95-S96 BK
WS95-S96 BN.
WS95-S96 BU.
WS95-S96 BK.
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 3m,M12 4P, Angle Male/Angle Female BR1702950
WS112 BN
D D
WS112 WH
WS112 BU
WS112 BK
Bromma
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 3m, M12 4P, Straight Male/ 2x Angle Female (pin2,4 BR1023806 3m
WS113-S118 BN
Bromma Manual
WS113-S118 BU
E WS113-S118 BK E
WS113-S118 BN.
WS113-S118 BU.
WS113-S118 BK.
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 403
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
136
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
137
Conductor
A WS119 BN A
WS119 WH
WS119 BU
WS119 BK
Conductor
Multi Core Cable PUR Control Cable PURö-JZ 5G1,5 mm² GY BR76291 6m
+X0 SS2 11 WSS2 1 47:2 +X1 X1 +X1/55.1:B
B +X0 SS2 12 WSS2 2 48:1 +X1 X1 +X1/55.1:C B
+X0 SS2 13 WSS2 3 +:1 +X1 X1 +X1/40.7:D
+X0 SS2 14 WSS2 4 49:2 +X1 X1 +X1/55.6:D
WSS2 GN/YE
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR Multicable 2xtwin M12+4xM12 angle BR1017442 5m
WTWIN4 BN1
WTWIN4 BU1
C C
WTWIN4 BK1
WTWIN4 BN2
WTWIN4 BU2
WTWIN4 BK2
WTWIN4 BN3
WTWIN4 BU3
Bromma
Bromma Manual
WTWIN4 BK3
D WTWIN4 BN4 D
WTWIN4 BU4
WTWIN4 BK4
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR Multicable 2xtwin M12+4xM12 angle BR1017442
WTWIN5 BN1
WTWIN5 BU1
WTWIN5 BK1
E WTWIN5 BN2 E
WTWIN5 BU2
WTWIN5 BK2
WTWIN5 BN3
WTWIN5 BU3
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 404
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Conductor
A WTWIN5 BK3 A
2020-03
WTWIN5 BN4
WTWIN5 BU4
WTWIN5 BK4
Conductor
WTWIN6 BN1
B WTWIN6 BU1 B
WTWIN6 BK1
WTWIN6 BN2
WTWIN6 BU2
WTWIN6 BK2
WTWIN6 BN3
WTWIN6 BU3
WTWIN6 BK3
C C
WTWIN6 BN4
WTWIN6 BU4
WTWIN6 BK4
Conductor
WTWIN7 BN1
WTWIN7 BU1
D WTWIN7 BK1 D
WTWIN7 BN2
WTWIN7 BU2
Bromma
WTWIN7 BK2
WTWIN7 BN3
WTWIN7 BU3
Bromma Manual
WTWIN7 BK3
WTWIN7 BN4
E E
WTWIN7 BU4
WTWIN7 BK4
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR Multicable 2x straight male + 3x angle female BR1002209
WTWIN9 BN1
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 405
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
138
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
139
Conductor
A WTWIN9 BU1 A
WTWIN9 BK1
WTWIN9 BN2
WTWIN9 BU2
WTWIN9 BK2
WTWIN9 BN3
WTWIN9 BU3
B B
WTWIN9 BK3
Conductor
WTWIN10 BN1
WTWIN10 BU1
WTWIN10 BK1
WTWIN10 BN2
WTWIN10 BU2
C C
WTWIN10 BK2
WTWIN10 BN3
WTWIN10 BU3
WTWIN10 BK3
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 13M 2x20 2x17 AWG CANopen M12 angle open end Ø8,4 mm / M16 BR1702882 15 m
Bromma
Bromma Manual
+X100 X1 1SH WX2 SH 1:SH +X0 WX2 /61.2:C
D +X100 X2 1 WX2 RD 2:RD +X0 WX2 /61.1:C D
+X100 X1 11:1 WX2 BK 3:BK +X0 WX2 /61.1:C
+X100 X1 21:1 WX2 WH 4:WH +X0 WX2 /61.2:C
+X100 X1 31:1 WX2 BU 5:BU +X0 WX2 /61.2:C

Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 13M 2x20 2x17 AWG CANopen M12 angle open end Ø8,4 mm / M16 BR1702882 15 m
+X100 X1 2SH WX3 SH 1:SH +X0 WX3 /61.5:C
+X100 X2 2 WX3 RD 2:RD +X0 WX3 /61.4:C

E +X100 X1 12:1 WX3 BK 3:BK +X0 WX3 /61.4:C E
+X100 X1 22:1 WX3 WH 4:WH +X0 WX3 /61.4:C
+X100 X1 32:1 WX3 BU 5:BU +X0 WX3 /61.5:C

Conductor
WX4 WH
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 406
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Conductor
A WX4 BN A
2020-03
WX4 GN
WX4 YE
WX4 GY
WX4 PK
+X0 X4 XE07 WX4 RD 3 +X100 X2 /61.7:E
+X0 X4 XE03 WX4 BU 13:1 +X100 X1 /61.7:E

B B
WX4 GN/YE
+X0 X4 XE04 WX4 SH 3SH +X100 X1 /61.8:E
+X0 X4 XE02 WX4 BN 33:1 +X100 X1 /61.7:E
+X0 X4 XE01 WX4 WH 23:1 +X100 X1 /61.7:E

Conductor
+X0 X5 XE01 WX5 WH 24:1 +X100 X1 /62.2:E
+X0 X5 XE02 WX5 BN 34:1 +X100 X1 /62.2:E

C C
WX5 GN
WX5 YE
WX5 GY
WX5 PK
+X0 X5 XE07 WX5 RD 4 +X100 X2 /62.1:E
+X0 X5 XE03 WX5 BU 14:1 +X100 X1 /62.1:E
WX5 GN/YE
D D
+X0 X5 XE04 WX5 SH 4SH +X100 X1 /62.2:E
Conductor
/62.4:E
Bromma
+X0 X6 XE01 WX6 WH 27:1 +X100 X1
+X0 X6 XE02 WX6 BN 37:1 +X100 X1 /62.5:E
WX6 GN
Bromma Manual
WX6 YE
WX6 GY
E E
WX6 PK
+X0 X6 XE07 WX6 RD 5 +X100 X2 /62.4:E
+X0 X6 XE03 WX6 BU 15:1 +X100 X1 /62.4:E
WX6 GN/YE
+X0 X6 XE04 WX6 SH 5SH +X100 X1 /62.5:E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 407
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
140
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
141
Conductor
A +X0 X7 XE01 WX7 WH 26:1 +X100 X1 /62.7:E A
+X0 X7 XE02 WX7 BN 36:1 +X100 X1 /62.7:E
WX7 GN
WX7 YE
WX7 GY
WX7 PK
+X0 X7 XE07 WX7 RD 6 +X100 X2 /62.7:E

B B
+X0 X7 XE03 WX7 BU 16:1 +X100 X1 /62.7:E
WX7 GN/YE
+X0 X7 XE04 WX7 SH 6SH +X100 X1 /62.8:E

Conductor
+X0 X8 XE01 WX8 WH 27:1 +X100 X1 /63.2:E
+X0 X8 XE02 WX8 BN 37:1 +X100 X1 /63.2:E
WX8 GN
C C
WX8 YE
WX8 GY
WX8 PK
+X0 X8 XE07 WX8 RD 7 +X100 X2 /63.1:E
+X0 X8 XE03 WX8 BU 17:1 +X100 X1 /63.1:E
Bromma
WX8 GN/YE
Bromma Manual
+X0 X8 XE04 WX8 SH 7SH +X100 X1 /63.2:E

D Target Designation Connection Cable Connection Target Designation Cable type Part number Cable length Page / column D
Conductor
+X0 X13 XE01 WX13 WH 28:1 +X100 X1 /63.4:E
+X0 X13 XE02 WX13 BN 38:1 +X100 X1 /63.5:E
WX13 GN
WX13 YE
WX13 GY
WX13 PK
E E
+X0 X13 XE07 WX13 RD 8 +X100 X2 /63.4:E
+X0 X13 XE03 WX13 BU 18:1 +X100 X1 /63.4:E
WX13 GN/YE
+X0 X13 XE04 WX13 SH 8SH +X100 X1 /63.5:E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 408
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 3m, 5P, Female Straight/Open End BR1703520
A +X100 X1 9SH WX52:2 SH 1:SH +X0 WX52:2 /63.8:C A
2020-03
+X100 X2 9 WX52:2 RD 2:RD +X0 WX52:2 /63.7:C
+X100 X1 19:1 WX52:2 BK 3:BK +X0 WX52:2 /63.7:C
+X100 X1 29:1 WX52:2 WH 4:WH +X0 WX52:2 /63.7:C
+X100 X1 39:1 WX52:2 BU 5:BU +X0 WX52:2 /63.7:C

Conductor
Multi Core Cable 12G 2,5 mm² BR701118 7m
B +X1 X1 -:1 WX100 1 1:1 +X100 X1 /69.6:E B
+X1 X1 -:1 WX100 2 3:1 +X100 X1 /69.6:E
+X1 X1 -:1 WX100 3 4:1 +X100 X1 /69.7:E
+X1 X1 -:1 WX100 4 7:1 +X100 X1 /69.7:E
+X1 X1 +:1 WX100 5 11:1 +X100 X1 /69.8:F
+X1 X1 +:1 WX100 6 12:1 +X100 X1 /69.8:F
+X1 X1 +:1 WX100 7 13:1 +X100 X1 /69.8:F
+X1 X1 +:1 WX100 8 14:1 +X100 X1 /69.8:F

C C
WX100 9
WX100 10
WX100 11
+X1 PE18 24 WX100 GN/YE PE +X100 X1 /69.6:E

Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 10m, M12 5P, Angle Female/ Open end (B-coding) BR1701067
+X0 WXB1:X1 1:BN WXB1:X1 BN B1+:3 +X1 X1 +X1/40.6:D
D +X0 WXB1:X1 2:WH WXB1:X1 WH B1+:2 +X1 X1 +X1/40.6:D D
+X0 WXB1:X1 3:BU WXB1:X1 BU -:2 +X1 X1 +X1/40.3:E
+X0 WXB1:X1 4:BK WXB1:X1 BK -:1 +X1 X1 +X1/40.3:E
+X1/40.6:D
Bromma
+X0 WXB1:X1 5:GY WXB1:X1 GY B1+:1 +X1 X1
Conductor
Multi Core Cable 37G 2,5mm² BR701222 8m
+X0 UC1-XP1 1 WXP1 1 L1:2 +X1 X1 +X1/30.1:E
Bromma Manual
+X0 UC1-XP1 2 WXP1 2 L1:3 +X1 X1 +X1/30.1:E

E +X0 UC1-XP1 3 WXP1 3 L2:2 +X1 X1 +X1/30.2:E E
+X0 UC1-XP1 4 WXP1 4 L2:3 +X1 X1 +X1/30.2:E
+X0 UC1-XP1 5 WXP1 5 L3:2 +X1 X1 +X1/30.2:E
+X0 UC1-XP1 6 WXP1 6 L3:3 +X1 X1 +X1/30.2:E
WXP1 7
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 409
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
142
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
143
Conductor
Multi Core Cable 37G 2,5mm² BR701222 8m
A WXP1 8 A
+X0 UC1-XP1 9 WXP1 9 9:2 +X1 X1 +X1/45.1:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 10 WXP1 10 10:2 +X1 X1 +X1/45.2:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 11 WXP1 11 11:2 +X1 X1 +X1/45.3:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 12 WXP1 12 12:2 +X1 X1 +X1/45.4:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 13 WXP1 13 13:2 +X1 X1 +X1/45.5:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 14 WXP1 14 14:2 +X1 X1 +X1/45.6:C

B B
+X0 UC1-XP1 15 WXP1 15 15:1 +X1 X1 +X1/40.1:B
+X0 UC1-XP1 16 WXP1 16 16:2 +X1 X1 +X1/45.7:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 17 WXP1 17 17:1 +X1 X1 +X1/47.1:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 18 WXP1 18 18:1 +X1 X1 +X1/47.2:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 19 WXP1 19 19:1 +X1 X1 +X1/47.3:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 20 WXP1 20 20:1 +X1 X1 +X1/47.4:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 21 WXP1 21 21:2 +X1 X1 +X1/45.8:C
C +X0 UC1-XP1 22 WXP1 22 22:1 +X1 X1 +X1/40.5:B C
+X0 UC1-XP1 23 WXP1 23 23:1 +X1 X1 +X1/40.6:B
+X0 UC1-XP1 24 WXP1 24 24:2 +X1 X1 +X1/46.1:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 25 WXP1 25 25:1 +X1 X1 +X1/54.2:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 26 WXP1 26 26:1 +X1 X1 +X1/47.5:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 27 WXP1 27 27:1 +X1 X1 +X1/40.2:B
Bromma
+X0 UC1-XP1 28 WXP1 28 28:1 +X1 X1 +X1/40.1:B
Bromma Manual
+X0 UC1-XP1 29 WXP1 29 29:1 +X1 X1 +X1/40.3:B

D D
+X0 UC1-XP1 30 WXP1 30 30:1 +X1 X1 +X1/40.4:B
+X0 UC1-XP1 31 WXP1 31 31:1 +X1 X1 +X1/47.6:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 32 WXP1 32 32:1 +X1 X1 +X1/48.2:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 33 WXP1 33 33:1 +X1 X1 +X1/47.7:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 34 WXP1 34 34:1 +X1 X1 +X1/54.3:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 35 WXP1 35 35:1 +X1 X1 +X1/54.4:C
+X0 UC1-XP1 36 WXP1 36 36:1 +X1 X1 +X1/47.8:C

E +X1/30.4:D E
+X0 UC1-XP1 8 WXP1 GN/YE +X1 PE
+X0 UC1-XP1 7 WXP1 7 +X1 PE +X1/30.3:D
+X0 UC1-XP1 37 WXP1 37 37:1 +X1 X1 +X1/48.1:C

Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 1,5m, 2xForm A 110mm/M12, 24Vdc LED Suppressor/ BR1018339
WY7-Y8 BK2
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 410
F
Date 2019-12-12
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Conductor
A WY7-Y8 BK1 A
2020-03
WY7-Y8 BK3
WY7-Y8 GN/YE
Conductor
WY15-Y16 BK2
WY15-Y16 BK1
B WY15-Y16 BK3 B
WY15-Y16 GN/YE
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 2m, M12 STRAIGHT SUPPRESSOR 24VDC BR1025803
WY17 BK1
WY17 BK2
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 2m, M12 STRAIGHT SUPPRESSOR 24VDC BR1025803
C WY18 BK1 C
WY18 BK2
Conductor
WY25-Y26 BK2
WY25-Y26 BK1
WY25-Y26 BK3
WY25-Y26 GN/YE
D Target Designation Connection Cable Connection Target Designation Cable type Part number Cable length Page / column D
Conductor
WY27-Y28 BK2
WY27-Y28 BK1
Bromma
WY27-Y28 BK3
WY27-Y28 GN/YE
Bromma Manual
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 3m, Form A/M12, 24Vdc LED Suppressor/ Angle Male BR79332
E WY41 BK1 E
WY41 BK2
WY41 GN/YE
Conductor
WY43-Y44 BK2
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 411
F
Date 2019-12-12
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
144
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
145
Conductor
A WY43-Y44 BK1 A
WY43-Y44 BK3
WY43-Y44 GN/YE
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 2m, 2xForm A 200mm/M12, 24Vdc LED Suppressor/ BR701219
WY45-Y46 BK2
WY45-Y46 BK1
B WY45-Y46 BK3 B
WY45-Y46 GN/YE
Conductor
WY53-Y54 BK2
WY53-Y54 BK1
WY53-Y54 BK3
WY53-Y54 GN/YE
C Target Designation Connection Cable Connection Target Designation Cable type Part number Cable length Page / column C
Conductor
CABLE CONNECTOR 2m, 2xForm A 200mm/M12, 24Vdc LED Suppressor/ BR701219
WY55-Y56 BK2
WY55-Y56 BK1
WY55-Y56 BK3
WY55-Y56 GN/YE
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 412
F
Date 2019-12-12
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F08_002_V1.00.00
Main Cabinet Cable Entry Summary No. Cable name Gland OD Part Number Page / column No. Cable name Gland OD Part Number Page / column
1 WMA1 M20 9,2mm BR70996 +X1/30.7:D

A A
2020-03
2 WT1 PG9 - BR1707064 +X0/171.6:E
3 WX17 M16 8,6 mm BR1001860 +X0/65.1:E
4 WSS2 M16 8,3mm BR76291 +X1/55.1:B
5 WX100 M32 16,9mm BR701118 +X0/69.6:D
6 WXB1:X1 M16 5,5 mm BR1701067 +X0/60.0:D
B 7 WXP1 M50 28mm BR701222 +X1/30.1:E B
C C
D D
Bromma
Bromma Manual
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 450
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Cable assignment diagram : =A1+X1-WMA1 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
146
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F08_001_V3
147
Cable assignment diagram CAN BUS CABLE
Cable name Length Source Target Page / column
A A
+X0-WCAN3 10 +X0-WCAN3 +X100-X1 +X0/60.2:D
+X100-42
+X100-43
+X0-WX2 15 +X0-WX2 +X100-X2 +X0/61.1:D
+X100-X1
+X0-WX3 15 +X0-WX3 +X100-X2 +X0/61.4:D

B B
+X100-X1
REMARK : All these images are for illustration purposes only. +X0-WX52:2 +X0-WX52:2 +X100-X2 +X0/63.6:D
+X100-X1
C C
Bromma
Bromma Manual
male plug, M12 x 1, A-coded female socket, M12 x 1, A-coded

D D
1. Shield
2. 24 V DC / + VBB (RED WIRE COLOUR)
3. 0 V DC / GND (BLACK WIRE COLOUR)
4. CAN_H (WHITE WIRE COLOUR)
5. CAN_L (BLUE WIRE COLOUR)
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 451
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Cable assignment diagram : =A1+X0-WCAN TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F08_001_V1
Cable assignment diagram Cable name Length Source Target Page / column
Sensor cable, Y-split cable Cable S1 (A) & S2 (B) M12 Socket +X0-WS1-S5 +X0/75.0:D
A A
2020-03
+X0-WS2-S6 2 +X0/75.2:D
Pin 1 / 24 V DC
Pin 2 / Signal +X0-WS3-S7 +X0/76.0:D

Plug M12
Pin 4 / Signal +X0-WS4-S8 +X0/76.2:D
Pin 1 / 24 V DC
Pin 3 / 0 V DC +X0-WS93-S91 +X0/175.0:D
Pin 4 / Signal S1
Pin 2 / Signal S2 +X0-WS112 +X0/160.0:D
B Pin 3 / 0 V DC +X0-WS113-S118 3 +X0/161.0:D B
+X0-WS119 +X0/161.7:D
C C
Schematic diagram
Pin assignment M12 socket, 3-pos.,
PIN 2+4 bridged, A-coded, view female side
D D
REMARK : All these images are for illustration purposes only.
Bromma
Bromma Manual
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 452
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Cable assignment diagram : =A1+X0-WS1-S TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
148
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F08_001_V6
149
+X0-WTWIN4 5 +X0/77.0:D
A A
Cable assignment diagram for cable at separeting twin +X0-WTWIN5 +X0/78.0:D
for corners 5-8. +X0-WTWIN6 +X0/78.5:D
+X0-WTWIN7 +X0/77.5:D
B B
5000
Sig. 1A 1A
C 1
C
Sig. 1B 1B
1
2A
Sig. 2A 2 2
2B
Sig. 2B
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 453
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Cable assignment diagram : =A1+X0-WTWI TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F08_001_V5
+X0-WTWIN9 +X0/160.2:D
A A
Cable assignment diagram for cable at twin hooks.
2020-03
+X0-WTWIN10 +X0/161.2:D
Contact 1A, 1B
Molded M12 3pol
female Straight
520 4400 250

B B
1A Contact 1
Molded M12 4pol male Twin
1A
1
1
1B 1B
2
2A
2A 2
300 Contact 2
C Molded M12 3pol male 90° C
Contact 2A
Molded M12 3pol female 90°
Connection Y-splitter cable Connection jumper cable

Contact 1 Contact 1A Contact 1B Contact 2 Contact 2A -
1 1 1 1 1 -
2 - 4 2 - -
3 3 3 3 3 -
D 4 4 - 4 4 - D
- - - - - -
Bromma
Bromma Manual
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 454
F
the property of BROMMA CONQUIP. 31226 +SUM/500
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Cable assignment diagram : =A1+X0-WTWI TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
150
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F02_00_V1.02
151
Summarized parts list
Position Quantity Unit Part number Designation Manufacturer Order number Technical characteristics
A A
1 1 Pcs BR1041125 ABSOLUTE ENCODER BAUMER ELECTRIC AG 11079088 2,0 m M12 straight molded 5-pole male
2 4 Pcs BR1701598 ALOFREE CABLEDUCT 37.5X75 Black Canalplast PA037N Halogen Free Trunking
3 6 Pcs BR1701599 ALOFREE CABLEDUCT 50X75 Black Canalplast PA057N Halogen Free Trunking
4 2 Pcs BR700871 AUXILIARY BLOCK Baco 172179 NO+NC 400V 10A SIGNALCONTACT
5 2 Pcs BR1000712 AUXILIARY BLOCK TELEMEC ZB5-AZ105 switch body with 1 NC and 1NO block
B 6 1 Pcs BR1706993 Antenna for modem Smarteq 710363 B
7 1 Pcs BR700131 Auxiliary block Schneider Electric ZBE102 Single contact block for head Ø22 1NC
8 51.0000 m BR1001860 BUS CABLE Helukabel 82696 3X2X0.25mm²+3X1.0mm²
9 1 Pcs BR1000374 Box with one hole Telemecanique XALD01 Use with Schneider Style 5 switches
10 1 Pcs BR1136092 CABINET X100 STS,YTS SPREADER BROMMA BR1136092 C/C 430x150 ; T=2mm 316L Material
11 3 Pcs BR1018173 CABLE CLIPS AQ MEKATRONIK AQM6001-1 CABEL DIM. 6mm
C 12 1 Pcs BR1700609 CABLE CONNECTOR Turck Industrial Automation 10m, M12 4P Straight Male D-coding/ Straight Male D-coding
RSSD-RSSD-441-10M/S2174 C
13 1 Pcs BR1702912 CABLE CONNECTOR TURCK WSC5701-10M 10m, M12 5P, Male Angle/Open End
14 4 Pcs BR1023804 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM EVC618 2m, M12 4P, Straight Male/ 2x Angle Female (pin2,4 bridge)
15 4 Pcs BR79293 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM EVC033 2m, M12 4P, Angle Male/Angle Female
16 3 Pcs BR1701064 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM EVC519 1m, M12 4P, Straight Male/ 2x Angle Female
Bromma
Bromma Manual
18 1 Pcs BR1702950 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM electronic EVC617 3m,M12 4P, Angle Male/Angle Female
D D
19 1 Pcs BR1023806 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM electronic EVC619 3m, M12 4P, Straight Male/ 2x Angle Female (pin2,4 bridge)
21 4 Pcs BR1017442 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM electronic EVC506 Multicable 2xtwin M12+4xM12 angle
22 2 Pcs BR1002209 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM EVC507 Multicable 2x straight male + 3x angle female
23 1 Pcs BR1703520 CABLE CONNECTOR TURCK RKC5701-3M 3m, 5P, Female Straight/Open End
24 1 Pcs BR1701067 CABLE CONNECTOR TURCK WKW4.5T-10/TXL 10m, M12 5P, Angle Female/ Open end (B-coding)
E E
25 6 Pcs BR1018339 CABLE CONNECTOR MURR 7000-41511-6370150 1,5m, 2xForm A 110mm/M12, 24Vdc LED Suppressor/ Angle Male
26 2 Pcs BR1025803 CABLE CONNECTOR IFM E11622 2m, M12 STRAIGHT SUPPRESSOR 24VDC
27 1 Pcs BR79332 CABLE CONNECTOR MURR Elektronik 7000-40901-6260300 3m, Form A/M12, 24Vdc LED Suppressor/ Angle Male
28 2 Pcs BR701219 CABLE CONNECTOR MURR Elektronik 7000-41551-6370200 2m, 2xForm A 200mm/M12, 24Vdc LED Suppressor/ Angle Male
29 2 Pcs BR1702882 CABLE CONNECTOR 13M 2x20 2x17 AWG TURCK CABLE CONNECTOR 13M CANopen M12 angle open end Ø8,4 mm / M16
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
YTS45 500
F
Date 2019-12-12
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Summarized parts list: TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
Mod. Date Name Description Original 2019-12-12 SUM
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Summarized parts list F02_00_V1.02
A A
2020-03
30 2 Pcs BR1700601 CABLE LUGS LAPPGROUP 61796860 70mm² M8
31 2 Pcs BR1019449 CAN Termination IFM E11590 M12 connector 120ohm 0,25W
32 7 Pcs BR1700599 CANopen I/O MODULE IFM CR9057 8 in / 8 out + M12 CANopen connectors
33 1 Pcs BR1025864 CANopen I/O MODULE IFM-Electronic CR9056 8 Current outputs
34 1 Pcs BR1002455 CE LABEL 135x85x1.5 mm SS BROMMA ELECTRICAL CABINET
B 35 1 Pcs BR1001828 CIRCUIT BREAKER 230/400V 6KA, 1-POLE, C, 2A, D=70MM SIE 5SY6102-7 B
36 1 Pcs BR1000763 CONTACTOR Siemens 3RT2025-1BB40 24VDC 7.5KW 17A SIZE 0
37 1 Pcs BR76140 COUNTERS Bauser 668.6 668.6 12-24 VDC
38 1 Pcs BR1245109 Cabinet Y YEW BR1245109 1200 x 430 x 200, T=2mm
39 1 Pcs BR78691 EARTH BRAID 100mm Elfa 55-097-32
40 3 Pcs BR78692 EARTH BRAID 250mm/16MM² ITALTRECCE 55-097-65
C 41 1 Pcs BR700928 EARTH RAIL 12/3 ABB Nordkomp. SK117905-12 C
42 1 Pcs BR1707064 ETHERNET CONNECTOR TURCK U-69839
43 6 Pcs BR1703554 End cap PXC 1206573 TS 35 / DIN rail protection cap
44 9 Pcs BR1028256 End clamp PXC 3022276 END BRACKET
45 13 Pcs BR1028254 End cover PXC 3031762 Separator plate for STS 2,5-TWIN
46 100 Pcs BR75637 FERRULE 1,5 NO ISOL.
47 50 Pcs BR1703074 FERRULE 2.5 Altech 3200205 12mm Stripping length

D D
48 100 Pcs BR79921 FERRULE 2.5 ISOL WEIDMÜLLER AB 9004360000
49 100 Pcs BR701313 FERRULES 1.0 ISOL WAGO 216-233
Bromma
50 30 Pcs BR701193 FERRULES 4.0 ISOL WAGO 216-207
51 2 Pcs BR79370 FUSE Littelfuse 33-051-66 Blade fuse 20A
52 2 Pcs BR1002757 FUSE Littelfuse 33-050-97 Blade fuse 5A

Bromma Manual
53 2 Pcs BR1028263 FUSE HOLDER PXC 3036372 2-CONDUCTOR BLACK

E E
54 1 Pcs BR70536 Frame +sign plate +engraving 2 lines of 11 characters maximum
55 1 Pcs BR76319 GLAND LAPP 12 04 52 PG11/9
56 1 Pcs BR1012551 GLAND LAPP 12 13 74 M25/ PG11
57 1 Pcs BR1023417 GLAND Lappkabel 52104312 M20 / M16 (4,5-10mm)
58 4 Pcs BR701016 GLAND MS-M16 4.5-10mm Skintop 12 58 11 M16x1.5

MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
YTS45 501
F
Date 2019-12-12
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
152
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F02_00_V1.02
153
A A
59 3 Pcs BR701017 GLAND MS-M20 7-13mm Skintop 53112020 M20x1.5
60 1 Pcs BR701018 GLAND MS-M25 9-17mm Skintop 12 58 13 M25x1.5
61 1 Pcs BR701019 GLAND MS-M32 11-21mm SKINTOP 12 58 14 M32x1.5
62 16 Pcs BR1001911 GLAND NUT LAPPKABEL 52103030 FOR GLAND M25
63 1 Pcs BR1001912 GLAND NUT LAPP FOR GLAND M32
B 64 1 Pcs BR1000731 GLAND NUT LAPPKABEL 12 12 66 FOR GLAND M50 B
65 2 Pcs BR1001910 GLAND NUT LAPPKABEL 52103020 FOR GLAND M20
66 8 Pcs BR700565 GLAND PLUG MILTRONIC 12 12 33 M25
67 6 Pcs BR700563 GLAND PLUG MILTRONIC 5210 3110 M16
68 1 Pcs BR700564 GLAND PLUG MILTRONIC 12 12 32 M20
69 3 Pcs BR1013220 GLAND REDUCER LAPPKABEL 52104313 M25/ M16
C 70 3 Pcs BR1017465 GLAND REDUCER SKINDICHT® MR-M 52104314 M25 x 1,5 to M20 x 1.5 C
71 1 Pcs BR1000727 GLAND SR-M50x1.5 32-38mm Skindicht 12 63 50
72 1 Pcs BR1024053 Hour Counter BAUSER GmbH 632 A.2 440VAC/50Hz 440VAC / 50Hz
73 13 Pcs BR78511 INPUT DELCON/AXIOM SLI 230CRP Sek:0-60VDC 50mA
74 3 Pcs BR78509 INPUT MODULE 24VDC DELCON/AXIOM SLI 24CR Sek: 0-60VDC 50mA
Bromma
75 1 Pcs BR1701085 LED'S & LAMPS WITH COLOR CODES TURCK 3026639 GREEN Color PWM
Bromma Manual
76 1 Pcs BR1701086 LED'S & LAMPS WITH COLOR CODES TURCK 3026666 RED Color PWM
D D
77 1 Pcs BR1701088 LED'S & LAMPS WITH COLOR CODES TURCK 3026667 YELLOW Color PWM
78 1 Pcs BR1701087 LED'S & LAMPS WITH COLOR CODES TURCK 3026668 BLUE Color PWM
79 2 Pcs BR1703464 LIGHTS TURCK WLS28-2XW145DX Cabinet work light
80 1 Pcs BR700869 LOCK HANDLE GREY 66X66mm Baco 0174601
81 2 Pcs BR1704673 Legend KW 1704673 Blank legend
82 2 Pcs BR1704671 Legend holder Schneider Electric ZBZ34 For harmony series XB5,
E E
83 1 Pcs BR1001842 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS 5SY6325-7 C-CHARACTER
84 1 Pcs BR1001829 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS 5SY6 210-7 C-CHARACTER
85 1 Pcs BR700868 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER Baco 0172200 50A
86 1 Pcs BR1707005 Modem Datarespons 801622 2xCAN selecttable 120Ohm, Ethernet 10/100 Mbit, WIFI, GPS,2xGSM
87 1 pcs BR1707013 Modem Power & Data Connector Boomerang Cable OU BR1707013 2,5m female type AMP 35pin for power/2xCAN/Ethernet
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
YTS45 502
F
Date 2019-12-16
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Summarized parts list F02_00_V1.02
A A
2020-03
88 2 pcs BR1705892 Monitoring relay Omron K8DT-PH1CN 3 phase, phase sequence & phase loss 200-480 VAC
89 6.0000 m BR76291 Multi Core Cable HELU 22151 PUR Control Cable PURö-JZ 5G1,5 mm² GY
90 8.0000 m BR701222 Multi Core Cable Helukabel H7715992 37G 2,5mm²
91 7.0000 m BR701118 Multi Core Cable Helukabel 22550 12G 2,5 mm²
92 12 Pcs BR701381 NUT LOC-KING M4 BROMMA BR701381 DIN 985, A4, KLASS 70
B 93 8 Pcs BR75159 NUT LOC-KING M4 BROMMA BR75159 DIN 985, FZB, CLASS 8 B
94 11 Pcs BR78514 OUTPUT MODULE DELCON/AXIOM SLO 24 TR 0-240VAC 3A
95 5 Pcs BR78513 OUTPUT MODULE DELCON/AXIOM SLO 24 CR 0-60VDC 3A
96 1 Pcs BR1703274 POWER SUPPLY Prime Power 0036519 Input 80-280VAC ; 50/60 Hz ; 3,5-7A ; Output 25VDC, 30A
97 34 Pcs BR1702972 PROXIMITY SWITCH M30 IFM electronic II5975 IIA3015BBPKG/US-104
98 7.0000 m BR70996 PUR Control Cable PURö-JZ 4G2,5 mm² GY HELU 22166
C 99 1 Pcs BR700620 PUSH BUTTON BLUE Schneider Electric XB4BA61 Blue Ø22 mm C
100 1 Pcs BR76696 PYLE NATIONAL PYLE NATIONAL ZREP-20-350PN STAR LINE 37P MALE SIZE 20
101 2 Pcs BR1703273 Plank Type III IFM ZZ7059 16 independent Delcon I/O
102 2 Pcs BR71986 RAIL DIN 35 Weidmuller TS 35 C/20 T=1.5mm, L=2mm
103 2 Pcs BR1703557 Relay retaining bracket PXC 2905984 For 2 & 4 Switching
104 2 Pcs BR1703194 Relay socket PXC 2833563 For 2 & 4 switching relay
105 8 Pcs BR1029642 SCREW MC6S M4x12 BROMMA BR1029642 FZB 8.8
D D
Bromma
108 2 Pcs BR79835 SCREW MC6S M5x12 FZB BROMMA BR79835 FZB ISO4762
109 25 Pcs BR1017491 SCREW MRX M5x10 Bromma BR1017491 A2
110 1 Pcs BR1108622 SCS4 Battery Unit Maximatecc SCS4 Battery Unit
Bromma Manual
111 1 Pcs BR1114038 SCS4 Memory Maximatecc SCS4 Memory USB

E E
112 1 Pcs BR1108621 SCS4 PLC Maximatecc BR1108621 Master controller with display
113 1 Pcs BR700870 SEALING IP65 Baco 0172267
114 2 Pcs BR1703428 SWITCH Siemens 3SE5413-0CD20-1EA2 Cabinet Door Switch
115 10 m BR75381 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29133 Red 1,5mm²
116 10 m BR76155 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29147 Blue 2,5mm²

MACHINE TYPE: SHEET
YTS45 503
F
Date 2019-12-12
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
154
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F02_00_V1.02
155
A A
117 20 m BR70595 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29145 Black 2,5mm²
118 100 m BR76577 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29131 Blue 1,5mm²
119 4 m BR70414 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29149 Red 2,5mm²
120 4 m BR76131 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29146 Yellow/Green 2,5mm²
121 2 m BR78314 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 29162 Yellow/Green 4,0mm²
B 122 5.0000 m BR1700600 Single Strand Cable Helukabel 26906 70mm² Ø 16mm B
123 1 Pcs BR1703188 Single relay PXC 2903660 Single relay 2-pole
124 1 Pcs BR1703197 Single relay PXC 2903677 Single relay 4-pole
125 1 Pcs BR1701780 Split cable TURCK V9-7/4WK 4.4T-0,3/0,3/0,3/0,3/S90/CS14252 1x7m open end / 4x0,3m M12 female
126 70 Pcs BR1028250 TERMINAL 2,5mm² Phoenix Contact 3031720 3-CONDUCTOR GRAY
127 8 Pcs BR1028251 TERMINAL 2,5mm² PHOENIX 3036275 3-CONDUCTOR BLUE
C 128 20 Pcs BR1028257 TERMINAL JUMPER Phoenix Contact 3030161 2-WAY C
129 15 Pcs BR1028258 TERMINAL JUMPER Phoenix Contact 3030190 5-WAY
130 5 Pcs BR1028255 TERMINAL SEPARATOR PXC 3206209 OVERSIZED
131 1 Pcs BR78993 THERMAL-MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS 3RV2021-4BA10 7.5KW 14-20A
132 2 Pcs BR1010842 TRIGGER ACTION BUTTON BLACK TELEMEC ZB5-AS52 BLACK Ø40 TURN RELEASE
Bromma
133 1 Pcs BR1002028 Time relay 0,05-240s Siemens 3RP2527-1EW30 24-66Vac/dc
Bromma Manual
134 36 Pcs BR75329 WASHER BRB 4,3x9x0,8 Bromma BR75329 FZB

D D
135 6 Pcs BR77896 WASHER BRB 5,3x10x1 Bromma BR77896 A4, ISO 7089
136 2 Pcs BR75323 WASHER BRB 5,3x10x1 FZB Bromma BR75323 FZB, ISO 7089
137 8 Pcs BR70972 WIRE RING Nelco 2538.0 1,5-2,5 mm²
138 1 Pcs BR70973 WIRE RING Nelco 48-293-54 4-6 mm²
139 1 Pcs BR76130 WIRE RING NELCO
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 504
F
the property of BROMMA CONQUIP. 31226 +TERM/550
Date 2019-12-12
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal line-up diagram F12_002_V1.01
Terminal strip =A1+X1-FS1

A A
2020-03
Terminal label Jumper Cover
Terminal Type number Part number Jumper Cross-section Remark
Part number Part number Part number
20A ST 4-FSI/C BR1028263 6
B B
C C
D D
Bromma
Bromma Manual
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 550
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Terminal line-up diagram =A1+X1-FS1 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
Mod. Date Name Description Original 2019-12-04 TERM
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
156
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
157
Terminal strip =A1+X1-FS2
A A
5A ST 4-FSI/C_33-050-97 BR1028263 6
B B
C C
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 551
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Terminal line-up diagram =A1+X1-FS2 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal strip =A1+X1-X1

A A
2020-03
ATP-QTC BR1028255 0
ATP-QTC BR1028255 0
ATP-QTC BR1028255 0
B ATP-QTC BR1028255 0 B
ATP-QTC BR1028255 0
D-STS 2,5 BR1028254
D-STS 2,5 BR1028254
D-STS 2,5 BR1028254
D-STS 2,5 BR1028254
C 9 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5 C
10 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
11 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
12 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
13 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
14 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
15 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5

D D
16 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
17 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
Bromma
18 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
19 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
20 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5

Bromma Manual
21 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5

E E
22 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
23 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
24 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
25 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 552
F
Date 2020-01-08
The design and/or constructions CHECKED BY: Terminal line-up diagram =A1+X1-X1 TOTAL SH.
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
158
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
159
A A
26 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
27 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
28 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
B 29 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5 B
30 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
31 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
32 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
33 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
34 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
C 35 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5 C
36 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
37 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
40 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
41 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
Bromma
42 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
Bromma Manual
43 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5

D D
44 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
45 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
46 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
47 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
48 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
49 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5

E E
50 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
51 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
52 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
53 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 553
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A A
2020-03
54 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
55 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
300 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
B 301 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5 B
302 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
303 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
+ STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
+ STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
C + STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5 C
+ STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
+ STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
- STS 2,5-TWIN BU BR1028251 2.5
- STS 2,5-TWIN BU BR1028251 2.5

D D
- STS 2,5-TWIN BU BR1028251 2.5
- STS 2,5-TWIN BU BR1028251 2.5
Bromma
- STS 2,5-TWIN BU BR1028251 2.5
B1+ STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5

Bromma Manual
B1+ STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5

E E
L STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
L1 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 554
F
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
160
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
161
A A
L2 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
B B
L3 STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
N STS 2,5-TWIN BU BR1028251 2.5
C U STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5 C
V STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
W STS 2,5-TWIN BR1028250 2.5
Bromma
Bromma Manual
D D
E E
MACHINE TYPE: SHEET

YTS45 555
F
the property of BROMMA CONQUIP. 31226
Date 2020-01-08
90
Appr SHAHRMO A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2020-03
Bromma Manual
6.3.2 SCS4 Spreader Control System

User Manual
2020-03 Bromma 162

Bromma Manual
6.3.2.1 Warnings
out !
The SCS4 shall only be operated and serviced by authorized person-

nel.
Care must be taken when operating the spreader from the SCS4
main unit. It must be carried out under extreme caution and by per-
sonnel familiar with risks related to spreader function and movements.
Serious injury by crushing can occur.
Incorrect handling may cause personal injury or property damage.
DO NOT use screw drivers or sharp tools on the SCS4 screen but-
tons. This may damage the screen.
6.3.2.2 System overview
Crane cable
I/O units,
Motor controllers,
AC drives,
I/O unit etc
SCS4
Actuator
Sensor
The SCS4 spreader control system is an advanced PLC which is also

an advanced monitoring and diagnostic tool that gives service
technicians diagnostic information. The spreader is diagnosed within
163 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
the CPU, with the most recent events captured on the screen and
stored in the error/event log. Elapsed operating time and elapsed time
since service are also displayed.
Monitoring and diagnostics are available either on the screen, on the
crane, via an external PC or a handheld computer, depending on the
configuration.
The SCS4 system reduces electrical connections and minimizes
conventional wiring.
The rugged SCS4 control unit is placed on the spreader for easy
access.
Crane bus
(Boosted CAN)
SCS4 control unit
(CPU with touch screen)
CANopen network
I/O units,
Motor
controllers,
AC drives,
Motor controls etc
Actuators Sensors (inputs)

(outputs)
Commands are sent from the crane via the SCS4 control unit to the
spreader actuators and motors, resulting in spreader movements.
Sensors send signals back to the system that the movements have
been made. The signals are transferred back to the SCS4 via I/O units,
2020-03 Bromma 164

Bromma Manual
where they are converted to CANopen and sent back via the control
unit to the crane. All events in the system are logged by the control
unit.
The SCS4 control unit is a computer equipped with a touch screen
and mounted on the spreader. It is power supplied from the spreader,
24 VDC (18–30 VDC).
Under normal conditions the system runs automatically and the crane
operator can ignore the SCS4 system. The system is intended for
maintenance and troubleshooting by a trained service technician.
6.3.2.3 User Interface

This section describes the screen layout and display components.
Start Screen
System status bar
Application data
view Navigation bar
Multipurpose popup
When the screen is activated the Start menu will normally come up.
Otherwise press the Start button.
Note!
All screen pictures in this manual are examples
only. The information may vary between different
spreaders.
• When the spreader network is operational and Spreader is enabled

the Spreader Status icon is green. If it is red it is disabled. If it is
blue SCS4 platform is not available.
- -Not Available. PLC is not running.
165 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
- -Stopped. Spreader is Disabled.

- -Running. Spreader is Enabled.
• When the spreader network is operational the Spreader network
operational Spreader Network icon is green. If it is red the network
fails.
- -Not Available.
- -Stopped or not started.
- -Running.
• When the crane network is operational the Crane network
operational lamp is green. If it is red the network fails.
-
-Not Available
-
-Stopped
-
-Running
-
-Running with crane commands interlocked/ not allowed.
Log out to enable crane commands.
Note!
Interlocked Commands may vary. Certain
commands may be allowed depending on
customer configurations.
Other information on the Start menu (examples):

- Alarms: Latest active alarms (Errors events). Pressing any
alarm in the list will open the Event List.
- System Time: Local time
- Operating Hours: Total operating time (mains power supply
time) in hours since start
- Container Count Total: Number of containers since start
- Container Count Since Service: Number of containers since
latest service
Password
There are different access right levels:
NORMAL: The user can navigate and read the different menus. This
access level does not require a password.
SUPERVISOR: Required to control the spreader from the screen.
MAINTENANCE: Required to change settings or to control the

spreader from the screen.
2020-03 Bromma 166

Bromma Manual
SPECIALIST: Required to change passwords. After password change

the system will go back to the NORMAL level
To activate password: press Log in icon on the System Status Bar
and a keyboard will come up.
Enter your password on the touch screen and press OK, then Level
are changed, and you are logged in.
Note!
When logged in part of crane commands are
interlocked. To enable crane commands log out.
Remember to log out on Start > Log out when you are finished! After
logging out the system returns to the NORMAL level.
System Status Bar

System status bar is always visible. User can press icons with shadow,
for example to log in or out. Some of the icons are only visible when
active, for example Spreader Stop.
Information.
Information help, press icon whenever help is needed.
Spreader stop.
Visible if Spreader Stop is active.
Unknown Node ID.

Visible if unknown Node ID is available on spreader CAN network.
News.
Visible if update is available.
Login.
Spreader Status.
Crane Communication.
Spreader Communication.
167 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Greenzone Communication.
Date & Time (Year-Month-Day).
Information help
User can get more information help about any visible objects (different
help dependent of active page). By pressing page new icons
are shown wherever more information can be obtained.
By pressing any of the visible Information help icons more information

can be found in the popup menu.
Figure 6.1: Example of information help
Navigation Bar
Navigation bar is used to make different application data views visible.
The Navigation Bar menu consists of two levels where each item on
the first level has a corresponding menu list. When starting from Home
Screen the First Level is shown a top of the other level. When item is
selected the first level is hidden (not completely) and the menu items
2020-03 Bromma 168

Bromma Manual
of the corresponding selected item from the first level are thereafter
visible.
It is possible to press visible icons but if user is not sure which icon
to press it is possible to press left arrow after which

describing text is shown. When pressing on first level icon a second
level is made visible. User can press second level icon to show desired
application data view.
169 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Expanded first level

Status menu on Navigation Bar
Controls
Diagnostic
Properties
Expand Bar <Home>
Factory
Commision
Maintenance
Second level menu on

Navigation Bar (example
shows Status menu)
2020-03 Bromma 170

Bromma Manual
First level Second level

1. Flipper
2. Twistlock
3. Twin Up/Down (optional)
1 Status
4. Single Telescope
5. Twin Telescope (optional)
6. Tower (optional)
7. TTDS (optional)
8. Load Sensing (optional)
9. Lamps (optional)
10. Miscellaneous
1. Flipper
2. Twistlock
3. Twin Up/Down (optional)
2 Controls
4. Single Telescope
5. Twin Telescope (optional)
6. Tower (optional)
7. TTDS (optional)
8. Load Sensing (optional)
9. Lamps (optional)
10. Miscellaneous
1. Diagnostics
2. Events
3. Trends
3 Diagnostics
4. Statistics
1. All Components
2. All CAN nodes
3. Crane Communication
4 Properties
4. Component Settings
5. System Properties
6. Manuals
Home Page and expand Navigation Bar.
<Home>
11 Factory toolbox
171 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
First level Second level

12 Commisioning toolbox
13 Maintenance
Application Data View

Items displayed on the application data view depends on the
configuration of the Spreader. If for example Spreader is equipped
with eight Twistlocks – all of them are displayed. If instead four – only
the four mounted are displayed. The configuration is made in
CoDeSys.
Start/Home Page
SCS4 is mounted on the spreader; therefore the screen is only used
when spreader is idling on the ground, for example if something is
wrong or during service/maintenance. The first page, start page, will
meet the service engineer and show him a brief general status and
list the problems that may have been detected.
Most important and time critical is the list of problems.
Tip When pressing any of the problems detected and
shown in the Error list SCS4 shows the Event List
Page.
Status Pages
There are 10 different Status pages each with a corresponding

function. The listed functions are the same regardless of Spreader.
2020-03 Bromma 172

Bromma Manual
If spreader is not configured with a function the function will not be

shown.
Available Status Pages:
1 Flipper
2 Twistlock
3 Twin Up/Down (optional)
4 Single Telescope
5 Twin Telescope (optional)
6 Tower (optional)
7 TTDS (optional)
8 Load Sensing (optional)
9 Lamps (optional)
10 Miscellaneous
Status pages share the same layout:
Top - function block I/O nodes
Middle - Crane
signals
Action result
Lower left - displays Lower right - controls
Figure 6.2: Status page
173 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Function Block
User can press this to get more information about present state of
function in real time. It has Inputs, Outputs and internal state signals.
User can scroll down to read Function Description (only available in
English).
I/O Node Block

Users can press this to get more information about the present state
of a CAN node in real time. It has Inputs, Outputs and internal state
signals. Users can scroll down to read the Function Description (only
available in English).
Instrument
Shows values from sensors, states or any other number that is of
interest of the visible function.
Control
Corresponds to a spring back push button. Control buttons are only
enabled when logged in (two position switch).
Crane Signals
Crane Signals Shows crane signals corresponding to the function of
the Status page (for example Flipper signals).
Control pages
Controls available depend on the configuration of the Spreader
described in the Template (CoDeSys).
Note!
Some control buttons corresponds to spring back
buttons and some control buttons corresponds to
switch buttons.
Available Control Pages:

1 Flipper
2 Twistlock
3 Twin Up/Down (optional)
4 Single Telescope
5 Twin Telescope (optional)
6 Tower (optional)
7 TTDS (optional)
2020-03 Bromma 174

Bromma Manual
8 Load Sensing (optional)

9 Lamps (optional)
10 Miscellaneous
Diagnostics
Diagnostic pages displays:
1 Event
2 Trends
3 Statistics
4 Alarms
Event view
The tables in this view are updated automatically every 1 sec if Log
online is selected. This menu contains all events (max 30000 events)
that have occurred. It is possible to select Date and Time in order to
show events in list from certain time. Use the scroll bar to the right to
navigate among them.
It is possible to high light the same Type of Event by pressing any
event in the list.
Figure 6.3: Event List view

Trend view
This menu gives trend information on different operations (variables).
The latest 100 values for each instance are saved. Select trend as
follows (requires password level SERVICE 2):
• Select a line for Variable Name.
• Press Get Trend, and Variable Values listed for variable operations
comes up.
• Enter a Reference Value for the variable.
175 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Figure 6.4: Trend view

Statistics view
Figure 6.5: Statistics list view

Alarms view
This view displays the different types of alarms that are available and
the latest alarm of each type. Acknowledge alarms are highlighted.
Acknowledge alarms are only possible when logged in.
Acknowledged alarms are marked and sent down the list.
Acknowledge all alarms in list.
2020-03 Bromma 176

Bromma Manual
Used to acknowledge only the alarms that have been selected.
Figure 6.6: Alarm list view
Properties
1 All Components
2 All CAN nodes
3 Crane Communication
4 Component setting
5 System properties
6 Manuals
177 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Function Block
Figure 6.7: Function Block view

It is possible to press one of the nodes on the overview picture to see
more information about that specific node. When doing so the Function
blocks popup view is opened.
I/O Nodes
This view is used to show the available CANopen network CAN nodes.
Figure 6.8: I/O Nodes view

It is possible to press one of the nodes on the overview picture to see
more information about that specific node. When doing so the I/O
Node view is popping up.
2020-03 Bromma 178

Bromma Manual
Crane Communication
This page shows the crane communication divided in to functions i.e.
Flipper, Telescope etc. Spreader communicates by either serial-
(DS444 or BCAN) or parallel (single wire) communication.
Figure 6.9: Available crane I/O
Parallel (one wire per signal) crane communication.
Serial crane communication (DS444 or BCAN).

Component settings
This page will show all available parameter files. When pressing one
of the files the parameter setting pop up is started.
179 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Figure 6.10: Available components

System Settings
This view is very similar to Component Settings view. This page will
show all available parameter files. When pressing one of the files the
parameter setting pop up is shown.
Figure 6.11: System settings

Manuals
Spreader manual is divided into chapters. By pressing one of the
chapters the manual is shown.
Tip If connected to the spreader using a remote computer
it is possible to download the manual in PDF format.
2020-03 Bromma 180

Bromma Manual
Figure 6.12: All manuals will be available on one single page.
Multi Purpose Popup

In front menus roll up from below the screen in front of all other menus.
It covers almost the full width and stays on the height suitable for the
application.
It is always hidden the same way by either pressing outside the menu
or on the dedicated Hide icon. Menus will also cover Navigation bar
whenever needed (higher priority).
Figure 6.13: Expanding layer in expanded mode
Figure 6.14: Expanding layer in collapsed mode

Tip It is always possible to reopen the last opened -
collapsed popup menu by pressing on the little arrow
on the bottom of the screen. Even if going to another
page in the Navigation Bar.
Information/Help
Menu is shown whenever user request help normally by pressing help

followed by any help enable object this menu will show info (text and
picture). Menu contains information about object selected to show
menu (for example selected Alarm event with time and ID information).
181 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Figure 6.15: Example of information popup menu
Component Setting
Opened when pressing one of the Components on the Components
Settings Application Data View, for example .
When user select any parameter, an editing menu is opened. If closed
without saving user should be prompted. If trying to save user should
be prompted (“Are you sure..”). User can change parameter value by
clicking on the text field (then virtual QWERTY keyboard is opened).
By pressing the info icon user can select ‘ParameterName’ after which
Info/help menu is opened above the editing menu (or QWERTY
keyboard) to show the XML information from the parameter file.
Figure 6.16: Parameter settings popup
2020-03 Bromma 182

Bromma Manual
Pressing save saves the changed parameters to file.

If leaving file user should be prompted is changes are not changed.
Pressing Factory settings loads factory parameter file. When
user press the displayed values are stored in the normal

parameter file.
Note!
User login is required to change Component Setting
parameters.
Note!
SCS4 Hard reset is required before parameter
changes is to be used.
Language settings
Language setting is available from the System setting view. It is
possible to have different languages for Manuals and for SCS4 user
interface. When opening Language settings the following popup is
visible.
Figure 6.17: Language settings popup
183 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Time and date settings
Opened when pressing .

When pressing “select date & time” a popup is displayed where the
user can select a date and time. This is then returned depending on
what function requested the data (Diagnosticare or date and time
settings).
Figure 6.18: Time and date settings popup
Network Setting
Opened when pressing in the System settings view.

This menu is used to change the IP address of the SCS4, in order to
communicate with other networks. The SCS4 is normally factory set
at:
• IP Address: 192.168.2.99
• Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
In order to direct access the system it is required that the
communicating parts are on the same network. Ensure that your PC
is configured correctly as follows (Windows XP):
• Record the IP Address and Subnet Mask on the SCS4.
2020-03 Bromma 184

Bromma Manual
Figure 6.19: Network setting view popup

If user have selected “Obtain address from DHCP” it should not be
possible to write own address (text box locked). Instead received
address should be visible.
Change CANopen ID
Opened when pressing or .

CANopen nodes are located in several entities on the spreader. Each
node has a default set Node id that may need to be changed when
connected to the Spreader Network. This may be the case especially
when a node has been replaced. When the scanning is started, the
system will search for all the nodes on the spreader Network. If a node
with wrong id is found, the icon for unidentified node in the status bar
will be active.
185 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Figure 6.20: Change CANopen popup

By pressing save button, the system change the ‘Present ID Found’
of the node to ‘First Missing ID’. The user can also specify a node id
by setting ‘New Id Manually’. The node needs to be re-powered for
the node ID change to take effect.
Scan CAN nodes

Press update to scan Spreader network for all available nodes. Press
any row to see picture of individual nodes (only known nodes).
Figure 6.21: Scan Spreader CAN nodes
2020-03 Bromma 186

Bromma Manual
Write SDO
It is possible to send any SDO using this function. Select Crane or
Spreader CAN.
Figure 6.22: Write Service Data Object (SDO)
Read SDO
It is possible to read any SDO using this function. Select Crane or
Spreader CAN.
Figure 6.23: Read Service Data Object (SDO)
Starter
Starter is used to start and stop the SCS4. It can be done either by
turning off the supply power or pressing the power key or using the
187 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Starter. To go to the starter the user need to be logged in with the

correct user permissions.
Press Spreader button to go back to SCS4 User Interface.
Figure 6.24: Starter

Four different functions are available on the Starter:
1 Spreader - Show SCS4 Menu system
2 System - Show platform system
3 Hard Reset - Perform platform hard reset.
4 Start Up / Shut Down - Start Spreader Control system
Version
Shows the versions of hardware and software. Application Changed
shows when the time and date of the last downloaded Archive file.
2020-03 Bromma 188

Bromma Manual
Figure 6.25: Properties for Version
Spreader
Spreader shows the data of the specific spreader.
Figure 6.26: Properties for spreader
Spareparts
Spareparts shows the sparepart number of the Spreader CAN nodes.
189 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Figure 6.27: Properties for spareparts
Component Function Block

When pressing Component Function Block Icon a popup is shown
displaying status of inputs, outputs and internal variables in real time.
Figure 6.28: Function Block popup

Input or output connected to a sensor or actuator is described
S02
according to electric drawing.
Internal variables are displayed inside the function block. It could be
for example the present State machine.
2020-03 Bromma 190

Bromma Manual
Signal not active.
Signal Active.
Signal not availabe / unknown.
I/O Node Block

When pressing I/O Node Block Icon a popup is shown displaying
status of inputs, outputs and internal variables in real time. Internal
variables can be State and error messages etc.
Figure 6.29: I/O Node popup

S02 All input or outputs are described according to electric drawing.
Internal variables are displayed inside the function block. It could be
for example the present State of the CAN node.
Signal not active.
Signal Active.
Signal not availabe / unknown.
191 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
6.3.2.4 Starting the system

The control unit is normally in standby position, using a externally
connected battery. The battery will be charged by the power from the
spreader as long as the power is on to the spreader. The backlight is
automatically switched off after a certain time of inactivity.
The SCS4 must be connected to power from the spreader via the
crane before it can be operated.
Activate the touch screen by gently pressing it with a clean and dry
finger. If the built-in battery is not charged the start will take longer
time than start from standby position.
• Don’t use sharp or pointed objects on the touch screen since these
can damage or scratch it, which can seriously degrade its
functionality.
• Do not touch the Reset switch when starting! This switch is only
used to restart the device.
Reset switch
Backlight up
Backlight down
Touch screen
Status LED
Light sensor
Figure 6.30: SCS4 Control unit

If the touch screen is not activated when touched and the status LED
is not lit:
• Verify that the crane power is on.
Note!
If SCS4 battery should never be fully discharged,
this could have negative effect on life time
prestanda.
CANopen – Overview
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial bus system. CANopen is a
CAN-based higher layer protocol. It was developed as a standardized
embedded network with highly flexible configuration capabilities.
The CANopen specifications cover application layer and
communication profile (CiA DS 301), as well as a framework for
2020-03 Bromma 192

Bromma Manual
programmable devices (CiA 302), recommendations for cables and

connectors (CiA 303-1) and SI units and prefix representations (CiA
303-2). The application-layer as well as the CAN-based profiles are
implemented in software.
Standardized profiles (device, interface and application profiles)
developed by CiA members simplify the system designer job of
integrating a CANopen network system. Off-the-shelf devices, tools,
and protocol stacks are widely available. For system designers, it is
very important to reuse application software. This requires not only
communication compatibility, but also interoperability and
interchangeability of devices. In the CANopen device and interface
profiles, defined application objects exist to achieve the
interchangeability of CANopen devices. CANopen is flexible and open
enough to enable manufacturer-specific functionality in devices, which
can be added to the generic functionality described in the profiles.
CANopen provides standardized communication objects for real-time
data (Process Data Objects, PDO) and configuration data (Service
Data Objects, SDO).
Hardware Performance
Power
Supply
• Supply voltage 10-30VDC.
- Normal functionality at 24 VDC nominal voltages shall be
supported.
Ground
• Enclosure shall be connected to electronics ground potential with
connector M5 screw (similar to XSb).
- M5 11.3 mm depth.
Interface
CAN
• 2 independent channels.
• Support CAN ISO 11898 2.0B.
• Max speed 250 Kbit/s, standard use 125Kbit/s.
• One single connector per channel (according to CANopen Std
PIN).
• Short-circuit protection towards all terminals in connector, supply
voltage and ground (should be readable trough software API).
• Galvanic isolation of the channels.
- Isolation voltage 500VDC.
- Internal power supply for isolated ports.
- A possibility to bypass galvanic isolation with zero-ohm resistors
shall be implemented.
193 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
• An output @ nominal voltage PIN with ground PIN shall exist at

each channel.
- Output controlled using CoDeSys API.
- Short-circuit protection towards all terminals in connector, supply
- The source may be shared by all 2 channels with a total of 2A
available.
- Not possible to combine with galvanic isolation option.
- The shared output (both supply and ground PIN) shall be
possible to switch on/off by software.
• Termination
- Without termination on both channels.
• Connector type DIN M12 “Snap”.
CAN 4
• Info: Support BCAN & Anybus.
CAN 3
• Info: Support CANopen (CAN 3 because better placement).
Ethernet
• 1 channels.
• 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX standards apply.
• Auto-MDIX.
• Connector type DIN M12 “Snap”.
• Connector Code D.
USB
• USB 2.0 compatible.
• Full speed, 12Mbit/s, due to connector choice that don’t support
“high speed” throughput. High speed is defined as 480 Mbit/s in
USB 2.0 standard.
• 5 Volt, max 500mA output on host ports.
• 5 PIN female connector with A-coding.
Buttons
• Power button.
• Backlight 2x buttons (Increase/decrease).
LED-indicators
1 multi color LED (green, red etc.) also available through API.
2020-03 Bromma 194

Bromma Manual
Buzzer
Front mounted buzzer also available through API.
Touch Screen
• Touchscreen which can be controlled with glowed fingers
(resistive).
• 10.4” : XGA1024 x 768.
• 24Bit Color Depth.
• Operational temp -30°C to +80°C.
• Storage temp -40°C to +90°C.
• Light transmission 80% to 88%.
• Linearity < ±1.5%.
• Scratch resistance 3H.
• Number of touches >35 000 000 times.
• LED display specified for >50 000 hours before half the light
emission.
Computing
CPU & Memory

• 1.6 GHz Atom.
• Storage 4GB Compact Flash.
• RAM 1GB DDR.
Environmental requirements
According to Bromma General Electrical Requirements (Krpuljevic,
2011).
Vibrations continuously affect all components on the spreader. With
help of an electro-hydraulic shaker table is it possible to stress and
simulate components and see / verify that the projected lifetime of a
component meets Bromma Conquip requirements with regard to
mechanical stress.
The equipment shall comply with the following environmental and
EMC tests during construction phase and periodic re-compliance test
on agreement with the manufacturer and Bromma Conquip.
Criteria for compliance / functional test

Full functionality required unless otherwise stated. No change of the
actual operational states of the test objects is allowed. The equipment
under test shall remain in operable condition in accordance with or
prescribed by manufacturer technical specification i.e. full output/load
in temperature as prescribed by manufacturer.
Environmental testing
Vibration test according to EN 60068-2-6, 10 Hz to 500 Hz.

10…38 Hz ± 3.5 mm (peak value), constant displacement.
195 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
20 g, 38…500 Hz constant acceleration.

Duration of sweeps 3x2h, (1 octave/minute), in three mutually
perpendicular planes (x, y, z). Continuously swept back and forth
between the test frequency range 10…500 Hz.
Resonance frequencies with an amplification factor above five (5) are
recorded.
The equipment under test (EUT) is to be fastened to the test board
by means of its own fastening devices or brackets. The equipment is
to be mounted in its normal direction / position recommended by the
manufacturer or requested by Bromma.
Function test, after preformed test.
Continuous shock test according to EN 60068-2-29 (Eb)
50g acceleration, 6 ms half sine pulse shape with 1000 shocks in all
in three mutually perpendicular planes (±x, ±y, ±z). The test is
simultaneously preformed with sinusoidal vibration test EN 60068-2-6.
Enclosure protection class [EN 60529]
Minimum IP 65, unless otherwise stated.
Cold test EN 60068-2-1 (Ad)
Severity -40 °C, duration 24h, powered after initial temperature
stabilizing.
Cold test EN 60068-2-1 (Ae)
Severity -40 °C, duration 24h, powered during test.
Cold test Storage EN 60068-2-1 (Ab)
Severity -40 °C, duration 16h, powered when reaching standard
environment condition.
Dry heat test EN 60068-2-2 (Bd)
Severity 70 °C, duration 24h, <50% RH humidity. Function during test.
Dry heat test EN 60068-2-2 (Bd)-Storage
Severity 85 °C, duration 24h, <50% RH humidity. Function test, after
performed test.
Change of temperature EN 60068-2-14 (Nb)
Ta= 0°C, Tb= 50°C, Temperature change rate 5°C/min, duration 5
cycles, T1=3h. Test object functional during test.
Damp heat EN 60068-2-30 (Db)
Damp heat cyclic (12 + 12 hours’ cycle), Variant 1, Severity 25 °C…55
°C >90%RH number of cycles = 6. The test EUT is de-energized
during the exposure. During the last two hours of the 55 ºC phase the
test EUT is energized and a functional test are performed.
Plastic housing
UV resistant, stabilizers and inhibitors are required to prevent plastic
degradation. According to ATSM D 2565 / SAE J1960 or similar
standard intended for plastic outdoor/automotive applications.
2020-03 Bromma 196

Bromma Manual
Chemical and oil resistance, hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 or

similar, machine oil (petroleum and vegetable oil/fats) and sea
saltwater.
Salt spray test EN 60068-2-52 (Kb) – Additional test procedure
cost may apply -
Severity degree 3 = 1 test cycle.
Physical drop / package drop -Optional-
The EUT shall withstand two (2) pieces of one (1) meter drop onto
concrete floor and the manufacturer should choose the “most
vulnerable” corner. (ISTA Procedure 1A or similar packaging drop
test standard). Function test, after performed test.
The EUT packaged in its normal packaging container/card board box
and dropped 10 times, one drop one a base corner, one drop radiating
from each edge radiating from that corner, and one on each flat face
of the package; a total of 10 impacts, one (1) meter drop onto concrete
floor.
Function test, after preformed test.
EMC compatibility testing

See appendix for detailed description of performance criteria A-C.
Bromma Conquip individual components and spreader are designed
after the electromagnetic environmental criteria’s in SS-EN 61000-2-4,
Class 2 (industrial environments), Compatibility levels in industrial
plants for low-frequency conducted disturbances.
General electromagnetic compatibility EMC limits for industrial
environments.
Generic standards - for immunity EN 61000-6-2.
Generic standards - for emission EN 61000-6-4
Electrostatic discharge immunity test ESD, EN 61000-4-2
Test level 2, contact discharge 6kV, air discharge 8kV, polarity positive
and negative, number of discharges >10 per polarity at each test point.
Performance criterion B, see appendix for detailed description of
performance criteria.
Radiated, radiofrequency, electromagnetic field immunity test.
EN 61000-4-3
Test level 3, field strength 10 V/m, 80 MHz…2000 MHz
To ensure that electromagnetic fields from digital mobile telephones
or two way handheld transceiver “walkie-talkie” doesn’t interfere with
electronic equipment.
80 MHz…1000 MHz, 20 V/m, 80 % AM, 1 kHz.
1400 MHz…2100 MHz, 10 V/m, 80 % AM, 1 kHz.
2100 MHz…2500 MHz, 5 V/m, 80 % AM, 1 kHz.
Performance criterion A.
Electrical fast transient / burst immunity test EN 61000-4-4
Test level 4, ±2 kV power lines, ±1kV on signal lines / (I/O). Cable
length greater than ≥ 3 meters for AC/DC input and I/O cabling.
197 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
The test objects are energized and in normal operational mode during
the exposure. The test objects are observed during the exposure and
a functional test is performed after the exposure.
Performance criterion B.
Surge immunity test, EN 61000-4-5
Test level / installation classification 4, amplitude at power ports:
±0.5kV( line to line) , ±0.5kV( line to ground) and ±1kV signal. The
test objects are energized and in normal operational mode during the
exposure. The test objects are observed during the exposure and a
functional test is performed after the exposure.
Performance criterion B.
Immunity to conducted disturbance, induced by radio-frequency
fields. EN 61000-4-6
Test level 3, 10V_RMS, 0.15…80 MHz
The test objects are energized and in normal operational mode during
the exposure. The test objects are observed during the exposure and
a functional test is performed after the exposure
Performance criterion A.
EMC emissions, EN 55011 Class A, Group 1, Industrial
environment (ISM) / or the generic immunity standard for
industrial environments EN 61000-6-4
(Limits in EN 5011 Class A is equivalent with EN 61000-6-4)
The scope of the EMC emissions tests is to verify that the EUT does
not generate any type of electromagnetic disturbance that will influence
on the performance of other type of electronic equipment.
Radiated emission, 10 m measurement distance
Frequency range Radiated emission
30…230 MHz 40 dBµV/m
230…1000 MHz 47 dBµV/m
Markings:
• CE marking according to EMC directive 2004/108/EC
• Restrictions of hazardous substances RoHS 2002/95/EC and
2011/65/EC
• Batch marking of individual component or production year/week.
• Bromma Conquip article number
• Relevant marking plates for connection and warning signs etc.
6.3.2.5 Reinstalling the SCS4 package

The complete SCS4 package (PLC software, spreader specific settings
and database) is saved to the USB, every hour.
If a SCS4 needs to be replaced, the following steps describe how to
install the saved SCS4 package from the USB to the new SCS4:
2020-03 Bromma 198

Bromma Manual
1 Connect the USB, which has been loaded with the package, to
the SCS4.
2 Turn on the supply to the SCS4.
3 The following dialog box will appear if the SCS4 does not contain
the spreader package:
4 Select "OK" to copy the package from the USB to the SCS4.
5 Once the package has been copied, the following dialog box will
appear:
6 If the SCS4 and the USB have different spreader packages, then
the following dialog box will be appear:
199 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7 Select "OK" to copy the package from the USB to the SCS4. Select
"Cancel" to copy the package from the SCS4 to the USB.
6.3.2.6 Cleaning instructions
Warning!
The SCS4 is IP65 classed (EN60529) and therefore,
high-pressure water jet cannot be used when
cleaning the unit.
1 Front of unit (screen area)

The screen should be kept free from dirt and abrasive particles,
to prevent damage to the touch screen surface when pressing it.
Cleaning should be done using a soft, damp cloth with mild
detergent. In exceptional cases, a stronger 50:50 mixture of
isopropanol and water may be used as a cleaning agent to remove
stubborn dirt or grease.
Warning!
DO NOT use window cleaners, household
cleaners, aerosol sprays, solvents, ammonia,
abrasives or cleaning solutions containing
hydrogen peroxide to clean the screen!
2 Rear of unit
If the unit has collected dust or other material on the rear enclosure,
there is a risk that the heat dissipation from the unit will be affected
and may lead to overheating. In such cases, the rear of the unit
should be wiped clean.
3 Cleaning schedule
Cleaning intervals for the above are dependent on the environment
in which the spreader is used in and prevailing ambient conditions.
2020-03 Bromma 200

Bromma Manual
6.4 Repair and Adjustments (REP) YTS45

To ensure safe and reliable spreader operation, it is important to
follow the instructions below and only use Bromma spare parts when
replacing components.

out!

personnel.
Contents:
• REP 01. Twistlocks
• REP 03. Main Frame Glide Plates
• REP 04. Telescopic Beam Glide Plates
• REP 05. Telescopic Chain
• REP 06. Telescopic Motor
• REP 07. Pedestal Bearing
• REP 09. Digital Encoder
• REP 10. Cable Chain
• REP 11. Electric Motor
• REP 13. Oil and Filters
• REP 14. Deaeration of Hydraulic System
• REP 15. Telescopic Beam Unit (TBU)
• REP 17. Twinlift Unit Twistlocks
• REP 18. Telescopic Unit Gearbox
• REP 19. Steel Structure and Weld Information
• REP 24. Twin Unit Glide Plates
• REP 26. Twinlift Sequences
• REP 27. Twinlift Unit
• REP 34. Landing Pin
Initial Actions
Place the main frame of the spreader on trestles or similar devices
in such a way that the flipper arms can be lowered. Also ensure
there is enough space on both ends to allow the spreader to tele-
0.7 m (2.3 ft) scope to 40 foot or 45 foot positions.
Read through the warnings and safety precautions in Chapter 1.
201 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 01. Twistlocks
M12 nut
Washer
M8 Nut Link
Twistlock
nut
Dismounting Twistlock Pin
M8 Screw
1 Dismount the link by removing the M12 nut and washer.
Guide 2 Remove the M8 screw and nut from the top of the twistlock.
block
3 Grab hold of twistlock head.
Twistlock
head 4 Slack off the twistlock nut.
5 Lower the twistlock pin and guide block.
Distance between top of twistlock head and
bottom of guide block max2 mm. 6 Do not lose the twistlock pin key.
Mounting
1 Perform the steps above in the reverse order.
2 Ensure that the link remain in horisontal position. Otherwise the
life of the built in spherical bearings may be considerably
shortened.
3 Carry out the adjustment below before mounting the M8 screw
and nut.
4 Lubricate according to instructions in section 6.1.2
2020-03 Bromma 202

Bromma Manual
Twistlock
nut
Checking the Float
Key
Spherical 1 Grab hold of the twistlock head.
washer
2 Push or pull the twistlock to one of the corners.
3 Ensure the guide block is touching the twistlock
Twistlock housing bottom plate. If not, the twistlock needs
pin to be adjusted /lowered.
4 If the twistlock is touching the bottom plate,
press the
twistlock upwards while holding it in the corner.
5 The twistlock should be moving up slightly. If it
moves a lot, adjust it higher.
6 If the twistlock does not move at all, it needs to
be adjusted down.
Adjusting
1 Remove the M8 screw from the top of the
twistlock.
2 To lower the twistlock, loosen the twistlock nut
slightly. To raise the twistlock, tighten the nut.
The distance between the top of twistlock head
and the bottom of guide block max 2 mm.
3 Recheck the float of the twistlock.
4 Reinstall the M8 screw.
Failure to properly adjust the twistlock will greatly reduce the life of
the twistlock.
Removing the Twistlock Cylinder

1 Make sure the power supply is disconnected and the oil pressure
is relieved from the system.
2 Remove the hoses from the cylinder. To avoid oil leakage, thread
a plastic bag over the end of the hoses and secure them with
straps.
3 Pull out the lock pins. Remove the cylinder screws and push the
rods aside.
4 Dismount the four M8 screws, Spacers, washers and nuts.
5 Remove the twistlock cylinder.
203 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Cylinder screw M8 screw Spacer
Rod
Lock pin Twistlock cylinder
Installing the Twistlock Cylinder

2 The hoses must be tightened to 95 Nm (70 ft-lbs) torque.
3 Perform the REP 14 De-aeration of the hydraulic system.
4 Re-tighten the M8 screws after 50 working hours.
Removing Sensors
1 Unscrew the cable connection from the sensor.
2 Loosen the two screws on the switch attachment.
3 Remove the sensor.
Installing Sensors
Signal cable
Sensor connection 1 Perform the steps above in the reverse order.
2 The distance between sensor face and flag is approximately 5-
6mm. Check the sensor by grabbing the twistlock head and
moving it around in different positions. If the signal is lost, adjust
the sensor closer to its flag. Make sure the flag does not come in
contact with the sensor.
2020-03 Bromma 204

Bromma Manual
Check for wear and cracks

1 Dismantle all twistlocks.
Twistlock nut
2 Inspect all parts. Look for any damage which could

Twistlock arm
necessitate their replacement.
Check for
wear 3 Check that there are no cracks (or other faults) in
Spherical washer the threads of the twistlock pins or heads. Check
also the guide blocks. Use penetrating fuid to detect
fssures.
Twistlock pin
Check for
straightness
Check for
cracks
4 Check the wear of the twistlock pin heads. Maximum

wear 4 mm measured as shown in figure. Replace
if necessary.
5 Replace the twistlock pins, nuts and guide blocks if
4 mm cracks are detected.
6 Clean and inspect the sliding surfaces of the spher-

ical washer and the twistlock arm for abnormal wear.
7 Check the wear of the guide block. Replace if cracks
are detected or less than specified minimum meas-
ures.
B
A
A - min 49 mm
A - orig. 50.6 mm (±0.2)
B - min 35 mm C
B - orig. 35.7 mm (±0.2)
C - min 18.7 mm
C - orig. 19.6 mm (±0.3)
205 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
8 Roll the twistlock pin back and forth on a table or

similar flat surface to ensure the pin is not bent.
9 Clean and lubricate all parts according to instructions
in spreader manual, section 6.1.2.
10 Reassemble the twistlocks.
2020-03 Bromma 206

Bromma Manual
REP 03. Main Frame Glide Plates

Dismounting Glide Plates
1 Make sure the power is disconnected.
2 Remove the Landing buffer from the top of the main frame.
3 Lift up the telescopic beam unit by either using a forklift

Landing
buffer Glide pad truck or other lifting equipment. The beam unit should be
lifted up gently so the beams just come in contact with the
top of the main frame.
4 Secure the beams in this position. (Blocks inside main
frame).
Telescopic 20 foot
beam unit stop assy
5 Remove the 20 foot stop assembly, and pull out the glide
pad with a screw driver.
Installing the Main Frame Glide Plates

2 Secure the 20 foot stop assembly screws with Loctite.
3 Lubricate the parts as per lubrication instructions section 6.1.
207 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 04. Telescopic Beam Glide Plates

Dismounting Glide Plates
1 Disconnect the power.
2 Dismantle the 20 foot stop assemblies as described in

REP 03.
3 Reconnect the power.
4 Run the spreader to the 20 foot position.
5 Manually run the spreader past the 20 foot position until

Upper glide
plate
it stops.
7 Remove or lift up the cover assy.
8 Remove the screws holding the upper glide plates.

Cover assy The lower glide plates are not used much in normal op-
9
Lower eration and may take a long time to wear down. If they
glide plate are worn past the minimum thickness (17 mm), position
the spreader back to the 20 foot position.
10 Measure and mark the position of the two screws on the
bottom of the main frame at each corner (8 marks). Use
the new glide plates as a template.
11 Reconnect the power.
12 Run the telescopic beams outwards about 1 m (3.3 ft)

and disconnect the power.
13 Drill two 37 mm holes at the marks (according to point

9) at each corner and deburr.
14 Connect the power and run the spreader to the 20 foot
position.
16 Now it is possible to remove the screws through the

drilled holes. Press the beam ends upwards and take
out the glide plates.
Installing the Glide Plates

2020-03 Bromma 208

Bromma Manual
Warning!
Do not carry out any work on the spreader with
power supply connected.
209 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 05. Telescopic Chain
Removing the Telescopic Chain

Locking
screws
Adjusting 2 Remove the locking screws from the adjusting nut.

nut
3 Turn the adjusting nut counterclockwise a quarter of a
turn.
4 Remove the chain pin connected to the shock absorber
by pulling out the cotter pin.
Cotter pin 5 Remove the chains.
Installing the Telescopic Chain

Chain lock
1 Perform the steps 3-5 above in the reverse order.
2 Go to step 4 in ”Adjusting Telescopic Chain”.
3 Reinstall the locking screws in the adjuster nut.
4 Lubricate the chain according to chapt. 6.
Adjusting the Telescopic Chain

1 Run the spreader to the maximum position (40 or 45
foot).
3 Remove the locking screws from the adjuster nut.
4 Tighten the adjuster nuts on both sides with a torque

wrench to 50 Nm (37 ft-lbs.) alternately one turn at a
time . It is important to adjust both sides equally. If not
done properly this could cause future problems in oper-
ation and reduce the life of the chain.
5 Reinstall the locking screws into the adjusting nut.
2020-03 Bromma 210

Bromma Manual
REP 06. Telescopic Motor
Gearbox Removing theTelescopic Motor

fixing screws Hydraulic Motor
Gearbox 1 Disconnect the power.
2 Remove the telescopic chain according to REP 05.
3 Remove the screws for the hydraulic motor.
4 Remove the hydraulic motor from the gearbox.
Note!
It is only necessary to disassemble the
hoses if the hydraulic motor is to be
replaced.
Screws for
hydraulic motor
Chain wheel
5 Remove the gearbox mounting screws (four pieces).
6 When the gearbox is disassembled from the main frame,

the chain wheel can be removed.
Installing the Telescopic Motor

211 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 07. Pedestal Bearing
Removing the Pedestal Bearing
3 Remove the pedestal mounting screws (9) and nuts

(10).
4 Remove the pedestal bearing assembly from the main
frame using lifting equipment.
5 Remove the two lock rings (8).
6 Remove the washer (5).
7 Remove chain wheel (3) and key (7).
8 Remove washer (4).
9 Remove the shaft (2).
10 Remove the two bearings (6).
Installing the Pedestal Bearing

2 Add grease through the grease fitting (12).
2020-03 Bromma 212

Bromma Manual
REP 09. Digital Encoder
Removing the Digital Encoder
2 Remove the cable clamps for the encoder cable.

Cable clamp
M12 screws 3 Remove the M12 screws holding the encoder flange.
4 Pull out the flange and remove the driving key by

loosening the stop screw.
Encoder 5 Remove the three M4 screws and washers to set free

the encoder.
Encoder
flange Installing the Digital Encoder
M4 screws
M4 screws Stop 1 Perform the steps above in the reverse order.
screw
2 Connection of the encoder to the electric cabinet is described in
section 6.3.1 Electrical system
3 Connect the power and test the operation of the encoder. To set
the different positions for the encoder, see section 6.3.2 Control
system.
213 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 10. Cable Chain
Removing the Cables
2 Disconnect the cable either in the junction box on the end

beam or in the electrical cabinet.
3 Remove the cable clamp.
4 Remove the end of the cable.
5 Disconnect the hoses from the manifold block at the end

beam. Use fitting caps or plastic bags and straps or tape
to cover the manifold couplings to avoid oil leakage. Do
Hose couplings
the same with the hoses if they are to be re-used.
6 Disconnect the hoses from the couplings on the tension
rod.
Disconnect the hoses from the couplings on the tension
rod.
7 Place fitting caps or plastic bags as described in step 5
and withdraw the hoses.
Installing the Cables and Hoses

1 Thread the cable into the upper compartment in the cable chain.
The cross bars inside the cable chain are adjustable. The proper
Cable clamp distance is one third for each compartment. Make sure the cable
is not too tight.
Cross bar
2 Install the cable clamp and connect the wires according to section
6.3 Electrical system.
3 Thread the hoses to their compartments inside the cable chain.
(middle and bottom).
4 Make sure the hoses are not too tight.
5 Connect the hoses to their couplings according to section 6.2
Hydraulic system.
6 Remove the air in the hoses according to REP 14, De-aeration
of hydraulic system.
2020-03 Bromma 214

Bromma Manual
REP 11. Electric Motor
Removing the Electric Motor
2 Remove the hydraulic powerpack cover as shown below:
Power pack cover
M12 M12 Nuts

Screws Shaft
Junction box coupling
Hub B
Stop
screw
Rubber Gear
Ring Hub A
3 Take off the cover from the junction box on the motor and
disconnect the cables. Note how the cables are connec-
ted.
4 Remove the mounting bolts for the electrical motor.
5 Remove the motor from the bell-housing by removing the

six M12 nuts on the motor flange.
6 Pull the motor backwards until it comes loose from the
shaft coupling.
7 Dismantle the coupling by loosening the M6 set screws,
as shown below:
Set screw
Hub A (pump)
Rubber gear ring
Hub B (motor)
Set screw
8 Ensure that the key is located in the motor shaft keyway.
215 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Installing and Adjusting the Electric Motor
90
Rubber gear ring
2.5 Hub B Hub A
1.5 mm +/- 0.5 (distance to pump shaft)

20
Mount Hub A to the pump, as shown above. Apply Loctite®

1
243 and tighten the set screw to 4.8 Nm.
2 Press the rubber gear ring in place on Hub A on the hydraulic
pump shaft.
3 Mount Hub B to the motor shaft.
4 Push the motor in place and ensure that Hub B on the shaft
fits into the rubber gear ring. Use the bell-housing to ensure
the correct distance between the motor and the pump.
5 Adjust Hub B as shown in the image above. Apply Loctite®
243 and tighten the set screw to 4.8 Nm.
6 Connect the cables and connect to the power supply.
7 Test the function of the motor. Tighten all screws.
2020-03 Bromma 216

Bromma Manual
REP 12. Hydraulic Pump
Removing the Hydraulic Pump
2 Drain the hydraulic tank by removing the drain plug.

Pressure Case drain
adjuster
3 Remove the hoses from the pump.
hose
screw
4 Remove the Electric motor according to REP 11.
5 Remove the four M12 screws holding the pump into the
bell-housing.
6 Support the pump while pulling it out from the bell-hous-
Flow
Hydraulic ing.
regulator
pump
Installing the Hydraulic Pump
2 Fill the pump with oil before connecting the case drain hose.
3 Connect the power supply and test the operation of the pump.
217 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Adjusting Hydraulic Pump
CAUTION!
Some of these steps are made while the power
supply is connected.
1 Mount the pressure gauge on the valve block pressure test point.
2 Loosen the pressure adjuster screw a couple of turns.
3 Start up the system and increase the pressure by tightening the
pressure adjuster screw until the correct pressure setting is
reached. (see section 3.1 Datasheet).
4 The telescoping speed is set by adjusting the flow regulator. The
recommended speed is 27-28 s between the 20´ and the 40´ or
45´ positions. If the speed is set too high, it may overload the
motor and trip the motor protection or the fuses. Always make
sure the motor current is not higher than the motor rating or
supply capacity.
Flow
regulator Case drain
hose
Pressure
adjuster
screw
Hydraulic
pump
M12
Drain
Screws
plug
2020-03 Bromma 218

Bromma Manual
REP 13. Oil and Filters
Changing the oil and replacing filters
2 Remove the cover over the hydraulic unit.
3 Remove the drain plug and filler cap to drain the oil (150
liters).
4 Remove the three M6 screws holding the return line filter
cover.
5 Remove the filter insert and replace it.
6 Remove the pressure filter cup and replace the filter.
Note!
The cup is filled with oil. Clean the cup
and assemble with a new filter insert.
7 Refill the oil tank through the return line filter.
8 Refill the pump by loosening the case drain hose and

pouring oil into the pump.
9 Reinstall the hose and remove the air for the system ac-
cording to REP.14, Deaeration of Hydraulic System.
219 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Cover
M6 screws
Return line filter cover
Return line filter insert

Return line filter cup
Drain plug
Pressure filter insert
Pressure filter cup
Checking the pressure line filter

Pressure line The pressure line filter is equipped with a clogging indicator on top.
filter indicator When the difference of the pressure on the clan side and on the
polluted side increases, the red indicator raises and becomes visible.
1 If the filter has indicated, turn of the hydraulic pump.
2 Reset the indicator by pressing the indicator button back

down.
3 Start the pump and run the telescoping.
4 If the filter indicates once again and the oil has reached
its working temperature, the filter insert should be re-
placed
5 If the indicator has never indicated when reaching 4000
h runtime, check the function of the indicator and replace
the filter insert.
2020-03 Bromma 220

Bromma Manual
Changing the pressure line filter insert

Pressure line
filter 1 Remove the pressure filter and replace the pressure filter insert.
Note!
The cup is filled with oil. Clean the cup and
assemble with a new filter insert.
Pressure line
filter insert
Checking the return line filter

The return line filter is a type of pressure gauge with a scale divided
into three different colours:
• GREEN = Filter OK
• YELLOW = Filter insert needs to be replaced soon
• RED = Replace the filter insert
1 Ensure the oil has reached its operating temperature.
Note!
If the oil is not warm enough, the indicator may
show false values!
2 Start the pump and run the telescoping. If the gauge indicates
red, change the filter insert
3 If the indicator has never indicated when reaching 4000 h run-
time, check the function of the indicator and replace the filter in-
sert.
221 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Return line filter Changing the return line filter insert

cover
2 Remove the four M6 screws holding the return line filter

Return line filter cover.
insert
3 Lift the return line filter cover from the tank and replace
the filter insert.
2020-03 Bromma 222

Bromma Manual
REP 14. Deaeration of Hydraulic System
Initial actions
Mount the Pressure Gauge. Check the oil level. If it is correct, start
up the system. If pressure is not obtained, refill the pump according
to step 8 above.
Deaeration
1 Run all functions several times. Let the system run for 0.5 - 1
hour and check for possible leakage.
2 If work has been done on the hydraulic system at the end beams,
the flipper arms must be dismounted. This allows the flipper
motors to run freely.
3 Turn off the power and check the oil pressure. If the pressure
remains steady, de-aeration is completed. Remove the pressure
Pressure Gauge
gauge.
223 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 15. Telescopic Beam Unit (TBU)
Removing the Telescopic Beam Units

3 Remove the glide plates on top of the telescopic beams.
4 Reconnect power supply.
7 Remove the glide plates according to REP 03 Dismount-

ing glide plates.
8 Disconnect the cables and the hydraulic hoses from the

tension rod connection in the end beam.
9 Seal all hydraulic hoses with fitting caps or plastic bags
and straps or tape.
10 Remove the pin from the tension rod connection in the
end beam.
11 Secure a spacer between the telescopic beams to pre-
vent lateral movement.
12 Lift the end beam with a fork truck and slide the telescop-
ic beam unit approximately to the 45 foot position.
13 Remove the beams from the main frame and inspect

them as required.
2020-03 Bromma 224

Bromma Manual
Glide plates
Landing
buffer
Draw bar
Main frame
Telescopic beam
unit (TBU)
Draw bar
connection
Installing Telescopic Beam Units

1 Perform the steps above in the reverse order. (see section 6.1
for proper tightening torques).
Adjusting the Telescopic Beam Units

1 Test the operation of the spreader. Normally no adjustment is
required.
2 Perform REP 05 Adjusting telescopic chain, if necessary.
3 Perform REP 08 Adjusting position sensors, if necessary.
225 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 15. Telescopic Beam Unit (TBU)
Removing the Telescopic Beam Units

1 Run the spreader to 20 foot position.
20 foot position
3 Remove the roller assembly by removing the screws,

Roller Assembly washers and lock plates.
4 Reconnect power supply.
5 Run the telescopic beams to 30 foot position.
6 Power the flippers in up position.
8 Secure the flippers in the up position with a rope.
9 Remove the splash covers.

Lower glide plates 10 Unscrew the cable connector for the flipper up sensor.
11 Disconnect the hydraulic hoses leading to the actuators.

Plug the hoses.
12 Disassemble the actuator by unscrewing the screws.
13 Remove the flipper assembly, including the actuator,

from the TBU.
14 Remove the hoses from the twistlock cylinder. Plug the
hoses.
15 Remove the split pins, spacer rings and the cylinder.
Split
pin
Spacer
ring
Cylinder
16 Remove the M8 screws and nut from the top of the

twistlock.
2020-03 Bromma 226

Bromma Manual
17 Grab hold of the twistlock head and slack off the

twistlock nut.
18 Lower the twistlock pin and guide block. DO NOT lose
the twistlock key!
Twistlock
nut
M8 screw
M8 nut
Guide block
Twistlock Twistlock
head housing
19 Remove the landing pin assemblies by unscrewing the

M12 nut.
M12 Nut
Washer
Blockading
piece
Spring
Landing pin
20 Unscrew the cable connector for the twistlock locked,

unlocked and landing pin sensors.
227 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
21 Remove the clamp kit.
22 Remove the landing buffer from the top of the main frame.
Landing buffer
23 Lift the TBU by using a forklift truck or other lifting equipment.
The beam unit should be lifted up gently so that the beams
just come in contact with the top of the main frame.
24 Secure the beams in this position using blocks inside the main
frame.
25 Remove the 20 foot stop assembly, and remove the bearing
Landing buffer plate with a screw driver.
Bearing plate
20 foot stop assy
26 Disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the back of the manifold

on the end beam. Plug the hoses and the holes in the manifold.
27 Disassemble the clamp holding the cable near the distribution
block. Unplug the cable to the distribution block on the end
beam.
Tension
28 Release the tension rod shaft by removing the screws, locking
rod
washers and washers. Remove the shaft and the shim wash-
ers.
Screws Shim
washers 29 Remove the TBU from the spreader. Care should be taken
toward the end of the TBU to ensure there is no damage to
Shaft Locking washers the attachment part inside the main beam.
Washer
30 Unscrew all cable connectors from the distribution block and
unscrew the distribution block plate (and distribution block).
31 Disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the manifold and plug
the hoses and holes in the manifold.
32 Remove the manifold from the TBU.
33 Remove the lower glide plates on the back of the TBU.
2020-03 Bromma 228

Bromma Manual
34 Ensure that there are no items left on the TBU.

Roller Assembly 35 Grease the inside of the main frame and all glide plates.
36 Mount the lower glide plates on the new TBU.
37 Mount the manifold on the TBU and mount back the

distribution block plate (and distribution block) on the
TBU.
38 Place the TBU into the spreader. Push the spreader into
30 foot position and ensure that the tension rod enters
the tension rod attachment on the TBU. Ensure that the
cables and hoses are not damaged. The cables and
hoses should go through the tension rod attachment.
39 Push in the tension rod shaft and shims and lock it with
Lower glide plates screws, locking washers and washers.
40 Lift up the telescopic beam unit by either a forklift truck
or other lifting equipment. The beam unit should be lifted
up gently so the beams just come in contact with the
top of the main frame.
41 Secure the beams in this position (blocks inside the
main frame).
42 Return the bearing plate and the 20 foot stop assembly
to its original location.
43 Remount the sensor attachments, landing pins and
twistlock assemblies, including the twistlock cylinders.
44 Remount the actuators and flippers.
45 Connect all loose hydraulic hoses according to the hy-

draulic diagram found in the manual.
46 Plug all loose cables according to the electrical diagram
found in the manual.
47 Mount the landing buffer and connect the power.
48 Retract to 20 foot position and disconnect the power.
49 Mount the roller assembly. Make sure the greasing point

is in the correct position allowing greasing in 20 foot
position.
50 Connect the power and test the spreader.
51 Adjust sensors and telescopic chain according to REP

05 and REP 23 found in the manual, if necessary.
52 Remount the slash covers.
229 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Installing the Telescopic Beam Units

1 Perform the steps above in the reverse order. (See BGS
Manual section 6.1 for proper tightening torques).
Adjusting the Telescopic Beam Units

1 Test the operation of the spreader. Normally no adjustment is
required.
2 Perform REP 05 Adjusting telescopic chain, if neccessary. (See
BGS Manual section 6.4)
3 Perform REP 23 Adjusting position sensors, if neccessary. (See
BGS Manual section 6.4)
2020-03 Bromma 230

Bromma Manual
REP 17. Twinlift Unit Twistlocks
Removing the Twinlift Unit Twistlock Pin
2 Remove the twistlock cylinder as described in REP 01
3 Perform REP 01 Removing the Twistlock.
Mounting
2 Adjust the distance between the top of the twistlock head and the
bottom of the guide block according to REP 01.
3 Lubricate according to instructions in section 6.1
Adjusting Twinlift Unit Twistlocks

1 See procedure described in REP 01.
M6 nut
M6 screw
Twistlock nut
Sensors
Guide block
Twistlock pin
Dismounting and mounting Sensors

1 See procedure described in REP 01.
231 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Failure to properly adjust the twistlock will greatly reduce

the life of the twistlock.
2020-03 Bromma 232

Bromma Manual
REP 18. Telescopic Unit Gearbox
Telescopic unit gearbox

To ensure safe and reliable operation, it is important to fol-
low the instructions below and only use Bromma spare parts
when replacing components.
The equipment shall only be operated and serviced by au-

thorized personnel.
Normally the telescopic unit gearbox is free of maintenance.

If the oil level is lowering or if an oil leak occurs between
the two gearbox housing parts, the gearbox must be re-
sealed.
Initial Actions
1 Order seal kit 1039433 from Bromma spare parts.
2 Read through the warnings and safety precautions in

Chapter 1 and Chapter 6.
3 Run the spreader to 40 foot position.
Tools needed
Removing the gearbox

1 Remove the hydraulic motor from the gearbox.
2 Secure the gearbox with a sling on the inside of the mainframe.
233 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
3 Loosen the screws on the gearbox attachment.
4 Move the gearbox inwards to take off the telescoping

chain.
5 Lift and move the gearbox to a table. Secure it with another

sling from the opposite corner.
Dismantling the gearbox

1 Release the oil plug and drain the oil.
Tools needed
2 To increase the flow, dismount the oil level plug. Ensure the
gearbox is completely drained.
2020-03 Bromma 234

Bromma Manual
3 Place the gearbox on a table on two supports. The chainwheel

pointing downwards.
4 Loosen, dismount and scrap the nuts and the screw.
5 Remove the top flange.
6 Remove spacers.
7 Separate the housing with a claw wrench.
235 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
8 Dismount and scrap the remaining screws.
9 Lift the top housing off and clean the sealing surfaces on both
housings.
Assembling the gearbox

1 Check that all the parts in Gearbox seal kit 1039433 are avail-
able.
Tools needed
2 Put the gasket in place. Use only a little grease to keep the
gasket in position. Secure the gasket with the two pins.
Note!
Some kits come with two gaskets. Ensure the
gasket is the proper one. If the qearbox
housing parts do not fit each other properly,
the complete gearbox should be returned to
Bromma
Gearbox sealing kit 1039433
2020-03 Bromma 236

Bromma Manual
3 If necessary, remove the motor flange and replace the radial

sealing. Grease the sealing on the inside to keep it from drying.
4 Grease and add 5 additional shims as shown. (The 5 additional

compensates for the increased thickness of the new gasket)
5 Mount the new screws coming with the kit. (7 pcs).
237 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
6 Place the top housing in place and thread the spacers on the
screws.
7 Remount the top flange.
8 Mount the 8 screws and washers coming with the kit. Mount
also the remaining washers and nuts.
9 Tighten the screws to 70 Nm using a torque wrench. Tightening

order is according to the figure.
10 Remount the motor flange if it has been dismounted.
2020-03 Bromma 238

Bromma Manual
11 Remount the oil plug at the bottom.
12 Raise the gearbox to upright position.
13 Fill oil into the gearbox from the oil plug on top. Approximately
4.5 litres. Use oil which meets the requirements of API GL 5.
Fill until oil comes out from the level plug hole. Remount the
level plug.
Remounting the gearbox

1 Perform the steps 1-5 in section ’Dismounting the gearbox’ in
the reverse order.
2 Remount and adjust the telescoping chain according to REP
05.
3 Perform a functional check on the spreader. Measure all the
telescoping positions of the spreader. (20, 40, 45 foot).
4 Clean the main frame from oil stain. Take care of the waste oil
and cleaning material according to local environmental regula-
tions.
239 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 19. Steel Structure and Weld Information

Steel
Bromma has the last 25 years been using European high-strength
steel for all the main steel structures of our spreaders. These are
modern high-strength steel with low carbon content and is therefore
easy to weld. The steel is divided into two material groups:
• Up to 600 Mpa yield strength ma-

terial.
• Above 600 Mpa yield strength

material.
The use of two different materials is linked to the production methods
for the steel and has no effect for the end user. As the steel has yield
strength of 600-700 Mpa it cannot be replaced with mild steel. Steel
plates for repair can be obtained from Bromma
Repair welding
Bromma spreader end users who have the need to weld on the
spreader for repair purpose, do not need special requirements, other
than for "normal steel". However, it is always recommended to use a
certified welder to achieve a good result. Most of the welds are placed
in position that is not highly loaded and therefore under matching
2020-03 Bromma 240

Bromma Manual
welding consumables are used. For the repair welding in normal

ambient temperatures, no preheating is required.
Welding material
Bromma recommend the use of ESAB OK 48.00 or equivalent
(according to EN ISO 2560- :E51 5B 120 20 Hand AWS A5.1 :E7018).
ESAB OK 48.00 is an easy weldable coated electrode with
approximately 445 Mpa in yield strength. This is an example and a
local supplier of consumable can probably offer a suitable equivalent
product from a different brand if ESAB OK 48.00 is not available from
a local source.
Damage
Small damages repair can be done by the end user as described
above. If there is a major damage, it is recommended that this is done
by a Bromma specialist. In any uncertainty, always contact a Bromma
representative for advise on specific cases.
Welding procedure
1 Disconnect main power.
2 Dismount or protect all parts that might be damaged

when welding, especially electronic devices.
3 Remove all paint around the welding area. Use a protect-
ive mask.
4 Grind-off the weld until the base material is reached. If
repair welding was required due to appearance of cracks
in the heat affected zone (base material next to weld),
also grind the base material until no cracks are visible.
Use penetrating fluid to detect cracks.
5 Perform welding according to valid welding class and
instructions from Bromma
6 If inspection is required, do not repaint the area until the

weld has been inspected.
7 After inspection, repaint the area according to Bromma
surface coating program.
8 Mount the parts that have been dismounted according
to step 2 above.
9 If required, lubricate valid parts according to lubrication
instructions.
10 Reconnect main power and test all functions.
241 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 24. Twin Unit Glide Plates
Removing the Glide plates in twinlift boxes

1 Run the spreader to 40´ position.
2 Connect to the tension rod.
3 Run the twinlift boxes apart approximately 1 m (3.3 ft).
5 Remove screws (14), washers (15) and remove plates

(12).
6 Remove the glide plates (13) . Do not loose the shim
(35) between the lower plate and the lower glide plate.
7 Mount a M16 x50 screw in the hole on top of the twinlift
box. Lift the box approximately 5 mm by tightening the
screw.
8 Remove Screw (10), washer (11) and washer (9).
9 Mount a M12 screw into the tapped hole at the visible

surface of the glide plate (8).
10 Pull out the glide plate by pulling the M12 screw .
11 Perform the steps above on all four twinlift boxes.
2020-03 Bromma 242

Bromma Manual
Installing the Glide plates in twinlift boxes
1 Make sure the power supply is disconnected.
2 Lubricate the glide plates according to lubrication instruc-

tions in section 6.1
Note! A synthetic grease compatible with plastics. (Ex-
ample Gleitmo 805K) shall be used on glide plates made
of Oilon (green) and gliding surfaces in contact with these
plates.
Other types of grease may destroy the glide plates.
Install the glide plates as mentioned above but in the re-

3
verse order.
4 Do not forget to dismount the M16 x50 screw in the hole

on top of the twinlift boxes.
5 Connect the power supply and test the valid functions.
243 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 26. Twinlift Sequences

This schematic shows the function steps to run the twinlift down to double pick mode.
Twin down sequence
Prerequisites
• None Landed
• All Unlocked
• In Zero gap left and right (S112 & S113= On)
• Twin down command
• Telescope in 40Ft
Inch left box out Inch right box out
• Y45 On • Y55 On
Hook attach permit Left Hook attach permit Right
• S160 On • S161 On
Stop inch Left Stop inch Right
• Y45 Off • Y55 Off
Connect Left Connect Right
• Y 43 On • Y 53 On
Connect Left and Right
• S100 On
• S101 On
Boxes Down
• Y26 On
Twin Mode
• S36 Off
• S37 Off
• S38 Off
• S39 Off
2020-03 Bromma 244

Bromma Manual
This schematic shows the function steps to run the twinlift up to single mode.
Twin up sequence
Prerequisites
• None Landed
• All Unlocked
• Twin in 40 ft (S118 = on)
• Twin up command
Disconnect from drawbar
• Left Y44 Right Y54 On
Twin disconnected from drawbar
• Left S102 Right S103 On
Twinlegs up
• Y25 On
Twin is up
• S36, S37, S38, S39 On
Retract Twins to Zero gap
• Left Y46 Right Y56 On
Twins in Zero gap
• Left S112 Right S113 On
Single mode
245 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 27. Twinlift Unit
Removing the Twinlift units

Note!
If there is a ladder 1 Disconnect the power.
welded on the
main frame of the
2 Disconnect the hydraulic hoses leading to the twinlift units
spreader, start with
from the hose connection arm on the backside of the
the twinlift unit
twinlift units. Plug the hoses and the couplings on the
farthest from the
hose connection arm. Avoid damage on the hoses when
ladder. The twinlift
removing the twinlift units.
units need to be
removed by sliding
them away from
the ladder.
Cable clamp 3 Disassemble the clamp holding the cable near the distribution
block. Unplug the cable to the distribution block on each of the
twinlift units. Disassemble the clamp holding the cable on the
Connection
connection arm on the backside of the twinlift units so the cable
arm is free from the twinlift unit.
Disconnect
hydraulic hoses
4 Remove the Stops, Item 20, by removing the screws and wash-
ers, Items 11 and 21 on the following figure.
5 Attached slings to the twinlift unit and begin to support

Slings the twinlift unit with the slings.
6 Remove the top gliding bearing, Item 12 on figure to the
left, by removing the screws, washers and plate, Items
14, 15 and 13 on the figure to the left.
7 Remove the bottom gliding bearing, Item 12, by remov-
ing the screws, washers and plate, Items 14, 15 and 13
on the figure to the left.
8 Totally support the twinlift unit on the slings.
9 Remove the slide bearings, Item 8 , by removing the

screws, and washers, Items 9, 10 and 11 on the figure
to the left.
10 Slide the twinlift unit off the end of the rail. Note: The
twinlift units need to slide away from the ladder.
11 Repeat the procedure until all the twinlift units have been
removed.
2020-03 Bromma 246

Bromma Manual
Installing the Twinlift Units

1 Perform the steps above in the reverse order. (See BGS
Manual section 6.1 for proper tightening torques).
Adjusting the Twinlift Units

1 Test the operation of the spreader. Normally no adjust-
ment is required.
2 Perform REP 05 Adjusting telescopic chain, if necessary.
(See BGS Manual section 6.4)
3 Perform REP 23 Adjusting position sensors, if necessary.
(See BGS Manual section 6.4)
247 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 31. Twin Cylinder Dampers

The charging kit (BR49619) is used to charge/pressurize the twin
dampers with nitrogen or to check the existing gas pressure.
For this purpose the gas regulator is screwed onto the gas valve of
the hydraulic cylinder damper and connected via a flexible gas hose
to a commercial nitrogen bottle.
Note!
The nitrogen bottle and its connector varies
between countries.
If the nitrogen pressure is only to be checked or reduced, the charging

hose does not need to be connected.
The unit has a screw-type fitting with a built-in pressure gauge, a
check-valve and a spindle for opening the damper gas valve to check
the pressure.
spindle
release
valve
check valve
pressure
gauge
Figure 6.31: Charging kit
Pressurizing the Twin Cylinders

The following are methods to check or to pressurize the twin cylinders'
dampers:
1 Remove the twin damper brass cover with a spanner.
2 Using a hex key, slightly loosen the hexagonal screw.
2020-03 Bromma 248

Bromma Manual
Figure 6.32: Loosening the screw

3 Connect the Charging Kit to the damper. Ensure that the release
valve is closed and the charging hose is disconnected.
Figure 6.33: Connection to damper
Note!
Connect the charging hose only when the
pressure is insufficient.
4 To check the pressure, turn the spindle open. The hexagon screw
on the damper will also be opened.
249 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Figure 6.34: Checking pressure

5 The maximum pressure is 30 bars.
• If pressure is more that this (overcharged), skip to Step 11.
• If pressure is approximately 28 bars (sufficiently charged), skip
to Step 12.
• If pressure is less than 30 bars (insufficiently charged), proceed
to Step 6.
6 Close the spindle and open the release valve.
7 Ensure that the nitrogen gas outlet is closed before connecting
the charging hose to the nitrogen supply and the adapter.
8 With the release valve still open, slowly open the nitrogen bottle
and discharge to purge out the air in the charging hose.
9 Pressurize the damper by opening the spindle and closing the
release valve. Close the nitrogen supply when the desired pres-
sure is reached.
10 Observe the pressure gauge for approximately 20 - 30 seconds,
to ensure that the final pressure is at the desired value.
11 If the pressure is too high, turn the release valve knob and repeat
Step 10. If the pressure is too low, repeat Steps 9 and 10.
12 Turn the spindle close, open the release valve and disconnect
the Charging Kit from the damper.
2020-03 Bromma 250

Bromma Manual
Figure 6.35: Disconnection from damper

13 Tighten the hexagonal screw with a hex key and re-mount the
brass cover.
Figure 6.36: Tightening the screw
251 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
REP 34. Landing Pin

Each twistlock is assisted by a landing pin. When the pin is pushed
upwards, it indicates that the spreader has properly landed on a
container and allows the twistlocks to turn to locked or unlocked
position. The landing pin assembly consists of the following parts:
Landing pin, spring, blockading piece, washer and a M12 nut. The
system also includes a sensor and a sensor fastening clamp kit.
Removing the Landing Pin

19 mm
M12 nut
Washer
2 Loosen the M12 nut on top of the pin. Hold it with a
22 mm wrench on the key grip through the lower
Blockading
service opening.
piece
3 Remove the pin by carefully releasing the 22 mm
wrench and allowing the landing pin to come out
Spring through the bottom hole.
4 Remove the spring, blockading piece and washer
Landing pin from the corner box.
22 mm
Installing the Landing Pin

1 Place the spring on top of the landing pin hole inside the
lower space of the corner box. Push-up the pin with the
threaded end upwards through the landing pin hole.
2 Grease the spring before it is installed in the corner box.
3 Tuck-in the pin through the spring inside the lower space
and thread the pin further upwards through the hole to the
upper space.
4 When the landing pin appears inside the lower space, grip
the pin with a 22 mm wrench.
5 When the spring resists the movement of the pin further
upwards, use the 22 mm wrench as a lever for the final
movement.
6 Place the blockading piece, washer and the M12 nut on
top of the pin in the upper space of the corner box. Ensure
that the blockading piece chamfer is pointing down. Tighten
the nut with a 19 mm wrench while holding the pin from
rotating with the 22 mm wrench in the lower space.
2020-03 Bromma 252

Bromma Manual
7 Adjust the landing pin by following the instructions below.

The blockading piece can be mounted in two ways. Ensure
the correct side is up. It is designed in such a way that the
chamfer of the blockading piece is pointing down.
Adjusting the Landing Pin

Landing pin
sensor 1 Place the spreader on trestles or similar support. Read
through the warnings and safety precautions listed in
Chapter 1.
2 Press the landing pin upwards (with a hydraulic jack or
similar equipment) to a projecting distance of 6 mm.
Landing 3 Adjust the landing pin sensor distance to the flag so that it
pin is activated when the landing pin is in this position.
4 Continue to press the landing pin upwards until the project-
Projecting ing distance decreases to 0. Ensure the sensor is active at
distance all times.
5 Lower the landing pin back to a projecting distance of >6
mm. Now the sensor signal should be deactivated. Adjust
the sensor distance if needed, and repeat steps 2 through
5, Installing the Landing Pin, until the functions work well.
6 Fix the position of the sensor.
7 Repeat steps 2 through 6, Installing the Landing Pin, for all

twistlocks on the spreader.
47
152
101
10
15
253 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Adjusting sensors with tool BR1224624

A sensor adjustment tool (BR1224624) is used to adjust the landed
sensor, twistlock locked sensor and twistlock unlocked sensor.
Before proceeding to do the adjustment, place the spreader on
trestles or similar devices.
Ensure that the twistlock is hanging vertically. Place the tool around
the landed sensor pin.
Apply a screw jack or a clamp to the landed sensor pin until it
reaches a complete stop at the tool.
The clamp needs a clamping range of at least 500 mm.
Sensor
adjustment tool
BR1224624
Sensor
adjustment tool
BR1224624
Apply screw jack
Please contact your Bromma sales representative for tools ordering

information.
2020-03 Bromma 254

Bromma Manual
6.5 Fault Finding

By means of this list it is possible to identify and remedy the most
common failures on the Bromma Spreaders.
Always start with a visual inspection of visible damage, oil leakage
etc.

out!

personnel.
Fault finding in hydraulic system

Symptom Possible reason Action
Noisy pump or excessive heat. Oil level is insufficient and/ or oil fil- Check oil level.
ter is clogged Replace oil filter
Proper pressure setting is other than Check that the pump is functioning
100 bar. Flow rate is correct as long correctly as described in the ”Sys-
as a telescoping speed of 24-26 tems test”.
seconds between 20´ and 45´ posi-
tions is indicated.
Leakage through pressure/ shock Check that the settings of the pres-
relief valves. High oil leakage from sure relief valves are correct and the
the pump drain line resulting from pump suction line (inlet) is not
excessive pump wear. blocked.
High oil leakage from the pump drain Check the pump suction by removing
line resulting from excessive pump the drain line and measuring the flow
wear. at a running pressure of 100 bar.
Maximum flow should be 1 litre/min.
If greater than this, replace the pump.
Twistlocks do not operate No electrical supply to solenoids, or Check the manual operation of the
faulty solenoid coils. solenoid valve.
Mechanical interference. Check that there are no obstructing
objects in the twistlock corner, which
may interfere with the twistlock
movement.
Insufficient hydraulic pressure. Check pressure from DCV, it should
be according to hydraulic schematic.
Unusual system pressure. Check that the pump pressure is
correct.
Check pressure relief valve.
When valve is operated manually, If it decreases, check the seals in the
the pressure does not remain at cylinder.
working pressure.
255 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Note!
To carry out the twistlock function test, the blocking pins must be in up position. See Chapter
4 Start Up Procedures.
Twistlock lock solenoids must remain energized at all times when the twistlock ”Lock command” is selected.
Fault finding in electrical system
Symptom Possible reason Action
Hydraulic pump motor stopped. Three-phase supply missing Check cable, plug and socket.
Maintaining contacts faulty. Check crane control signal.

Feed from crane missing Check connection.
Hydraulic pump motor runs but Pump pressure too high or pump Refer to hydraulics Chapter section
keeps tripping out. faulty. 6.2
Pump motor faulty. Replace motor.

Motor supply has one phase miss- Check to find where supply is short
ing. circuited and repair.
Twistlocks will not lock/unlock Pump stopped. Check pump procedure.
Crane spreader is fitted with the Check that the spreader is correctly
safety feature to only work with all landed on the container.
four landing switches actuated.
Check leads from plugs to solenoid. Repair or replace.
Timer is set wrongly (if equipped Replace if timer is faulty, otherwise,
with timer). reset to 0.5 or 2 seconds.
Check blocking circuit. Check relays and/or limit switches,
and either readjust or replace them.
Double-check the connections.
Check supply at B-C junction cir- Check connections and replace fes-
cuit. toon.
Check if fault is hydraulic by operat- Refer to the hydraulic section.
ing valve by hand.
Correct supply to solenoid (if yes). Replace solenoid.
Flippers will not operate. Pump stopped. Check pump procedure.
Twistlock.
Check if fault is mechanical or hy- Carry out mechanical/ hydraulic
draulic by operating valve by hand. procedure.
Correct supply to solenoid (if yes). Replace solenoid.
Check flipper signals from crane. Check crane controls.
Check plug, socket and cable.
2020-03 Bromma 256

Bromma Manual
6.6 Spreader components and parts disposal

guidelines
Overview
More than 90% of the components/ parts in a spreader are recyclable.
The components/ parts are generally categorized into:
• Metal (Ferrous & Non-ferrous) components/ parts
• Hydraulic components/ parts
• Hydraulic hoses
• Electrical & electronic components/ parts
• Electrical cables
• Used oil/ grease
However, due to the different legislation requirements in each country/
company, it is recommended to consult your local government agency
or waste handler for detailed disposal guidelines.
General disposal guidelines
The followings only serve as general guidelines for disposal of
components/ parts.
Metal (Ferrous & Non-ferrous) components/ parts
All metal components/ parts in a spreader should be recycled.
Improper disposal of metals will cause contamination to soil and
underground water.
Please contact your local metal scrap handler or waste disposal
contractor for further details.
Hydraulic components/ parts
All used hydraulic components/ parts still contain certain
amount of oil in it. Release the oil into proper container for
recycling/ further process.
Pack the used/ condemned hydraulic components/ parts in
a proper container before disposal/ further process.
Check with your local hydraulic supplier to see if they have
a ‘take-back’ or ‘trade-in’ programme to collect the used/
condemned hydraulic components/ parts.
Hydraulic hoses
Used hydraulic hoses are contaminated with hydraulic oil.
Pack the used/ damaged hydraulic hoses in a proper container
before disposal.
Please contact your local waste handler or waste disposal
Electrical & electronic components/ parts
Some electrical & electronic components/ parts may contain
heavy metal which is harmful to the environment.
Please contact your local waste handler or waste disposal
257 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Electrical cables
All cables in a spreader should be recycled.
Please contact your local metal scrap handler or waste disposal
Used oil/ grease
Most oil/ grease used in spreaders are mineral based. Biodegradable
oil only available upon request.
Quantity & type of oil/ grease in spreader:
• Hydraulic oil- Approx. 180lit.
• Gear oil- Approx. 2lit.
• Grease- for lubrication of components/ parts
Used oil should be collected and disposed according your local
legislation requirement.
Store used oil/ grease in proper container before disposal.
Warning!
Some components/ parts may be contaminated
with grease/ oil. Perform proper degreasing
procedure before disposal/ recycling.
2020-03 Bromma 258

Bromma Manual
7 Spare Parts
Note!
To ensure the function and safety of the Bromma
spreader it is important to use only recommended
Bromma spare parts.
7.1 How to Order Spare Parts

All ordering of Bromma spare parts must be done on the Bromma
e-commerce website. To order the required spare parts, some import-
ant information must be available.
Note!
The spare part numbers shown in the tables in this
section may not always correspond to the spare
part numbers found on the Bromma e-commerce
site. The spare part numbers may instead be in-
cluded in spare part kits or replaced by dedicated
spare part components. Information regarding
these is always available at the Bromma e-com-
www.bromma.com merce site, when the requested part number is
typed.
31226 For the spreader serial number, see Chapter 3, Data Sheet or the
data plate mounted on the main frame of the current spreader.
For the requested part number and the quantity needed, see the
following pages in this section.
User id Registered User

To be able to log in to the Bromma e-commerce site you must be a
Password
registered user. To become a registered user you have to fill-in the
Fill in valid user id and password here Application Form on the Bromma website. Upon registration, you will
and they will be close at hand when receive a User ID and a password by e-mail.
needed. When you are a registered user, fill-in your User ID and password
in the fields provided on the Bromma e-commerce website
(www.bromma.com) to log in. Then follow the instructions on the
screen.
Search Function
If you are unable to find the parts required on the e-commerce site
or if you have any other problems finding valid part numbers you can
use the search function on the website or call your local Bromma
dealer. The phone number is published on the website at
www.bromma.com/distributors/index.asp
259 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.2 How to return parts

Return number
All parts returned to Bromma must have a return number both on the
package and on the delivery note.
To receive a return number, contact the local Bromma representative
or Bromma After sales dept. They will fill in a form to ensure that your
return delivery is handled correctly.
Packaging
All returned parts must be properly packed. Bromma does not take
any responsibility if returned goods are damaged during freight.
2020-03 Bromma 260

Bromma Manual
7.3 Spare parts list
261 Bromma 2020-03

262
1 4
3 C
A
F
To be painted with template (drawing no. 46268)
Color: RAL 5002 2 C
B 9
6 8 7
Bromma Manual
13
45
50
Bromma
50
200
200
10
1270 200 B
A ( 1 : 20 ) B-B ( 1 : 20 )
C-C ( 1 : 20 )
D
Both short ends of the twin frame to
be striped with black and yellow
50
50
7.3.1 SPREADER BR1261734
45
45
50
50
Black and yellow stripes Both short ends of the tie plate to E
be striped with black and yellow
D(1:2) E(1:5) F(1:5)
The weight of the
spreader to be stamped.
Text height: 6 mm Spreader finishing colour: RAL 2004
Text colour: Black
Guide arm colour: RAL 2004
Position marking instructions
See reference documents:
5000036 (TBU, Frame)
75
for article 1005194.
12 RAW MATERIAL ART.NR RAW MATERIAL PROFILE DIMENSION AND TOLERANCE RAW MATERIAL TYPE
5 2019-12-18 1/2 11168 kg SS-ISO 2768-c
180 12 ALT.
2020-03
11
looah SPREADER A1
WITH DECORATION, YTS45, BGS DRAWING NUMBER
BR1261734
Bromma Manual

- BR1261734 - SPREADER
1 BR1261736 1 MECHANICAL TOP MOUNTING
2 BR45980 4 BROMMA LOGO
3 BR78126 1 WARNING SIGN TRIANGEL
4 BR78127 1 WARNING SIGN
5 BR1005202 1 ISO MARKING
6 BR1005194 6 POSITIONING STRIPE
7 BR1005198 2 POSITIONING MARKING
10 BR402576 2 WARNING SIGN
11 BR1118894 2 SIGN SWL KIT
12 BR1015552 8 SWL LUG MARKING
13 BR1025709 2 POSITIONING MARKING TYPE 2
263 Bromma 2020-03

A(1:5)
B(1:5)
2020-03
A B
19
21
12
11
13 STEP 1:
ADJUST SCREW UNTIL DIMENSION "A" EQUALS TO DIMENSION "B"
14 10
STEP 2:
LOCK NUT (6x)
STEP 3:
LOCK NUT (12x)
20
18
5
7.3.3 MECHANICAL TOP MOUNTING BR1261736
Bromma
17
9
18 15
A
21 1 TELESCOPIC DRIVE ASSY FASTENING KIT BR126
16 20 1 MOUNT DET POWER PACK COMPLETE, 7.5KW, 140L, BR123
Bromma Manual
PVQ40
8 19 4 LANDING BUFFER SOFT - BR4
18 2 TIE CYLINDER STS 45 BR6
17 2 SHAFT ASSY TIE BEAM BR104
3
16 2 SHAFT ASSY TIE CYLINDER BR104
15 2 TIE BEAM COMPLETE STS 45 BR104
14 4 20 FT ASSEMBLY - BR40
13 4 SPHERICAL BEARING GX-50 BR7
12 4 BEARING PLATE - BR4
11 4 ROLLER ASSY - BR3
10 4 GREASE FITTING KR1/8 STRAIGHT BR7
9 2 TWINLIFT TYPE 1 ASSEMBLY STS 45 BR102
C-C ( 1 : 50 ) 8 2 TWINLIFT TYPE 2 ASSEMBLY STS 45 BR102
C
7 1 TENSION ROD TYPE 1 STS 45 BR102
6 1 TENSION ROD TYPE 2 STS 45 BR102
DATE MATERIAL SHEET WEIGHT TOLERANCE GENERAL 5 1 DIGITAL ENCODER ASSY BR100
2019-12-20 ALT. 1/1 11151 kg SS-ISO 2768-c ATTACHMENT
4 1 PEDESTAL BEARING - BR3
looah MECHANICAL TOP MOUNTING A1
3 1 CHAIN ASSY - BR3
YTS45, BGS DRAWING NUMBER
B 2 2 TBU MOUNTING YTS45, BGS, RETRACT. BR126
C BR1261736
GUIDE
1 1 FRAME MOUNTING YTS45, BGS BR126
IT QTY TITLE SUBJECT PART N
266
Bromma Manual

- BR1261736 - MECHANICAL TOP MOUNTING
1 BR1261737 1 FRAME MOUNTING
2 BR1261745 2 TBU MOUNTING
3 BR38073 1 CHAIN ASSY
4 BR35635 1 PEDESTAL BEARING
5 BR1005342 1 DIGITAL ENCODER ATTACHMENT
6 BR1028643 1 TENSION ROD TYPE 2
7 BR1028646 1 TENSION ROD TYPE 1
8 BR1028738 2 TWINLIFT TYPE 2
9 BR1028762 2 TWINLIFT TYPE 1
10 BR76332 4 GREASE FITTING KR1/8
11 BR38064 4 ROLLER ASSY
12 BR48341 4 BEARING PLATE
13 BR79005 4 SPHERICAL BEARING
14 BR401039 4 20 FT ASSEMBLY
15 BR1043880 2 TIE BEAM COMPLETE
16 BR1043198 2 SHAFT ASSY
17 BR1043199 2 SHAFT ASSY
18 BR63083 2 TIE CYLINDER
19 BR49854 4 LANDING BUFFER SOFT
20 BR1234952 1 MOUNT DET POWER PACK
21 BR1261223 1 TELESCOPIC DRIVE ASSY
22 BR1261780 1 HYDRAULIC ASSY
23 BR1707862 1 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
267 Bromma 2020-03

2020-03
4
3
HYDRAULIC MOTOR
(365) (430,5)
5
4
7.3.4 TELESCOPIC DRIVE ASSY BR1261223
Bromma
HYDRAULIC MOTOR
(546)
Bromma Manual
IN ORDER TO PREVENT FROM RUST, THE SHAFT OF THE RAW MATERIAL ART.NR RAW MATERIAL PROFILE DIMENSION AND TOLERANCE RAW MATERIAL TYPE
HYDRAULIC MOTOR TO BE GREASED WITH GLEITMO 800. DATE MATERIAL SHEET WEIGHT TOLERANCE GENERAL
2019-12-11 ALT. 1/1 119,6 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

THE HYDRAULIC MOTOR TO BE MOUNTED FIRST SIGNED BY FORMAT STANDARD REV.
WHEN THE GEARBOX IS MOUNTED IN THE FRAME. zamansy TELESCOPIC DRIVE ASSY A2 -
DRAWING NUMBER
HYDRAULIC MOTOR ACCORDING TO HYDRAULIC DRAWING. FASTENING KIT
BR1261223
PART
ITEM QTY TITLE SUBJECT
NUMBER
1 1 HYDRAULIC TELESCOPIC 500709 BR1202450
GEARBOX
2 4 SCREW M6S 16x180 FZB, ISO 4014 77062
3 8 WASHER BRB 17x30x3 FZB, HB200, SMS 70 BR75296
268
4 4 NUT LOC-KING M16 DIN 985, FZB, CLASS 8 BR74955
5 4 SCREW MC6S 12x30 A4, CLASS 70, ISO 4762 BR1000678
6 4 WASHER NORD-LOCK M12 A4 BR701440
Bromma Manual

- BR1261223 - TELESCOPIC DRIVE ASSY
1 BR1202450 1 HYDRAULIC TELESCOPIC GEARBOX
2 BR77062 4 SCREW M6S 16x180
3 BR75296 8 WASHER BRB 17x30x3
4 BR74955 4 NUT LOC-KING M16
5 BR1000678 4 SCREW MC6S 12x30
269 Bromma 2020-03

2020-03
9
12
A-A ( 1 : 20 )
11
14
13
B B
7.3.5 FRAME MOUNTING BR1261737
A A
5
7
Bromma
3 4 1
6
Bromma Manual

10
2019-12-20 ALT. 1 / 1 4014.3 kg SS-ISO 2768-c
B-B ( 1 : 20 ) FRAME MOUNTING
looah A2
Rotated 180 DRAWING NUMBER
YTS45, BGS
BR1261737
270
Bromma Manual

- BR1261737 - FRAME MOUNTING
1 BR1261738 1 FRAME PAINTED
2 BR1023849 1 ELECTRICAL CABINET
3 BR1019188 6 CAN OPEN MODULE KIT
4 BR1026772 5 CLAMP KIT, DIA 10, ASP1
5 BR1183338 8 RUBBER CLAMP ASSY
6 BR1028631 1 MID SUPPORT BEAM
7 BR1028632 2 OUTER SUPPORT BEAM
8 BR48392 4 CLIP
9 BR1020896 1 X100 MOUNTING KIT
10 BR23988 1 TTDS KIT
11 BR1036959 1 EL. PLUG ASSEMBLY
12 BR1140935 1 CABLE CLAMP ASSY.
13 BR1253572 1 SCS4 ATTACHMENT ASSY
14 BR1255261 1 LAMP BRACKET ASSY
271 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.6 CLAMP KIT, DIA 10, ASP1 BR1026772
2020-03 Bromma 272

Bromma Manual

- BR1026772 - CLAMP KIT, DIA 10, ASP1
1 BR401124 1 BOLTING PLATE
2 BR70142 2 CLAMP 01-110
5 BR1000582 2 SCREW M6S 6x40
273 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.7 CLIP BR48392
2020-03 Bromma 274

Bromma Manual

- BR48392 - CLIP
1 BR1030241 1 CLAMP TWO HALVES
3 BR1030243 2 MOUNTING RAIL NUT
4 BR70043 2 SCREW M6S 10x70
5 BR75523 2 WASHER
275 Bromma 2020-03

Made in 3D.
c Manufacturing - 2010-01-27 JLM
not changed
2020-03
28 33
32
31
30
28
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
7.3.8 TTDS KIT BR23988
3
2
IT
10
11
3
7
Bromma
9 4
6
10
Bromma Manual
10
SIGNED BY DATE MATERIAL SHEET WEIGHT TOLERANCE GENERAL
JLM 2010-01-27 ALT. 1/1 2,3 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

FORMAT STANDARD REV.
TTDS KIT A2 c
DRAWING NUMBER
THIS DRAWING IS COPYRIGHT AND IS THE PROPERTY OF BROMMA CONQUIP. THE DESIGN AN OR CONSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN MAY NOT BE
SEPARATING TWIN
BR23988
276
Bromma Manual

- BR23988 - TTDS KIT
2 BR701458 4 SCREW M6S 4x30
3 BR701380 12 WASHER BRB 4,3x9x0,8
5 BR1011172 2 THREADED BAR 4x70
6 BR1011173 2 THREADED BAR 4x100
7 BR48703 6 DISTANCE
8 BR79096 4 RUBBER BUFFER
10 BR77776 8 WASHER BRB 6,4x12x1,6
11 BR1012189 1 ATTACHMENT
28 BR48702 7 IR-SENSOR
30 BR48823 2 U-BAR
31 BR77026 2 SCREW M6S 10x45
32 BR76520 4 WASHER BRB 10,5x20x2
277 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.9 RUBBER CLAMP ASSY BR1183338

- - - - -
BR1183698
BR701081
BR78501
PART NUMB
3
- - - -
2016-07-18 ALT. 1/1 0,05 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

choonfa RUBBER CLAMP ASSY A4 -

D=21, W4 DRAWING NUMBER
BR1183338
2020-03 Bromma 278

Bromma Manual

- BR1183338 - RUBBER CLAMP ASSY
1 BR78501 1 SCREW M6S 6x12
3 BR1183698 1 RUBBER-CLAMP D=21 (311)
279 Bromma 2020-03

- Value Value 2008-12-01 Value
2020-03
1
7.3.10 ELECTRICAL CABINET BR1023849
Bromma
Bromma Manual
JBM 2008-12-01 ALT. 1/1 3,04 kg SS-ISO 2768- c

ELECTRICAL CABINET A3 -
DRAWING NUMBER

THIS DRAWING IS COPYRIGHT AND IS THE PROPERTY OF BROMMA CONQUIP AB. THE DESIGN AN OR CONSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN MAY NOT BE
MOUNT. ASSY. 1200x430x200
1023849
280
Bromma Manual

- BR1023849 - ELECTRICAL CABINET
2 BR46679 4 MOUNTING
281 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.11 MOUNTING BR46679
2020-03 Bromma 282

Bromma Manual

- BR46679 - MOUNTING
2 BR77894 2 SCREW M6S 12x40
5 BR701453 1 WASHER TBRSB 13X36X6
283 Bromma 2020-03

- - - - -
2020-03
8 1 2 10
13
9
41
7 3
7.3.12 CABLE CLAMP ASSY. BR1140935
12
13 1 WASHER BRB 1
Bromma
12 1 NUT LOC-KING
11 1 SCREW M6S 12
10 1 NUT M10 MVM
11
Bromma Manual
9 4 NUT LOC-KING
8 2 SCREW MC6S 6
7 2 SCREW MC6S 6
RAW MATERIAL ART.NR RAW MATERIAL PROFILE DIMENSION AND TOLERANCE RAW MATERIAL TYPE 6 1 NUT LOC-KING
- - - -
DATE MATERIAL SHEET WEIGHT TOLERANCE GENERAL 5 1 SCREW M6S 8x
2015-03-24 ALT. 1/1 1,6 kg SS-ISO 2768-c 4 1 EYE BOLT M10
SIGNED BY FORMAT STANDARD REV. 3 1 LOWER CLAMP
honloya CABLE CLAMP ASSY. A3 - 2 1 UPPER CLAMP
DRAWING NUMBER
DIA. 41 1 1 CABLE CLAMP
BR1140935 IT QTY TIT
284
Bromma Manual

- BR1140935 - CABLE CLAMP ASSY.
1 BR403126 1 CABLE CLAMP PAD
2 BR401750 1 UPPER CLAMP WELDMENT
3 BR401754 1 LOWER CLAMP WELDMENT
4 BR77025 1 EYE BOLT M10x70
5 BR1000596 1 SCREW M6S 8x50
7 BR1000653 2 SCREW MC6S 6x60
8 BR79897 2 SCREW MC6S 6x50
10 BR77024 1 NUT M10 MVM
11 BR1000624 1 SCREW M6S 12x50
13 BR76520 1 WASHER BRB 10,5x20x2
285 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.13 X100 MOUNTING KIT BR1020896
2020-03 Bromma 286

Bromma Manual

- BR1020896 - X100 MOUNTING KIT
2 BR77798 8 WASHER BRB 8,4x16x1,6
3 BR77851 4 SCREW M6S 8x25
287 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.14 CAN OPEN MODULE KIT BR1019188
2020-03 Bromma 288

Bromma Manual

- BR1019188 - CAN OPEN MODULE KIT
1 BR1000644 3 SCREW MC6S 5x35
2 BR77896 3 WASHER BRB 5,3x10x1
289 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.15 OUTER SUPPORT BEAM BR1028632
2020-03 Bromma 290

Bromma Manual

- BR1028632 - OUTER SUPPORT BEAM
1 BR23760 1 OUTER SUPPORT BEAM
2 BR400559 2 OUTER GLILDE PLATE
3 BR400556 2 OUTER WASHER
4 BR1000624 4 SCREW M6S 12x50
6 BR400553 1 GLIDE PLATE
7 BR75138 4 SCREW M6S 16x60
9 BR79828 8 WASHER TBRSUB 17x42x8
10 BR70475 2 SCREW M6S 16x50
11 BR400287 1 SUPPORT PLATE
12 BR1241243 2 SCREW M6S 16x60
14 BR1241088 2 JAM NUT M16x2,0
15 BR75139 2 NUT M6M M16
291 Bromma 2020-03

- - - - -
2020-03
1
A A
3
A-A
4 6 5
7.3.16 EL. PLUG ASSEMBLY BR1036959
Bromma
Bromma Manual
8 9
YCN 2011-04-08 ALT. 1/1 7,5 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

EL. PLUG ASSEMBLY A2 -

DRAWING NUMBER

ZREP-20-350PN
1036959
292
Bromma Manual

- BR1036959 - EL. PLUG ASSEMBLY
1 BR1036956 1 SOCKET ATTACHMENT
2 BR48870 1 GASKET
3 BR79361 2 GLAND
4 BR75458 3 GLAND
5 BR72162 1 GLAND
6 BR75472 1 GLAND
293 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.17 MID SUPPORT BEAM BR1028631
2020-03 Bromma 294

Bromma Manual

- BR1028631 - MID SUPPORT BEAM
1 BR23759 1 MID SUPPORT BEAM
2 BR400558 1 CENTER GLIDE PLATE
3 BR400559 2 OUTER GLILDE PLATE
4 BR400557 1 CENTER WASHER
5 BR400556 2 OUTER WASHER
6 BR1000624 6 SCREW M6S 12x50
9 BR75138 4 SCREW M6S 16x60
11 BR79828 8 WASHER TBRSUB 17x42x8
12 BR70475 2 SCREW M6S 16x50
295 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.18 LAMP BRACKET ASSY BR1255261

a Item 8 was
ECO3-031267 2019-11-15 choonfa
BR1010045.
6 5 3 A
BR1030288
BR701381
BR1000639
1
BR701437
BR76460
BR76520 5 4 3
BR77851
BR1123770
BR1255262
A
ART NUMB
A-A ( 1 : 5 )
9 8 7
- - - -
2019-08-09 ALT. 1/1 3.8 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

adnanmo LAMP BRACKET ASSY A4 a

4 LED, SCS4 WITH RUBBER BUFFER DRAWING NUMBER
BR1255261
2020-03 Bromma 296

Bromma Manual

- BR1255261 - LAMP BRACKET ASSY
1 BR1255262 2 BRACKET, LED PANEL
2 BR1123770 1 INDICATION LAMP BRACKET
3 BR77851 10 SCREW M6S 8x25
4 BR76520 12 WASHER BRB 10,5x20x2
7 BR1000639 2 SCREW MC6S 4x30
297 Bromma 2020-03

NOTE: Plate mounted inside. a Item 19 was BR78817 ECO3-033350 2019-11-19 azanimo
25 1 WIRE STROPE ST
STEEL
A-A (383) 24 2 SCHACKLE M6
2020-03
(256) 23 1 SEALING LIST
D-D 22 1 FRONT PLATE AS
3 17 14 15
21 8 WASHER
13 12 11 A
D 2 20 8 NUT LOC-KING M
19 4 RUBBER ISOLATO
To be tie on 18 1 SPREADER-STOP
Schackle BR77906
B B MOUNTING KIT
25 17 1 SCS4 BATTERY M
KIT
1 16 1 USB-MEMORY MO
KIT
18
15 1 STRING
22 14 1 TRACTOR PIN
(343)
16 13 3 WASHER BRB 6.4
C C 12 3 NUT LOC-KING M
11 3 SCREW M6S 6x30
24
10 8 WASHER BRB 4,3
9 8 NUT LOC-KING M
8 8 SCREW MC6S 4X
7 4 LOCKING DEVICE
(33) 6 4 LOCKING DEVICE
Mounting on Spreader A 5 4 LOCKING DEVICE
D
4 1 COVER
23 a (43)
3 1 PLATE
19
(220) 2 1 ROUND BAR
Joint bonded with contact adhesive 20 1 1 SCS4 ATTACHME
21 IT QTY TITLE
C-C
7.3.19 SCS4 ATTACHMENT ASSY BR1253572
Tie the string here (Item 18, 19). B-B

The string should not hang over the screen.
5
Bromma
10 8
6
Bromma Manual
(303)
9 7
- - - -
2017-01-11 ALT. 1/1 18.1 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

(140) SCS4 ATTACHMENT ASSY a
azanimo A2
DRAWING NUMBER
BUFFER
BR1253572
298
Bromma Manual

- BR1253572 - SCS4 ATTACHMENT ASSY
1 BR1253571 1 SCS4 ATTACHMENT
2 BR1239319 1 ROUND BAR
3 BR1239320 1 PLATE
4 BR1239321 1 COVER
5 BR1240476 4 LOCKING DEVICE
8 BR75606 8 SCREW MC6S 4X 16
10 BR75329 8 WASHER BRB 4,3x9x0,8
11 BR1116211 3 SCREW M6S 6x30
13 BR75293 3 WASHER BRB 6.4x12x1.5
14 BR70375 1 TRACTOR PIN
15 BR78962 1 STRING
16 BR1117392 1 USB-MEMORY MOUNTING KIT
17 BR1109592 1 SCS4 BATTERY MOUNTING KIT
18 BR1109584 1 SPREADER-STOP MOUNTING KIT
19 BR1244251 4 RUBBER ISOLATOR
21 BR75523 8 WASHER
22 BR1253567 1 FRONT PLATE ASSY
23 BR1246481 1 SEALING LIST
24 BR77906 2 SCHACKLE M6
25 BR1112242 1 WIRE STROPE STAINLESS STEEL
299 Bromma 2020-03

2020-03
1
Bromma
7.3.20 SCS4 BATTERY MOUNTING KIT BR1109592
Bromma Manual
- - - -
2012-12-21 ALT. 1/1 0,13 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

begleis SCS4 BATTERY MOUNTING KIT A3 -

- DRAWING NUMBER
BR1109592
300
Bromma Manual

- BR1109592 - SCS4 BATTERY MOUNTING KIT
1 BR1006418 4 SCREW MC6S M8x45
2 BR77798 4 WASHER BRB 8,4x16x1,6
301 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.21 WIRE STROPE STAINLESS STEEL BR1112242

1 2
( 6)
L=300
NOTE! WIRE 6 STAINLESS STEEL 133 THREADS CUT TO LENGTH L
2013-03-06 ALT. 1/1 0,15 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

zamansy WIRE STROPE STAINLESS STEEL A4 -

DIAMETER 6 L=300 DRAWING NUMBER
BR1112242
2020-03 Bromma 302

Bromma Manual

- BR1112242 - WIRE STROPE STAINLESS STEEL
1 BR1025664 2 THIMBLES STEEL
2 BR1025667 2 FERRULE
303 Bromma 2020-03

2020-03
J
G G
10
14 13 b
11
7.3.22 TBU MOUNTING BR1261745
TWISTLOCK ADJUST INSTRUCTION
TIGHTEN THE TWISTLOCK NUT (a) SO THERE IS NO FLOATING.

UNSCREW THE TWISTLOCK NUT (a) 1/2 TURN (180 DEGREES).
INSERT THE LOCKING SCREW (d) TO THE NEAREST HOLE, LESS THAN 180 DEGREES.
CHECK THE FLOATING SO THAT THE GUIDE BLOCK (b) HITS THE EDGE
OF THE HOLE AT THE BOTTOM PLATE (c).
(PLASTIC DEFORMATIONS IN THREADS/SUPPORTS INCREASE THE PLAY).
TWISTLOCK TEST INSTRUCTION

4
LOCK AND UNLOCK PROXIMITY SWITCHES TO BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THEY NEVER LOST
THE SIGNAL WHEN THE TWISTLOCK ARE MOVED AROUND IN THE ALLOWED FLOATING. 5
Bromma
THE SWITCHES ARE NOT ALLOWED TO TOUCH THE TWISTLOCK MECHANICALLY.
THIS TO BE TESTED FOR BOTH UNLOCKED AND LOCKED POSITIONS. 3
1
12
Bromma Manual
15 2
2019-12-20 ALT. 1 / 1 2199.5 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

looah TBU MOUNTING A1

9 DRAWING NUMBER
YTS45, BGS, RETRACT. GUIDE
BR1261745
304
Bromma Manual

- BR1261745 - TBU MOUNTING
0 BR41731 4 SPACER RING
1 BR1261746 1 TBU PAINTED
2 BR1023148 2 LANDING PIN ASSY
3 BR74147 2 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER
5 BR74044 4 LOCK PIN
6 BR1016405 1 CLAMP KIT TYP 1
7 BR1016404 1 CLAMP KIT TYP 2
8 BR1132150 2 GUIDE RETRACT. ASSY.
10 BR1002062 1 CAN OPEN TBU ATT.
11 BR1040885 1 TWISTLOCK ASSY HYD TYPE 2
13 BR1130990 2 ATTACHMENT MOUNTING ASSY
14 BR1136519 1 CLAMP KIT
305 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.23 CLAMP KIT TYP 2 BR1016404
2020-03 Bromma 306

Bromma Manual

- BR1016404 - CLAMP KIT TYP 2
1 BR1002453 1 SENSOR PLATE ASSY
5 BR77798 4 WASHER BRB 8,4x16x1,6
7 BR1000587 2 SCREW M6S 6x65
8 BR1000585 4 SCREW M6S 6x55
9 BR1000596 3 SCREW M6S 8x50
10 BR74970 6 CLAMP 04-430
11 BR1001482 1 SWITCH PAD
307 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.24 CLAMP KIT TYP 1 BR1016405
2020-03 Bromma 308

Bromma Manual

- BR1016405 - CLAMP KIT TYP 1
1 BR1002454 1 SENSOR PLATE ASSY
5 BR77798 4 WASHER BRB 8,4x16x1,6
7 BR1000587 2 SCREW M6S 6x65
8 BR1000585 4 SCREW M6S 6x55
9 BR1000596 3 SCREW M6S 8x50
10 BR74970 6 CLAMP 04-430
309 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.25 CLAMP KIT BR1136519

a Item 5 was 1136520. 008816 2014-12-23 ngye
a 5
1
- - - -
2014-12-03 ALT. 1/1 0,18 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

ngye CLAMP KIT A4 a

DOUBLE DIA 14. DRAWING NUMBER
BR1136519
2020-03 Bromma 310

Bromma Manual

1 BR76914 4 CLAMP 02-214
5 BR1000590 2 SCREW M6S 6x90
311 Bromma 2020-03

b 3D assembly created. 0005702 2009-12-31 SZK
c Vault corrected 2014-07-16 extswedbri
2020-03
3
(1:5)
6 5 4
7.3.26 CAN OPEN TBU ATT. BR1002062
Bromma
Bromma Manual
1 2
JCH 2009-12-31 ALT. 1/1 2.2 kg SS-ISO 2768- c

CAN OPEN TBU ATT. A3 c

DRAWING NUMBER
ASSY.
BR1002062
312
Bromma Manual

- BR1002062 - CAN OPEN TBU ATT.
1 BR1002054 1 CAN OPEN TBU ATT.
2 BR1019188 1 CAN OPEN MODULE KIT
3 BR1026772 1 CLAMP KIT, DIA 10, ASP1
4 BR77892 4 SCREW M6S 6x25
6 BR77776 8 WASHER BRB 6,4x12x1,6
313 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.27 ATTACHMENT MOUNTING ASSY BR1130990

Nuts removed and ngye
a 008274 2014-10-27
bolting plates added.
4 1
2
- - - -
2014-07-22 ALT. 1/1 1.1 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

ngye ATTACHMENT MOUNTING ASSY A4 a

C/C 110, DIA. 7 DRAWING NUMBER
BR1130990
2020-03 Bromma 314

Bromma Manual

- BR1130990 - ATTACHMENT MOUNTING ASSY
1 BR1130989 1 ATTACHMENT ASSY
4 BR77892 4 SCREW M6S 6x25
315 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.28 CLAMP KIT BR1028742

a BOM missing 0005847 2010-01-28 JLM
b BOM missing 0005849 2010-01-28 Value
1
- - - -
JLM 2009-11-09 ALT. 1/1 0,18 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

CLAMP KIT A4 b
DIA 14. DRAWING NUMBER
1028742
2020-03 Bromma 316

Bromma Manual

1 BR76914 4 CLAMP 02-214
4 BR1000589 2 SCREW M6S 6x80
317 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.29 LANDING PIN ASSY BR1023148
2020-03 Bromma 318

Bromma Manual

- BR1023148 - LANDING PIN ASSY
1 BR37704 1 BLOCKADING PIN
2 BR70429 1 SPRING 4,5x22x90
5 BR43654 1 BLOCKADING PIECE
319 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.30 GLIDE PLATE BR1023251
2020-03 Bromma 320

Bromma Manual

- BR1023251 - GLIDE PLATE
2 BR74954 2 SCREW MF6S 16x70
321 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.31 GUIDE RETRACT. ASSY. BR1132150

a Item 9 was 1132157. 012674 2016-02-03 ngye
7
8
5
5
4
6 1
3
a
9
TORQUE 450Nm (Oiled)
2014-08-26 ALT. 1/1 30,7 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

wazirmo GUIDE RETRACT. ASSY. A4 a

- DRAWING NUMBER
BR1132150
2020-03 Bromma 322

Bromma Manual

- BR1132150 - GUIDE RETRACT. ASSY.
1 BR1132153 1 GUIDE RETRACT.
2 BR75008 2 SCREW M6S 20x70
3 BR70919 2 WASHER NORD_LOCK M20
4 BR1028212 1 SHAFT GUIDE RETRACT.
6 BR74339 1 WASHER TBRSB 21x52x8
8 BR1028291 1 SCREW M6S 20x180
9 BR1039330 1 THREADED PLATE
323 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.32 TWISTLOCK ASSY HYD TYPE 1 BR1040884
2020-03 Bromma 324

Bromma Manual

- BR1040884 - TWISTLOCK ASSY HYD TYPE 1
1 BR1121333 1 TWISTLOCK SUBASSY
2 BR71328 2 GREASE FITTING G1/8 IN
3 BR1000430 1 GUIDE BLOCK
4 BR41683 1 SPHERICAL WASHER
5 BR43653 1 TWISTLOCK ARM ASSY TYPE 1
325 Bromma 2020-03

- - - - -
2020-03
3
4
2
4 1
5
7.3.33 TWISTLOCK SUBASSY BR1121333
Bromma
Bromma Manual
2013-12-05 ALT. 1/1 6,3 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

lundvto TWISTLOCK SUBASSY A3 -

DRAWING NUMBER
SELECT 2013
BR1121333
326
Bromma Manual

- BR1121333 - TWISTLOCK SUBASSY
1 BR1102598 1 TWISTLOCK PIN ISO
2 BR1000432 1 TWISTLOCK NUT
3 BR1000600 1 SCREW M6S 8x75
4 BR77798 2 WASHER BRB 8,4x16x1,6
6 BR1040935 1 TWISTLOCK KEY
327 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.34 TWISTLOCK KEY BR1040935

a Title 2011 was STANDARD 2011. - 2012-06-29 IBC
b Description 2013 was 2011 004450 2013-07-02 lundvto
AREA FOR MARKING
X
2 MIN
R1,5 +- 0,1
0 ALL AROUND
(8 h11)
(12 h9) 1
4x R4 +- 0,2
0
20 h13 (- 0,3)
(28 h13)
+0
MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH 588 MPa BASE COMPONENT

MINIMUM HARDNESS HB 175 KEY TK h9 12x8x28
MARKED WITH LETTER TO INDENTIFY SUPPLIER DIN 6885 B (SMS 2307)
- - - -
See EBOM (Steel)
24/10/2011 ALT. 1/1 0.02 kg SS-ISO 2768-m
TLL TWISTLOCK KEY A4 b

2013 DRAWING NUMBER
1040935
2020-03 Bromma 328

Bromma Manual

- BR1040935 - TWISTLOCK KEY
1 BR1040934 1 KEY 12x8x28
329 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.35 TWISTLOCK ASSY HYD TYPE 2 BR1040885
2020-03 Bromma 330

Bromma Manual

- BR1040885 - TWISTLOCK ASSY HYD TYPE 2
1 BR1121333 1 TWISTLOCK SUBASSY
3 BR1000430 1 GUIDE BLOCK
4 BR41683 1 SPHERICAL WASHER
5 BR57059 1 TWISTLOCK ARM TYPE 2
331 Bromma 2020-03

a Item 1030234 was 38095 0006111 2010-03-18 JLM
b Item 1030240 was 1030234 0006115 2010-03-18 JLM
B c Item 38095 was 1030240 0006119 2010-03-19 JLM
d Item 48392 added Value 2010-03-23 SZK
e Item 71328 added, 48457 mounting position changed 011787 2015-11-04 azanimo
f Item 22 was BR71328, 48457 mounting position changed 016780 2016-01-17 fazlamo
5 g Item 21 was BR1199148, Item 22 was BR48907, Item 23 added 017440 2017-03-22 fazlamo
4 4 3 Item 23 was BR1192979 and grease nipple recessed hole was added on BR48457 kgeraju
Item 48457 mounted from this side h 017639 2017-04-10
2020-03
7 i Item 76332 was BR1138950, Title was Type 2 ECO2-026368WG2 2019-01-31 azanimo
j BR1263290 was BR400241 ECO3-034110 2020-02-06 azanimo
h
i A
23 12 11 13
e
f
10 8
13
1
Item 48392 mount on mounting rail
19
d
9
Item 79150 greased

at assembly
17
14
A
B
16
20 g
7.3.36 TENSION ROD TYPE 1 BR1028646
22
g 18
Bromma
15
TENSION ROD SHIMED WITH 79181
Bromma Manual
21
g
6
3 4 4 5
2009-11-11 ALT. 1/1 176,8 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

JLM TENSION ROD TYPE 1 A1 j

i
STS 45 DRAWING NUMBER
BR1028646
332
Bromma Manual

- BR1028646 - TENSION ROD TYPE 1
4 BR77776 12 WASHER BRB 6,4x12x1,6
6 BR1017325 1 CABLE CHAIN
8 BR36794 1 LATCH
9 BR79150 1 BEARING
11 BR48457 1 SHAFT
12 BR79182 2 CYLINDRICAL BOLT HCB 25 X 65 FZB
13 BR74983 3 SPLIT PIN 5x40
14 BR1263290 1 LOCKING PLATE
15 BR79181 4 WASHER PS 52x65x2
17 BR87810 1 CLIPS PROFILE L=90
18 BR78459 2 SCREW M6S 8X16
19 BR48392 1 CLIP
20 BR1199148 1 TENSION ROD COMPLETE
21 BR1130811 1 SHAFT, GREASE NIPPLE
333 Bromma 2020-03

3 2 SCREW MC6S 6x12 A4, CLASS 70, ISO 4762 BR79899
2 6 NUT LOC-KING M5 DIN 985, A4, KLASS 70 BR77889
1 12 WASHER BRB 5,3x10x1 A4, ISO 7089 BR77896
IT QTY TITLE SUBJECT PART NUMB

a Item 1030228 was 38094 0006111 2010-03-18 JLM
b Item 38094 was 1030228 0006119 2010-03-19 JLM
c Item 48392 added Value 2010-03-23 SZK
d Item 71328 added, Item 48457 mounting side changed. 011787 2015-11-04 azanimo
Item 48457 mounted from this side e Item 22 was BR71328, 48457 mounting position changed 016780 2017-01-17 fazlamo
f Item 21 was BR38094, Item 22 was BR48907, Item 23 added 017440 2017-03-22 fazlamo
g Item 23 was BR1192979, and Grease nipple recessed hole was added on BR48457 017639 2017-04-10 kgeraju
2 h Title was Type 1, BR76332 was BR1138950 ECO2-026368WG2 2019-01-31 azanimo
2020-03
1 i BR1263290 was BR400241 ECO3-034110 2020-02-06 azanimo
Item 79150 greased
13
at assembly
e 12
h
12 13
23
1
4 A
g
18
10 11 8
13 7
9
6
3
Item 48392 mount on mounting rail
19
c
C
A
20
b f i 14
7.3.37 TENSION ROD TYPE 2 BR1028643
17
22
f
TENSION ROD SHIMED WITH 79181
Bromma
15
7
1
Bromma Manual
6
5
1 2 16
21
f
2009-11-10 ALT. 1/1 176.7 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

JLM TENSION ROD TYPE 2 h A1 i

STS 45 DRAWING NUMBER
BR1028643
334
Bromma Manual

- BR1028643 - TENSION ROD TYPE 2
7 BR1017325 1 CABLE CHAIN
8 BR36794 1 LATCH
9 BR48457 1 SHAFT
11 BR79150 1 BEARING
12 BR79182 2 CYLINDRICAL BOLT HCB 25 X 65 FZB
13 BR74983 3 SPLIT PIN 5x40
14 BR1263290 1 LOCKING PLATE
15 BR79181 4 WASHER PS 52x65x2
16 BR78459 2 SCREW M6S 8X16
17 BR87810 1 CLIPS PROFILE L=90
19 BR48392 1 CLIP
20 BR1043864 1 TENSION ROD COMPLETE
21 BR1130811 1 SHAFT, GREASE NIPPLE
335 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.38 CHAIN ASSY BR38073
2020-03 Bromma 336

Bromma Manual

- BR38073 - CHAIN ASSY
1 BR47468 2 CHAIN SIPLEX 1 1/2 INCH
2 BR61698 2 SHOCK ABSORBER
3 BR71512 4 CHAIN-LOCK SIMPLEX 1 1/2 IN
337 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.39 SHOCK ABSORBER BR61698
2020-03 Bromma 338

Bromma Manual

- BR61698 - SHOCK ABSORBER
1 BR53434 1 LINK 1 1/2 INC
2 BR59899 1 LINK 1 1/2 IN
3 BR59897 1 TUBE
4 BR53435 1 NUT
5 BR71686 36 CUP SPRING
6 BR71633 2 NUT ML6M M30
7 BR71529 2 BUSHING
9 BR1000585 2 SCREW M6S 6x55
10 BR77776 4 WASHER BRB 6,4x12x1,6
339 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.40 PEDESTAL BEARING BR35635
2020-03 Bromma 340

Bromma Manual

- BR35635 - PEDESTAL BEARING
1 BR1011858 1 PEDESTAL BEARING
2 BR1004941 1 SHAFT
3 BR46765 1 CHAIN WHEEL
4 BR41796 1 WASHER MACHINED
5 BR41794 1 WASHER MACHINED
6 BR73562 2 BEARING
7 BR73950 1 KEY 12x8x30
8 BR74243 2 LOCKING RING SGA 60
11 BR77062 4 SCREW M6S 16x180
13 BR1136754 3 RUBBER CLAMP D=8 (303) ASSY
341 Bromma 2020-03

- - - - -
2020-03
2
( 50)
7.3.41 SHAFT ASSY BR1043198
(114)
Bromma
Bromma Manual
- - - -
JLM 2011-12-29 ALT. 1/1 1.8 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

SHAFT ASSY A3 -
DRAWING NUMBER
TIE CYLINDER
BR1043198
342
Bromma Manual

- BR1043198 - SHAFT ASSY
1 BR1001514 1 SHAFT
2 BR70644 2 SPLIT PIN 6,3x90
343 Bromma 2020-03

POS 1 WAS
1000596
2020-03
POS 5 AND 6
a 2016-06-01 extgranmjo
ADDED ECO-013957
POS 4 WAS
37797
4
7.3.42 SHAFT ASSY BR1043199
Bromma
1 2 3 5 6
Bromma Manual
- - - -
JLM 2011-12-29 ALT. 1/1 2,7 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

SHAFT ASSY A3 a
DRAWING NUMBER
TIE BEAM
BR1043199
344
Bromma Manual

- BR1043199 - SHAFT ASSY
1 BR1000595 1 SCREW M6S 8x45
3 BR77798 1 WASHER BRB 8,4x16x1,6
4 BR1181311 1 SHAFT
5 BR1181313 1 SPACER
6 BR76728 1 WASHER SRKB 9X28X2
345 Bromma 2020-03

1
A Item 15 removed; Item 16
a 016703 2017-01-11 choonfa
added; Tolerance revised.
a4 (637)
B 6
2 5
1/1000 a3
A 405 C D(1:1)
8
2020-03
14 a1
(25) C
a4
1 C
0,5
0,5
D 16 a
13
13
3 4
113,5
98,5
1930 1 (857)
(2847)
C C-C ( 1:5 )
7
a4
275
C 12
1
915
1A
(1121,5) 808,5 1
7.3.43 TIE BEAM COMPLETE BR1043880
B B a4
C
a3 a4
1A C a3
A C 1A 1/1000
1A 10
(1740)
(8)
a3
C
a3
C
Bromma
20
a3 15
C 9
190
C (1044) (1058) (289)
Bromma Manual
ROTATED 180
(40)
B-B
(40)
a3 16 4 PLATE VKR TUBE
C a3
C 14 1 FLAT BAR 3x15 L=72
11
13 2 SUPPORT PLATE -
13 12 2 SUPPORT PLATE -
11 2 ANGLE BAR 75x75x7 L=40
10 1 SUPPORT PLATE -
a3
C -
9 1 SENSOR TRIP
-
275
8 1 U-PROFILE
7 1 TIE PLATE BENDED -
6 1 LOCKING STUD -
5 1 U-PROFILE -
C 4 2 TUBE ACCURACY 25x25x3 L=1058
(259) 3 2 TUBE ACCURACY 25x25x3 L=1044
- - - -
DATE MATERIAL SHEET WEIGHT TOLERANCE GENERAL 2 1 GUIDE -
2012-02-21 ALT. 1/1 144 kg ISO 13920 AE 1 1 TIE BEAM MACHINED STS 45
IT QTY TITLE SUBJECT
HYD TIE BEAM COMPLETE A1 a
DRAWING NUMBER
STS 45
BR1043880
346
Bromma Manual

- BR1043880 - TIE BEAM COMPLETE
1 BR1043070 1 TIE BEAM MACHINED
2 BR48318 1 GUIDE
3 BR87740 2 TUBE ACCURACY 25x25x3
4 BR87739 2 TUBE ACCURACY 25x25x3
5 BR1043940 1 U-PROFILE
6 BR1043941 1 LOCKING STUD
7 BR23758 1 TIE PLATE BENDED
8 BR400279 1 U-PROFILE
9 BR400576 1 SENSOR TRIP
11 BR85363 2 ANGLE BAR
14 BR87140 1 FLAT BAR
16 BR1175800 4 PLATE
347 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.44 ROLLER ASSY BR38064
2020-03 Bromma 348

Bromma Manual

- BR38064 - ROLLER ASSY
1 BR38102 1 SHAFT
2 BR73562 2 BEARING
4 BR48331 1 ROLLER
5 BR400272 2 LOCK PLATE
7 BR79962 2 SEALING SIMRIT
8 BR48333 2 WASHER
9 BR1000624 4 SCREW M6S 12x50
349 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.45 20 FT ASSEMBLY BR401039

Made in 3D.
b Manufacturing - 2009-11-12 JLM
not changed
A A
A-A ( 1:1 )
4
3
NUMBER OF SHIMS
PLACED SO BOTH
GABLE ENDS HIT
BOTH STOPS AT
THE SAME TIME IN
ITS INNER POSITION
- - - -
JLM 2009-11-12 ALT. 1/1 2,6 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

20 FT ASSEMBLY A4 b
- DRAWING NUMBER
401039
2020-03 Bromma 350

Bromma Manual

- BR401039 - 20 FT ASSEMBLY
1 BR401045 1 BUFFER 20ft
3 BR401050 8 SHIM
4 BR700781 4 SCREW MC6S 10x50
351 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.46 LANDING BUFFER SOFT BR49854
2020-03 Bromma 352

Bromma Manual

- BR49854 - LANDING BUFFER SOFT
3 BR1101304 2 SLEEVE WASHER
4 BR77894 2 SCREW M6S 12x40
353 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.47 DIGITAL ENCODER ATTACHMENT BR1005342
2020-03 Bromma 354

Bromma Manual

- BR1005342 - DIGITAL ENCODER ATTACHMENT
1 BR1004944 1 FLANGE
2 BR1018277 1 ENCODER KIT
4 BR1000622 2 SCREW M6S 12x30
355 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.48 ENCODER KIT BR1018277
2020-03 Bromma 356

Bromma Manual

- BR1018277 - ENCODER KIT
1 BR70040 1 SCREW SK6SS M6x10
3 BR701380 3 WASHER BRB 4,3x9x0,8
4 BR1002315 1 DRIVING KEY
357 Bromma 2020-03

2020-03
7.3.49 MOUNT DET POWER PACK BR1234952
Bromma
Bromma Manual

1
2018-04-18 ALT. 1/1 426 kg SS-ISO 2768-c
honloya MOUNT DET POWER PACK A3 -

DRAWING NUMBER
COMPLETE, 7.5KW, 140L, PVQ40
BR1234952
358
Bromma Manual

- BR1234952 - MOUNT DET POWER PACK
1 BR46753 4 MOUNT. DET. POWERPACK
359 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.50 MOUNT. DET. POWERPACK BR46753
2020-03 Bromma 360

Bromma Manual

- BR46753 - MOUNT. DET. POWERPACK
3 BR1115237 1 SCREW M6S 16x45
5 BR77894 4 SCREW M6S 12x40
361 Bromma 2020-03

a Representation mode changed. Manufacturing not changed - 2010-11-24 JLM
b Item 22 and 23 were 77894 and 701440 009156 2015-02-05 azanimo
c Item 6 was 701403 ; item 7 was 701440. Item 5 updated. 009385 2015-03-04 ngye
d Item 7 was 75295; item 22 was 75607; Material of item 17 changed. 010219 2015-05-13 ngye
e Item 23 added. 012004 2015-12-01 ngye
Torque guideline added extgranmjo
f 13955 2016-05-27
Position 10 was 70475
1 20 20 21 Item 16 was BR1026759, Item 18 removed; Item 24 & 25 added;
g 014474 2016-08-16 choonfa
2020-03
Qty of Item 19 was 2.
h Drawing Updated 0164669 2016-12-21 fazlamo
16
10
3
11
20
20
8 9
19 25 1 CLAMP KIT,
24 1 RUBBER CL
24 16 1 RUBBER CL
g
23 2 PLUG G 1/8
(1542,5)
25 7 6 WASHER N
22 4 SCREW M6S
21 1 CLAMP KIT
c 20 4 CLAMP KIT
19 1 CLAMP KIT
A 17 2 STOP
6 7 15 2 NUT LOC-KI
9 14 2 WASHER BR
7.3.51 TWINLIFT TYPE 2 BR1028738
13 2 BUSHING
12 2 SHAFT
11 8 WASHER N
c
10 8 SCREW M6S
5
9 2 GLIDE BEAR
8 2 FLAT BAR
6 2 SCREW M6S
4
5 2 WASHER
USE SHIM IF NECESSARY, ART NO. 49880
4 2 SLIDE BEAR
23 10 8 3 1 TWINLIFT C
22 7 b
11 2 1 TWINLIFT B
2 1 1 TWIN FRAM
IT QTY
17 e d
Bromma
f
d
Bromma Manual
12
A ( 1:2 )
15 14 13
f
Refer to Bromma Torque Guidelines, BR1166868
- - - -
2009-11-08 ALT. 1/1 300 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

JLM TWINLIFT TYPE 2 A1 h

DRAWING NUMBER
ASSEMBLY STS 45
BR1028738
362
Bromma Manual

- BR1028738 - TWINLIFT TYPE 2
1 BR16079 1 TWIN FRAME COMPLETE
2 BR1028739 1 TWINLIFT BOX TYPE 2
3 BR23528 1 TWINLIFT CYLINDER
4 BR38090 2 SLIDE BEARING
5 BR400274 2 WASHER
6 BR1139879 2 SCREW M6S 12x30
9 BR49847 2 GLIDE BEARING
10 BR1181307 8 SCREW M6S 16x50
12 BR49841 2 SHAFT
13 BR49842 2 BUSHING
17 BR400271 2 STOP
22 BR1146614 4 SCREW M6S 12X 40
23 BR1018690 2 PLUG G 1/8 IN
25 BR1184767 1 CLAMP KIT, DOUBLE
363 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.52 CLAMP KIT BR1028744

a BOM was missing 0005845 2010-01-21 a
b Item 5 was BR1000583 (6x45). ECO3-033322 2019-11-15 choonfa
5 ( 14)
3
4
- - - -
2009-06-24 ALT. 1/1 0.1 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

JLM CLAMP KIT A4 b

DIA 14 DRAWING NUMBER
BR1028744
2020-03 Bromma 364

Bromma Manual

1 BR76914 2 CLAMP 02-214
5 BR1000584 2 SCREW M6S 6x50
365 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.53 CLAMP KIT BR1184768

Screws were 6x50,
a
BR1000584 (2x). ECO3-033322 2019-11-15 choonfa
6
a
7
( 18)
5
85
4
98
84
25
81
41
45
- - - -
2016-08-16 ALT. 1/1 0.2 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

choonfa CLAMP KIT A4 a

DIA 18, RUBBER CLAMP DRAWING NUMBER
BR1184768
2020-03 Bromma 366

Bromma Manual

1 BR70145 2 CLAMP 02-218
5 BR1000584 1 SCREW M6S 6x50
6 BR1183698 1 RUBBER-CLAMP D=21 (311)
7 BR1000585 1 SCREW M6S 6x55
367 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.54 CLAMP KIT, DOUBLE BR1184767

- - - - -
6 4 3
5
- - - -
2016-08-16 ALT. 1/1 0,27 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

choonfa CLAMP KIT, DOUBLE A4 -

DIA 14, RUBBER CLAMP DRAWING NUMBER
BR1184767
2020-03 Bromma 368

Bromma Manual

- BR1184767 - CLAMP KIT, DOUBLE
1 BR76914 4 CLAMP 02-214
4 BR1000590 2 SCREW M6S 6x90
6 BR1183698 2 RUBBER-CLAMP D=21 (311)
369 Bromma 2020-03

a BOM missing 0005851 2010-01-28 JLM
Item
b 1033210 was 0007028 2010-09-10 EEM
b 1026759
c New BOM 0009188 2011-10-12 JLM
20 Model
6 updated.
A ( 1:2 ) d - 2011-10-24 JLM
Manufacturing
2020-03
not changed
C-C ( 1:5 ) Drawing
e 0164669 2016-12-21 fazlamo
Updated
UNLOCKED C
B
LOCKED
19
17
B
18
4 A
11 12 13 15 14
16
6 NOTE A
C
15
2
(47)
3
7.3.55 TWINLIFT BOX TYPE 2 BR1028739
TEST INSTRUCTION
(54)
c LOCK AND UNLOCK PROXIMITY SWITCHES ADJUSTED SO THAT THEY NEVER
21 LOOSE THE SIGNAL WHEN THE TWISTLOCK MOVE AROUND IN THE
ALLOWED FLOATING.
THE SWITCHES ADJUSTED SO THEY NEVER TOUCH THE TWISTLOCK

1 B-B ( 1:2 ) MECHANICALLY.
Bromma
10
Bromma Manual
NOTE A
SENSOR FOR LANDED ADJUSTED FOR INDICATION BETWEEN

0 AND 6 MM.
INSTRUCTION
TIGHTEN THE NUT SO NO FLOATING IS POSSIBLE. UNSCREW THE NUT 1/2 TURN
(180 ). PUT THE SCREW IN THE NEAREST HOLE, LESS THAN 180 . CHECK
THE FLOAT SO THE GUIDE NECK (ITEM 3) HITS THE EDGES OF THE HOLE
IN THE BOTTOMPLATE. - - - -
8 JLM 2009-11-09 ALT. 1/1 101 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

7 FORMAT STANDARD REV.
TWINLIFT BOX TYPE 2 A1 e

DRAWING NUMBER
STS 45
BR1028739
370
Bromma Manual

- BR1028739 - TWINLIFT BOX TYPE 2
1 BR1003753 1 TWINLIFT BOX
2 BR70429 1 SPRING 4,5x22x90
6 BR1026754 1 SENSOR ATTACHMENT ASSY
11 BR74970 2 CLAMP 04-430
15 BR1000592 2 SCREW M6S 6x130
371 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.56 CLAMP KIT BR1025948
2020-03 Bromma 372

Bromma Manual

1 BR74970 2 CLAMP 04-430
4 BR1000584 2 SCREW M6S 6x50
373 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.57 CLAMP KIT BR1026758
2020-03 Bromma 374

Bromma Manual

1 BR76914 4 CLAMP 02-214
4 BR1000588 2 SCREW M6S 6x70
375 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.58 CLAMP KIT BR1026759
2020-03 Bromma 376

Bromma Manual

1 BR70142 2 CLAMP 01-110
4 BR77775 2 SCREW M6S 6x30
377 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.59 RUBBER CLAMP D=11 (305) ASSY BR1033210
REV D E S C R IP T IO N E C O -N o . DATE BY
- - - - -
T H IS D R A W IN G IS C O P Y R IG H T A N D IS T H E P R O P E R T Y O F B R O M M A C O N Q U IP . T H E D E S IG N A N O R C O N S T R U C T IO N S C O N T A IN E D T H E R E IN M A Y N O T B E
2
(2 6)
1
C O P IE D O R R E P R O D U C E D W IT H O U T T H E W R IT T E N C O N S E N T O F T H E O W N E R .
(1 4 )
(3 7 )
R A W M A T E R IA L A R T .N R R A W M A T E R IA L P R O F IL E D IM E N S IO N A N D T O L E R A N C E R A W M A T E R IA L T Y P E
- - - -
S IG N E D B Y DATE M A T E R IA L SHEET W E IG H T TOLERANCE GENERAL
JLM 2 0 1 0 -0 9 -0 9 ALT.
1 / 1 0 ,0 3 k g S S -IS O 2 7 6 8 - c
FO R M AT STANDARD REV.
R U B B E R C LA M P D = 1 1 (30 5 ) A S S Y A4 -
- D R A W IN G N U M B E R
1033210
2020-03 Bromma 378

Bromma Manual

- BR1033210 - RUBBER CLAMP D=11 (305) ASSY
1 BR70443 1 RUBBER
2 BR78501 1 SCREW M6S 6x12
379 Bromma 2020-03

- - - - -
2020-03
9 7 7 8
4
7.3.60 SENSOR ATTACHMENT ASSY BR1026754
Bromma
2
2
Bromma Manual
6 5 3 RAW MATERIAL ART.NR RAW MATERIAL PROFILE DIMENSION AND TOLERANCE RAW MATERIAL TYPE
- - - -
2009-06-24 ALT. 1/1 1.1 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

JLM SENSOR ATTACHMENT ASSY A3 -

DRAWING NUMBER
TWINLIFT TWISTLOCK STS/STR TYPE
2 BR1026754
380
Bromma Manual

- BR1026754 - SENSOR ATTACHMENT ASSY
1 BR23420 1 BRACKET
2 BR74970 4 CLAMP 04-430
6 BR1000585 4 SCREW M6S 6x55
7 BR77776 8 WASHER BRB 6,4x12x1,6
11 BR77775 4 SCREW M6S 6x30
381 Bromma 2020-03

Drawing was
c 0010102 2012-02-22 JLM
41731
2020-03
(6)
(n27)
(n21)
7.3.61 SPACER RING BR54049
Bromma
Bromma Manual
- - - -
JLM 2012-02-22 ALT. 1/1 0,01 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

SPACER RING A3 c
DRAWING NUMBER
27x21x6
54049
382
Bromma Manual

- BR54049 - SPACER RING
383 Bromma 2020-03

a Representation mode chaged. Manufacturing not changed - 2010-11-24 JLM
b Item 22 and 23 were 77894 and 701440 009156 2015-02-05 azanimo
c Item 5 updated. Item 6 was 701403 ; item 7 was 701440. 009385 2015-03-04 ngye
d Item 7 was 75295; item 22 was 75607; Material of item 17 changed. 010219 2015-05-13 ngye
e Item 23 added. 012004 2015-12-01 ngye
f Torque guideline added extgranmjo
013955 2016-05-27
Position 10 was 70475
g Item 16 was BR1026759, Item 18 removed; Item 24 & 25 added; Qty of
2020-03
014474 2016-08-16 choonfa
Item 19 was 2.
20 h Drawing Updated 016459 2016-12-21 fazlamo
21 20 g
g
16 24
25
LAMP KIT, DOUBLE DIA 14, RUBBER CLAMP BR1184767
UBBER CLAMP ASSY D=21, W4 BR1184764
19
LUG G 1/8 IN PLUG PL DIN 908 BR1018690
CREW M6S 12X 40 DACROMET, CLASS 10.9, BR1146614 20
ISO 4014
LAMP KIT DIA 18, RUBBER CLAMP BR1184768 20
LAMP KIT DIA 14 BR1028744
LAMP KIT DIA 14. BR1028742
TOP - BR400271
UBBER CLAMP ASSY D=21, W4 BR1183338
UT LOC-KING M20 REPLACED BY BR1109317 BR75052
ASHER BRB 21x36x3 FZB, SMS 70 BR75292
USHING - BR49842 25 1 CLAMP KIT,
HAFT - BR49841 24 1 RUBBER CL
ASHER NORD-LOCK M16 DELTA PROTEKT BR70918 16 1 RUBBER CL
CREW M6S 16x50 DACROMET ISO 4017 10.9 BR1181307 23 2 PLUG G 1/8
LIDE BEARING - BR49847 3 7 6 WASHER N
LAT BAR 60x20, L=210 BR37781 22 4 SCREW M6S
ASHER NORD-LOCK M12 DACROMET BR1124058
CREW M6S 12x30 DACROMET, CLASS 10.9, BR1139879 21 1 CLAMP KIT
ISO 4017 20 4 CLAMP KIT
ASHER T=8 BR400274 19 1 CLAMP KIT
LIDE BEARING - BR38090 17 2 STOP
c
WINLIFT CYLINDER - BR23528 B 15 2 NUT LOC-KI
WINLIFT BOX TYPE 1 STS 45 BR1028760 14 2 WASHER BR
7.3.62 TWINLIFT TYPE 1 BR1028762
WIN FRAME COMPLETE TYPE 1 BR16078 13 2 BUSHING

6 7
TITLE SUBJECT PART NUMB 12 2 SHAFT
11 8 WASHER N
c
5 10 8 SCREW M6S
9 2 GLIDE BEAR
1 4 8 2 FLAT BAR
9 6 2 SCREW M6S
d
17
5 2 WASHER
4 2 SLIDE BEAR
If necessary use shim, Art no. 49880 b
22 7 3 1 TWINLIFT C
2 1 TWINLIFT B
8 10 23 1 1 TWIN FRAM
d IT QTY
2 11
Bromma
e
f
Bromma Manual
B ( 1:2 )
f
15 14 13 12
Refer to Bromma Torque Guidelines, BR1166868
- - - -
2009-11-10 ALT. 1/1 300 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

JLM TWINLIFT TYPE 1 A1 h

DRAWING NUMBER
ASSEMBLY STS 45
BR1028762
384
Bromma Manual

- BR1028762 - TWINLIFT TYPE 1
1 BR16078 1 TWIN FRAME COMPLETE
2 BR1028760 1 TWINLIFT BOX TYPE 1
3 BR23528 1 TWINLIFT CYLINDER
4 BR38090 2 SLIDE BEARING
5 BR400274 2 WASHER
6 BR1139879 2 SCREW M6S 12x30
9 BR49847 2 GLIDE BEARING
10 BR1181307 8 SCREW M6S 16x50
12 BR49841 2 SHAFT
13 BR49842 2 BUSHING
17 BR400271 2 STOP
22 BR1146614 4 SCREW M6S 12X 40
23 BR1018690 2 PLUG G 1/8 IN
25 BR1184767 1 CLAMP KIT, DOUBLE
385 Bromma 2020-03

a BOM missing 0005851 2010-01-28 JLM
b BOM missing 0005854 2010-01-29 JLM
c Item 1033210 was 1026759 0007025 2010-09-09 JLM
A ( 1:2 ) d New BOM 0009188 2011-10-12 JLM
Model updated.
e - 2011-10-24 JLM
Manufacturing not changed.
f Drawing Updated 016459 2016-12-21 fazlamo
2020-03
UNLOCKED
B B-B ( 1:5 )
6
LOCKED
17
20
A 18
C
19
14 11 13 15
B
12
16
15
7.3.63 TWINLIFT BOX TYPE 1 BR1028760
(47)
TEST INSTRUCTION
1
6 NOTE A
LOCK AND UNLOCK PROXIMITY SWITCHES ADJUSTED SO THAT THEY NEVER
(54)
21 d LOOSE THE SIGNAL WHEN THE TWISTLOCK MOVE AROUND IN THE
ALLOWED FLOATING.
THE SWITCHES ADJUSTED SO THEY NEVER TOUCH THE TWISTLOCK

C-C ( 1:2 ) 8
MECHANICALLY.
Bromma
Bromma Manual
NOTE A
SENSOR FOR LANDED ADJUSTED FOR INDICATION BETWEEN

0 AND 6 MM.
INSTRUCTION
10 TIGHTEN THE NUT SO NO FLOATING IS POSSIBLE. UNSCREW THE NUT 1/2 TURN
(180 ). PUT THE SCREW IN THE NEAREST HOLE, LESS THAN 180 . CHECK
THE FLOAT SO THE GUIDE NECK (ITEM 3) HITS THE EDGES OF THE HOLE
IN THE BOTTOMPLATE. - - - -
4 7 SIGNED BY DATE MATERIAL SHEET WEIGHT TOLERANCE GENERAL
5 JLM 2009-11-09 ALT. 1/1 101 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

TWINLIFT BOX TYPE 1 A1 f

DRAWING NUMBER
STS 45
BR1028760
386
Bromma Manual

- BR1028760 - TWINLIFT BOX TYPE 1
1 BR1003754 1 TWINLIFT BOX
2 BR70429 1 SPRING 4,5x22x90
6 BR1026753 1 SENSOR ATTACHMENT ASSY
11 BR74970 2 CLAMP 04-430
15 BR1000592 2 SCREW M6S 6x130
387 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.64 SENSOR ATTACHMENT ASSY BR1026753
2020-03 Bromma 388

Bromma Manual

- BR1026753 - SENSOR ATTACHMENT ASSY
1 BR61183 1 BRACKET
2 BR74970 4 CLAMP 04-430
6 BR1000585 4 SCREW M6S 6x55
7 BR77776 8 WASHER BRB 6,4x12x1,6
11 BR77775 4 SCREW M6S 6x30
389 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
7.3.65 SIGN SWL KIT BR1118894

a Updated to match BR1118893 007991 2014-09-24 honloya
b Drawing updated. ECO2-026136WG2 2019-01-09 honloya
Not to be exchanged to stainless steel!

Screws and washers in FZB!
3 2 1
2013-09-17 ALT. 1/1 0.1 kg SS-ISO 2768-c

zamansy SIGN SWL KIT A4 b

CE, MT DRAWING NUMBER
BR1118894
2020-03 Bromma 390

Bromma Manual

- BR1118894 - SIGN SWL KIT
1 BR1118893 1 SIGN SWL
2 BR75293 4 WASHER BRB 6.4x12x1.5
391 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
8 Accessories
This chapter describes accessories used in the YTS45. Accessories
included in this delivery are marked in Chapter 3, Accessories
included.
Some accessories may have been added after the YTS45 has been
delivered and notification is then made in Chapter 9, Service Notes.
For other special components see section 7, Spare parts list.
To ensure safe and harmless operation of the spreader it is important
to follow the instructions below and only use Bromma spare parts
when replacing components.
393 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
8.1 Hour Counter

70779 (115V), 1015908 (115V)
70780 (230V), 1015909 (230V)
70873 (380V)
76139 (24V)
Application
In order to maintain correct service intervals an hour counter can be
mounted in the electric cabinet. The counter is mounted on a socket
which in turn is fixed on a rail.
Function
The hour counter is connected to the hydraulic motor. (see section
6.3 Electric system). The counter operates when the motor is running.
This is indicated by an LED in the front. The counter cannot be reset.
When it reaches its maximum (99999.99 h) it restarts from 0.
Technical specifications
Counter 70779 70780 70873 701654 1015908 1015909 76139
Operating Voltage 115VAC 230VAC 380VAC 440VAC 115VAC 230VAC 24 V DC
Numerals 1,5 x 3,5
Voltage tolerance ±10% -
Frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 50-60 Hz
Power Consumption ~10mA 1,4-15mA
Protection DIN40050
Ambient Temp. -20° - 70°C (-4° - 158°F)
Weight 46 gram
Front 52 x 52 mm
2020-03 Bromma 394

Bromma Manual
8.2 LED Indicator Lamps

Bromma telescopic spreaders can be equipped with LED indicator
lamps to inform the crane driver and operators if the spreader has
landed, is unlocked or has locked on a container. For twinlift
spreaders a fourth lamp is used to indicate twinboxes down. For
mobile harbour crane spreaders the fourth lamp indicates that the
tower is in mid position.
LED lamp
Mounting bracket
Gable plate with

angle adjustment
8.2.1 Application
The Bromma LED indicator lamps are available in different colors
and each lamp is ordered separately. The mounting bracket assembly
consists of a coated steel bottom plate for 2-4 LED lights and two
gable plates. The tilt angle is adjustable by using different fix-in holes
in the gable plates. The mounting bracket for single lamp is not ad-
justable. The bracket assembly also includes attachment screws,
washers and nuts in stainless quality. The LED indicator lamps are
available in 24VDC and 100-250VAC versions. The lamps are
equipped with a M12 connector.
For 1-2 lamp brackets Bromma standard cables (4-pol female open
end) can be used. For 3-4 lamp brackets a specific cable and a Y-
connector should be installed.
395 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
8.2.2 Assembly
1 Install the lamps on the mounting bracket in the order specified
on the electrical drawing, section 6.3. Place a rubber gasket on
LED lamp
each side of the mounting bracket plate. Tighten the plastic nut
only by hand.
Mounting bracket 2 Mount the gable brackets in pre-drilled holes on the appropriate
space on the spreader main frame with the stainless screws.
3 Mount the bracket in a proper angle so the lamps are visible both
from the crane cabin and from ground. Tighten the screws. Use
electrical grease in the M12 connections.
Rubber gasket
4 Mount the cables according to the electrical drawing, section 6.3.
Secure the cables with cable clamps.
Plastic nut 5 Mount the split cable on one of the gable plates with the M4
screws (if needed).
Cable with
M12-connection
6 Ensure that the lamps indicate the right sequences and that the
cables are not mixed and the lamp colors are assembled as
specified.
8.2.3 Lamps, brackets and cables

8.2.3.1 LED 24VDC
BR1701086 red BR1701085 green BR1701088 yellow BR1701087 blue BR1701089 white
BR1123884 Mounting BR1123482 Mounting BR1122860 Mounting BR1123771

bracket bracket bracket Mounting bracket
1 lamp 2 lamps 3 lamps 4 lamps
2020-03 Bromma 396

Bromma Manual
8.2.3.2 Cables 24VDC
BR1701780 Cable for 3 and 4 LED brackets
Cable for 1 and 2 LED brackets:

BR76498 (2m)
BR70395 (5m)
BR70396 (10m)
397 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
8.2.3.3 LED 100-250VAC
BR1702585 red BR1702584 green BR1702587 yellow BR1702586 blue BR1702588 white
BR1123884 Mounting BR1123482 Mounting BR1122860 Mounting BR1123771

bracket bracket bracket Mounting bracket
1 lamp 2 lamps 3 lamps 4 lamps
2020-03 Bromma 398

Bromma Manual
8.2.3.4 Cables 100-250VAC

BR1702589 Cable for 2 LED set
BR1702590 Cable for 1 LED
399 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Use Micro 3-pol female open end.
8.2.4 Technical specifications

K50BCL 1-color models: 160mA max at 12VDC, 80mA max at
30VDC and 16mA max at 100-250VAC.
Supply protection circuitry: Protected against reverse polarity and
transient voltages.
Environmental Rating: Rated IEC IP67 and IP69K, per DIN40050
Construction: Base and covers, polycarbonate.
Operating conditions: -40°C (-40 °F) to 50°C (122 °F) 90% at 50°C
(122 °F) max relative humidity (non-condensing)
Connections: M12 A-code 4-pin male
2020-03 Bromma 400

Bromma Manual
Connections: Micro male 3-pole
8.2.5 Warnings
CAUTION: LED light units are sources of bright light. Do not stare
directly into the beam from close distances and observe all the
warnings and guidelines in the instruction manual. Bromma LED in-
dicator panels are classified as Class 2M LED devices according to
the standard IEC60825-1:1993+A1:1997+A2:2001
401 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
8.3 TTDS Twin Twenty Detection System

8.3.1 Introduction
8.3.1.1 System Description
The Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System (TTDS) is designed
to sense the existence of two twenty foot containers in a forty foot
ship’s cell by detecting the gap between the two containers or the
sagging of the two containers. The twin twenty detection system is a
tool to assist the operator in detecting the dangerous situation of two
twenty foot containers under a spreader positioned in the 40 foot
position.
The majority of twin twenty conditions consist of two typical containers,
although there are several other variables to consider. The Bromma
Twin Twenty Detection System was designed to detect as many types
of flatrack and tank containers as possible without unnecessarily
shutting down operations.
Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System uses a seven sensor cluster
to avoid many of the false indications that plague other twin twenty
detection systems. Many twin twenty detection systems cannot
differentiate between a twin twenty condition and an open top
container, canvas tops, and tank container. The Bromma twin twenty
detection system is designed to give a “go” signal during most of these
lifts. By reducing the amount of false twin twenty indications that need
to be bypassed, Bromma can offer a more reliable and productive
system.
The Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System uses a cluster of seven
photoelectric sensors located in the center of the main frame. See
Figure 8.1. The five inner sensors are used to locate a gap between
two containers. The two outer sensors, S95 and S96, along with the
two outer sensors on the center cluster, S90 and S94 are used to
detect the existence of the containers. The system can detect a 38
mm gap with a range of plus or minus 28 mm from the center of the
spreader.
Figure 8.1: Photoelectric sensors
2020-03 Bromma 402

Bromma Manual
The Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System can also detect an unsafe
twin twenty lift even if the containers where butted together and there
is no gap. The idea is based on the fact that an unsafe twin twenty lift
will lift the ends of the containers that are locked on to the spreader
and ends at the center will not be lifted. By setting the outer sensors
lower than the inner sensors, there will be an area where the TTDS
will send an unsafe twin twenty lift even when no gap exists. When
the outer ends of the container are lifted beyond the setting of the
inner sensors, the TTDS go permissive will be switched off. The outer
sensors should still detect the presence of the containers. The TTDS
will interrupt the go permissive until the spreader is lifted beyond the
range of the outer sensors. This means when the twistlocks are locked
and the TTDS senses an unsafe lift, the hoisting should stop. Figure
8.2 shows the condition where the twistlock are locked and the outer
ends of the containers are being lifted, but the ends at the center are
not. The TTDS will determine that this condition is an unsafe twin
twenty lift and discontinue the go permissive. Figure 8.3 show a typical
unsafe twin twenty lift that will be detected by the TTDS.
Range of Range of
outer sensors inner sensors
Figure 8.2: Unsafe condition
Figure 8.3: Unsafe twin twenty lift

The Bromma TTDS can be mounted anywhere along the center of
the spreader. It is recommended that the TTDS be mounted inside
the main frame for maximum protection.
The twin twenty detection system is designed so a failure of a sensor
will not cause the system to fail and send a "go" signal during a twin
twenty condition. Because the definition of a gap is two or more
sensors, the system will not shut down if one of the gap sensors fails.
The system will become more sensitive to a twin twenty condition. A
failure is defined by a failure of the sensor, the relay wired to the
sensor, or a loose connection.
403 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
The Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System (TTDS) is not intended

nor will it detect all possible twin twenty conditions. The Limitation
Section outlines the situations where the twin twenty detection system
may give a false twin twenty indication or fail to give an indication.
8.3.1.2 Sensing The Gap Between Containers

The Bromma TTDS can detect a minimum of 38 mm gap between
the containers. The Bromma TTDS defines a gap as two or more
consecutive sensors not detecting an obstruction in their view path.
Two consecutive sensors are used to define a gap to avoid false
readings due to damage or variations of the containers.
The center of the gap between containers does not have to fall in the
center of the spreader. The spreader could be as much as 28 mm
from the center of the gap due to the spreader being landed toward
one end of the container, floating twistlocks, or the flexibility of the
spreader. For this reason, the gap sensing cluster is made up of five
sensors to achieve a plus or minus 28 mm range. Because of the
physical size of the sensors, the sensors are mounted in two rows.
The two rows are staggered so any one sensor is halfway between
the sensors before and after.
8.3.1.3 Detecting a Container

The two outer sensors, S95 and S96, of the twin twenty detection
system are the primary sensors for detecting the existence of a
container. The two outer sensors of the gap cluster, sensors S90 and
S94, are used as secondary container sensors for tank containers
and flat racks. If these four sensors do not detect a container, the twin
twenty detection system will allow the container to be locked and lifted.
This situation will occur on forty foot open top containers or loose
fitting canvas topped containers.
If any of the four container sensing sensors detects a container, the
control is transferred to the gap sensing sensors. If two consecutive
sensors do not detect the container, the TTDS will not give the “go”
permissive.
The two outer sensors, S95 and S96, are located 114 mm from the
center of the spreader to ensure that two twenty foot containers are
detected no matter where they are in the ship cell.
8.3.1.4 Sensor Settings

The inner sensors should be set low enough to detect sagging canvas
tops but not too low where it will detect the load in an open top
container. It is a known fact that two twenty foot containers can be
lifted in a cell by a spreader in single container mode. The bottom of
the containers will ride the cell guide and allow the crane to lift the
two containers. Once the containers leave the cell, the ends at the
center will drop and in most cases the container will fall. Even in the
cells the ends of the container at the center will be lower in relation
to the ends attached to the spreader. The inner sensors must be set
so they go from high to low state in the event that two twenty foot
containers are lifted in the cells.
When two twenty foot containers are lifted in a cell, the end of the
container at the center will be 137 mm lower than the ends supported
by the spreader. To ensure that the inner sensors do not detect the
2020-03 Bromma 404

Bromma Manual
container in this configuration, the inner sensors should be set so that

the range is 133.4 mm below the twistlock housings. Deflection of the
spreader and the 14 mm difference between the seated and the loaded
position will ensure that the inner sensor will not detect the container
if this condition occurs. Since the TTDS is located in different positions
and the sensors are not mounted at the same elevation, it is best to
set the sensors based on the bottom of the main beam. The type of
spreader will determine the range of the inner sensors. See Table 1
for recommended inner sensor settings for different spreaders.
Since the spreader will travel lower than the theoretical spreader
height when it is landed on a container, the inner sensors will extend
approximately 178 mm past the top of the container when the spreader
is landed. On all but canvas top containers, this engagement should
be adequate. The amount of the sag in the canvas top will determine
if a canvas top container will give a false indication.
In the case where an unsafe twin twenty lift occurs outside the cells,
the ends at the center will not be lifted. This means the outer sensors
need to be set so that once the go permissive has been interrupted,
the hoist should stop before the containers are lifted out of the range
of the outer sensors. On faster cranes where the stopping distance
is too long, logic in the crane should be added to watch for the
interruption of the go permissive with the twistlock locked and the
spreader not landed. Once a predetermined time period without the
go permissive has been reached with the twistlock locked, the hoist
should be stopped, even if the go permissive returns. When the
containers have been lifted high enough the outer sensors will no
longer be able to detect the containers and the go permissive will be
given. Bromma recommend a sensor setting of 305 mm greater than
the inner sensors. The stopping distance of the crane will determine
if additional crane logic will be needed. The difference between the
inner sensor setting and the outer sensor setting needs to be greater
than the stopping distance of the crane, or additional crane logic will
be needed to properly detect the unsafe twin twenty condition. If the
settings are less than the stopping distance of the crane, the hoist will
be interrupted and then the hoist will coast until the containers are
outside the range of the outer sensors then the go permissive will be
given and the hoist will be able to rise again. Only a pause will be
seen.
405 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
See Table 1 for recommended outer sensor settings for different

spreaders.
Type of Spreader Inner Sensor Setting Outer Sensor Setting
(From Bottom of Main (From Bottom of Main
Beam) Beam)
SSX40, SSX45, STR40, STR45 & STS45 with Standard 425 mm 730 mm
end beams (172 mm from Bottom T/L Housing to Gable
Tube).
SSX40, SSX45, STR40, STR45 & STS45 with Bromma 568 mm 873 mm
Classic end beams (342 mm from Bottom T/L Housing
to Gable Tube).
SSX40, SSX45, STR40, STR45 & STS45 with INRS end 606 mm 911 mm
beams.
New Type ASX-7 & BSL-6, AST-6, & BST-6 405 mm 710 mm
(311 mm from Bottom T/L Housing to Gable Tube).
EH170U, EH5U with standard end beams. 345 mm 650 mm
AST-6SCH 384 mm 689 mm

Old Style ASX-7 and BSL-6 337 mm 640 mm

ASX-7 & BSL-6, AST-6, & BST-6 Spreaders with INRS 457 mm 762 mm
end beams.
AST-6SCH with INRS end beams. 4 mm 740 mm
8.3.1.5 Interface with Spreader and Crane Control

The Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System should be tied into the
spreader position circuit to deactivate the system when the spreader
is in the 20 or 45 foot position. In the case of a twin lift spreader, the
system should also be tied into the center housing down circuit so the
system is deactivated when the housings are down. The TTDS should
be tied into the hoisting circuit. In the event the system is fooled by a
small gap between the containers, the twistlocks can be locked and
the containers could be lifted. As the two containers are lifted, the
outer ends of the container are lifted beyond the setting of the inner
sensors, the TTDS go permissive will be switched off. The hoist should
then stop, only if the system is tied into the locked hoist permit. The
twin twenty detection indication should not affect the lowering of the
spreader or the unlocking of the twistlocks.
The stopping distance of the crane determines if the hoisting of the
container will stop within the range of the outer sensors. The stopping
distance of the crane is based on a number of parameters,
acceleration rate, deceleration rate and the hoist speed. Since each
crane is set up differently, testing the actual crane may be the only
way to determine if the 305 mm difference between the inner and
outer sensors will be enough to stop the hoist. A test to determine if
2020-03 Bromma 406

Bromma Manual
only the difference in sensor settings will be enough to stop the hoist
is described below.
On faster cranes the sensor settings may not be enough to stop the
hoist. When the TTDS is fooled by the two containers butted together
and the two containers are lifted, the go permissive will be interrupted,
but since the crane can not stop quickly, the spreader will be lifted
passed the range of the outer sensors and the go permissive will be
sent again. If no other logic is in the crane PLC, the hoist will start
again. To avoid this, one of the two crane logic options should be
added to the PLC.
• The first option would be to place TTDS latching logic to stop the
hoist and keep it stopped if the go permissive is interrupted for a
half a second to one second when the twistlocks are locked. The
only way to hoist would be to cycle the twistlocks to the unlock
position or active the Twin Twenty Detection bypass. The TTDS
latching logic would need to be added in the PLC. It should be
noted that is not a good idea to stop the hoist and keep it stopped
based on just the interruption of the go permissive. As the spreader
is landing or the containers are lifted, the TTDS will interrupt the
go permissive momentarily as the sensors adjust to a different
status. The interruption of the go permissive should be continuous
over a period of time from 0.5 to 1 seconds.
• The second option would be to keep the hoist in slowdown mode
for 2 second after lifting the containers. This would allow the hoist
to be stopped within the range of the outer sensors.
Testing the Stopping Distance of the Crane

The following test can be done to check if the TTDS sensor setting
and crane controls are properly set to stop an unsafe twin twenty lift.
The first test should be performed without addition TTDS latching
logic in the PLC to check if the sensor settings would be all that is
necessary.
• Properly set the TTDS sensors.
• Place two empty twenty foot containers on the ground so that the
ends are butted together.
• Land the spreader on the containers with the center housings up.
• Tape a large piece of cardboard (460 mm by 610 mm) to the top
of the containers directly under the TTDS sensors.
• Lock the twistlocks to the outside ends of the containers.
• The operator should lift the containers at full stick. Note: The
containers should only be lifted 0.6-0.9 m (about two to three feet
).
• If the TTDS is set properly and the proper hoist interrupts are in
place, the TTDS will stop the hoist and it should remain stopped.
• Activate the Twin Twenty Detection Bypass to see if it is working
properly.
• Check to see if the crane can hoist the containers with the Twin
Twenty Detection Bypass active. (Only lift the containers slightly).
407 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
If the test properly stops the hoisting of the containers, repeat the test
two more times. If all three attempts are successfully, then additional
logic in the PLC is not needed.
If any of the attempts fail to stop the hoist, the TTDS latching logic or
the hoist slowdown needs to be included in the PLC logic and the test
should be repeated. If the TTDS latching logic is used, start with a
timer set for 1 second. Continue to reduce the time setting until the
TTDS properly stops the hoisting of the containers.
8.3.1.6 Twin Twenty Detection By-Pass

Since there is a possibility that the TTDS will indicate a twin twenty
condition when it is landed on a forty foot container or flat rack, the
system must be equipped with a method to override the system. To
do this, a twin twenty bypass should be placed either on the crane or
on the spreader. The bypass should be keyed and only operated by
authorized maintenance personnel. The bypass should be used only
after the situation has been checked thoroughly. When the twin twenty
bypass is activated, an audible alarm should be sounded to warn the
workers that the bypass is active. It is the customer’s responsibility
to determine if a twin twenty condition exists when the bypass is
activated.
8.3.1.7 Maintenance
Normal maintenance of the system includes testing the system
according to the Testing the Twin Twenty Detection System Section
(attached) and cleaning the lenses. The operation of the system should
be checked at every maintenance period to ensure the proper
operation of the system. The lenses should also be cleaned at every
maintenance period. The sensor will become more sensitive as the
lens become dirty and the system will indicate a twin twenty condition
where there is none.
8.3.1.8 False Signals

Some ports have encounter false twin twenty indications during heavy
rains. A puddle can form directly beneath the sensor cluster and the
wind and rain can produce ripple in the puddle. The reflective nature
of the puddle and the ripples abnormally disperses the light from the
sensors, leading to the TTDS indicating a twin twenty condition. The
system should be bypassed until the container is unloaded.
8.3.1.9 Functional Description

The twin twenty detection system (TTDS) is designed to stop the
twistlocks from locking if a twin twenty condition is detected. The
system is also tied into the locked hoist permissive to stop the hoist
if the system is fooled and the twistlocks are locked. The twin twenty
detection signal should only stop the twistlocks from locking when the
spreader is in the 40 foot position or the position of the spreader is
unknown and the center housings are up. A keyed bypass switch
labeled TWIN TWENTY DETECTION BYPASS, should be installed
in a convenient location to bypass the twin twenty detection system.
The bypass should only be used after the twin twenty situation has
been checked. An alarm should sound when the bypass switch is
activated to warn the worker that a bypass is active.
2020-03 Bromma 408

Bromma Manual
The crane logic must contain the following interlocks for

proper use of the TTDS:
• The crane logic must block the operator from locking the
twistlocks when a TTDS go permissive is not given.
• The crane logic must block the operator from hoisting the
spreader and container when the twistlocks are locked and
a TTDS go permissive is not given.
The TTDS is bypassed under certain condition and a TTDS “go”

permissive will be sent from the spreader. The logic in the crane should
also include the bypasses to mimic the spreader. The valid TTDS “go”
permissives that need to be supplied by the crane logic are as follows.
Valid TTDS “go” permissives supplied by crane control:

• Spreader in 20 foot position.
• Spreader in 45 foot position.
• Center Housings are down.
• The Twin Twenty Detection Bypass is activated
The twin twenty detection indication should not affect anything when
the spreader is in the 20 or 45 foot position, the twistlocks are unlocked
or the center housings are down. The twin twenty detection indication
should not effect the lowering of the spreader or the unlocking of the
twistlocks.
If the twin twenty detection indication effects the lowering of the hoist,
then the crane may be stuck in a position it cannot recover. If the
system is fooled and the twistlocks are locked, the TTDS can sense
the sagging of the container at the center of the spreader and interrupt
the “go” permissive and stop the hoist. Without the ability to lower the
spreader and unlock the twistlocks, the containers will be stuck partial
lifted.
If the twin twenty detection indication effects the hoisting of the crane
with the twistlocks unlocked, the operator will not be able to raise the
spreader to put down the center housing or the spreader will not be
able to be removed to check to see if there are two twenty foot
containers.
Both of these conditions can be overcome using the twin twenty
indication bypass, but frequent use of the bypass will be a nuisance.
If the use of the bypass becomes routine, then the operator may use
the bypass when there is a twin twenty condition just out of habit.
Bromma strongly recommends that each twin twenty occurrence be
thoroughly checked before the bypass is used.
The logic for the twin twenty detection system is contained on the
spreader. The logic on the spreader should be imitated in the PLC.
The logic must be installed and maintained to ensure the safe
operation of the spreader.
409 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
There may be a momentary loss of the twin twenty detection

permissive during the landing of the container as the photosensors
adjust to their new status.
8.3.2 Limitations
The limitations of the Twin Twenty Detection System (TTDS) are (see
Figure 8.4):
1 There must be a 38.1 mm gap between the containers where the
TTDS is sensing.
2 There must be a support between the end corner castings near
the top of the container or flat rack. The support must be at least
76.2 mm thick and the side of the support cannot be more than
50.6 mm from the end of the corner castings.
3 The maximum recess along the top of a container between the
corner castings is 50.8 mm.
4 The TTDS has given false twin-twenty indications during heavy
rains.
5 It will not protect against lifting two twenty-foot containers when
an overheight frame is used between the spreader and the
container.
50.8
mmMax.
76.2 38.1
mmMin. mmMin.
50.8
mmMax.
Flat rack or Container

tank container
Figure 8.4: Limitations
2020-03 Bromma 410

Bromma Manual
8.3.3 Procedure To Adjust Photoelectric Sensor On

Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System (TTDS)
Use the attached Figure 8.5 as reference.
8.3.3.1 Operation Mode Setting

1 The operation mode screw is mounted on the front face of the
sensor.
2 Rotate the mode screw to D for Dark On or to L for Light On.
3 Photoelectric Sensors S90 thru S94 are set Light On. Photoelectric
Sensors S95 and 96 are set Dark On.
8.3.3.2 Distance Setting

1 Determine the type of spreader. Using Table 1, find the settings
for the inner and outer sensors for the spreader.
2 Place a black mat object the proper distance +/- 6 mm from the
bottom of the main beam for setting the inner sensors.
3 Rotate the sensor distance adjustment screw on the inner sensors
until the photoelectric sensor is activated.
4 Repeat the procedure until all five inner photoelectric sensors are
set.
5 Place a black mat object the proper distance +/- 6 mm from the
bottom of the main beam for setting the outer sensors.
6 Rotate the sensor distance adjustment screw on the outer sensors
until the photoelectric sensor is activated.
7 Repeat the procedure until both the outer photoelectric sensors
are set.
8.3.3.3 Indication Lights

The green indicating light is illuminated when there is a stable light
or dark condition.
The red indicating light is illuminated when the output is active.
Sensing distance
pointer
Sensing distance
Operation indicator screw
(red)
Illuminates when
output is activated. Stability indicator (green)
Illuminates under stable
light or dark conditions.
Figure 8.5: Adjust Photoelectric Sensor
411 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
8.3.4 Testing The Twin Twenty Detection System

Items in parenthesis are for Twin Lift Spreaders Only.
Description Accepted (Initials) Date
Check each sensor individually to see if the green LED lights on each
sensor are illuminated.
Check each sensor individually to see that the red LED lights changes
state when an object is place 150 mm below the sensor.
With the twistlocks unlocked, (the center housings up) and the spreader
in the 40-foot position, place an object about 150 mm below all the sensors.
The LED lights on each sensor should be checked to make sure the sensor
is tripped. The twistlocks should lock and the twin twenty light should not
light.
Clear the area 1,020 mm from the bottom of the main beam. With the
twistlocks unlocked, the plungers up, (the center housings up) and the
spreader in the 40-foot position, check to see if the twistlocks will lock.
The twistlocks should lock and the twin twenty light should not light.
With the twistlocks unlocked, the plungers up, (the center housings up)
and the spreader in the 40-foot position, place an object approximately
150 mm directly below one of the outer sensors. Check to see if the
twistlocks will lock. The twistlocks should not lock and the twin twenty light
should light.
and the spreader in the 40-foot position, place an object approximately 6”
directly below the other outer sensors. Check to see if the twistlocks will
lock. The twistlocks should not lock and the twin twenty light should light.
150 mm directly below all of the sensors. Check to see if the twistlocks
will lock. The twistlocks should lock and the twin twenty light should not
light.
150 mm directly below one of the outer sensors. Check to see if the
twistlocks will lock. The twistlocks should lock and the twin twenty light
should not light.
With the twistlocks unlocked, the plungers up, (the center housing up) and
spreader in the 45-foot position, place an object approximately 150 mm
directly below one of the outer sensors. Check to see if the twistlocks will
lock. The twistlocks should lock and the twin twenty light should not light.
With the twistlocks unlocked, the plungers up, the center housing down
and spreader in the 40-foot position, place an object approximately 150
mm directly below one of the outer sensors. Check to see if the twistlocks
will lock. The twistlocks should lock and the twin twenty light should not
light.
(This step is for Twinlift Spreaders Only)
2020-03 Bromma 412

Bromma Manual
8.3.5 Wiring
Figure 8.6 shows the typical wiring scheme for the TTDS. See the
electrical schematic of the spreader to determine the actual wiring.
Control Control
power neutral
Control Control
power neutral 20 foot position
45 foot
position
R100
TTDS fault indication
Center
housing up
Twin twenty
by-pass switch
Twin twenty
S90
by-pass audible alarm
Crane S91
S92 Twin twenty

detection controller
S93
Spreader S94
S95
S96
Figure 8.6: Wiring scheme for TTDS
413 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
8.3.6 Pin Layout
10 m (32.8 ft)
Figure 8.7: Male Socket on Figure 8.8: Main Cable with

TTDS Plug
The following is the pin layout for the main cable.
Wire No. Pin No. Function
1 A Power
2 B Neutral
YL/GR C Equipment Ground
3 D Common Supply Relay 1
4 E TTDS Fault Relay 1 (N.C.) (TTDS fault)
5 F TTDS Fault Relay 1 (N.O.) (TTDS permissive)
6 G Common Supply Relay 2
7 H TTDS Fault Relay 2 (N.C.) (TTDS fault)
8 I TTDS Fault Relay 2 (N.O.) (TTDS permissive)
9 J Fault Override (115 VAC)
8.3.7 Spares
The following is a list of typical spares. See the electrical wiring
diagram of the spreader to determine the actual parts used.
Part No. Description
38272 Twin Twenty Detection Controller (TTDC) for

120 VAC
220 VAC
24 VDC
38274 Main Cable
2020-03 Bromma 414

Bromma Manual
Part No. Description
RST3RKWT4/3- Cable Between TTDC and Sensors

631/.6M
UZD355A Photoelectric Sensor
8.3.8 Troubleshooting
8.3.8.1 Procedure to Trouble Shoot the Twin Twenty
Detection System
This procedure is used for Twin Twenty Detection Systems with the
Bromma TTDS controller another procedure is used to troubleshoot
the TTDS with relays.
Position the spreader so it is raised at least three (3) feet from the
ground in the area of the twin twenty detection system. There will be
one relay mounted in the main junction box that is the “go” permissive
for the twin twenty detection system. Check the electrical schematic
for the spreader to determine the relay number for the “go” permissive.
For this document, the “go” permissive relay will be called R100. When
Relay 100 is powered, the go permissive is given. If Relay 100 is not
on, then the twin twenty detection system is indicating a twin twenty
condition. See Figure 8.1 for the sensor configuration.
1 Check to see that the cables number corresponds to the sensor
number. See Figure 8.1 for the sensor configuration. Cable S90
is on sensor S90, Cable S91 is on sensor S91, Cable S92 is on
sensor S92, Cable S93 is on sensor S93, Cable S94 is on sensor
S94, Cable S95 is on sensor S95 and Cable S96 is on sensor S96.
• Reconnect the cables to the proper sensors if the cabling is not
correct.
2 When there is no object under the sensor cluster, the green LED
lights should be lit on all the sensors. The red LED light should be
illuminated on sensors S95 and S96. The LED light on Relay 100
should be illuminated.
• If the green LED light on some sensors is not illuminated and
illuminated on other sensors, the cable to the sensor may be
bad, the sensor may be bad or the controller may be bad. First,
check the sensor according to the attached, “Procedure For
Checking Sensors”. If the sensor is not bad, check the cable
to the bad sensor according the attached, “Procedure For
Checking Sensor Cable”. If the cable to the sensor is not bad,
replace the TTDS controller according to the attached,
“Procedure to Replace Twin Twenty Detection System
Controller.”
• If none of the green LED lights on the sensors are illuminated,
the cable to the TTDS controller may be bad or the controller
is bad. First, check the wiring to the TTDS controller according
to the attached, “Procedure For Checking Cable to TTDS
Controller”. If the wiring is not bad, replace the TTDS controller
according to the attached, “Procedure to Replace Twin Twenty
Detection System Controller.”
415 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
3 Place masking tape over the face of the outside sensor S95. The
red LED light should go off. The LED light in Relay 100 will not be
illuminated.
• If the red LED light does not go out, check the sensor according
to the attached, “Procedure For Checking Sensors”.
• If the LED light in Relay R100 does not go out, the cable to the
sensor may be bad, the cable to the TTDS controller may be
bad, or the controller may be bad. First, check the wiring to the
TTDS controller according to the attached, “Procedure For
Checking Cable to TTDS Controller”. If the wiring to the TTDS
controller is not bad, check the cable to the bad sensor
according the attached, “Procedure For Checking Sensor
Cable”. If the cable to the sensor is not bad, replace the TTDS
controller according to the attached, “Procedure to Replace
Twin Twenty Detection System Controller.”
4 Remove the masking tape from sensor S95. Place masking tape
over the face of sensor S96. The red LED light should go off. The
LED light in Relay 100 will not be illuminate.
• If the red LED light does not go out, check the sensor according
to the attached, “Procedure For Checking Sensors”.
5 Place the masking tape back onto sensor S95, then individually
add masking tape to sensors S90, S91, S92, S93 and S94. When
the tape is placed on the sensor, the red LED light on the sensor
should illuminate.
• If the red LED light does not illuminate, check the sensor
according to the attached, “Procedure For Checking Sensors”.
6 After all the sensors have been covered. The LED light on Relay
100 should illuminate.
• If the LED light in Relay R100 does not illuminate, the cable to
the TTDS controller may be bad, or the controller may be bad.
First, check the wiring to the TTDS controller according to the
attached, “Procedure For Checking Cable to TTDS Controller”.
If the wiring to the TTDS controller is not bad replace the TTDS
7 Check the logic in the TTDS controller by removing the tape from
two sensors. See the list below for the proper pair of sensors. The
LED light in Relay 100 should go out. If the LED light in Relay 100
goes out, replace the tape and uncover the next pair.
2020-03 Bromma 416

Bromma Manual
Sensors S90 and S91

Sensors S91 and S92
Sensors S92 and S93
Sensors S93 and S94
8 If everything has worked properly to this point and the system is
still not functioning properly on the spreader, check the wirings to
the relay according to the attached “Procedure to Check the Wiring
to the “Go” Permissive Relay.
8.3.8.2 Procedure to Replace A Twin-Twenty Detection

System Sensor
1 Remove the sensor cluster from the spreader by removing the
bottom locknuts on the cluster shock mounts (See Figure 8.1).
2 Remove cluster from mounting brackets.
3 Remove screws and wiring from sensor. The sensors are held in
place by two screws.
4 Separate the bad sensors from the other sensors. Note the location
of sensors in cluster.
5 Unscrew the sensor cable form the sensor.
6 Reinstall the sensor cable onto the new sensor.
7 Reinstall the sensor back into the cluster and make sure all sensors
are back in their proper order.
8 Place the sensor cluster back on the support brackets and replace
the shock mount nuts.
9 Set the new sensor according to “Procedure To Adjust Photoelectric
Sensor On Bromma Twin Twenty Detection System (TTDS)”
10 Retest the Twin Twenty Detection System according to “Procedure
to Trouble Shoot Twin-Twenty Detection System”.
8.3.8.3 Procedure to Replace A Twin-Twenty Detection

System Controller (TTDC)
1 Disconnect the cables to the sensors at the TTDC.
2 Disconnect the main cable to the TTDC.
3 Remove the nut holding the TTDC.
4 Remove the TTDC.
417 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
5 Place the new TTDC on the shock mounts.

6 Reinstall the nut on the shock mounts.
7 Reinstall the main cable to the TTDC.
8 Reinstall the sensor cable to the TTDC. Make sure the cables are
connected to the proper connections.
9 Retest the Twin Twenty Detection System according to “Procedure
to Trouble Shoot Twin-Twenty Detection System”.
8.3.8.4 Procedure to Checking Cable to TTDS

Controller
1 Before checking the cable, check all the connections of the cable
to the terminal strips. Look for loose screws, bad crimps and frayed
strands.
• If any bad connections are found, repair and retest the TTDS.
2 If a spare cable is available, temporarily wire the cable in the
junction box. Disconnect the existing cable and plug in the spare
cable. Retest the TTDS.
• If the TTDS operates properly, then replace the existing cable.
If the TTDS is not functioning properly, reconnect the existing
cable and follow the Procedure to Trouble Shoot the TTDS to
determine the cause of the problem.
3 If a spare cable is not available, unplug the cable from the TTDC
with the power off. Turn on the power. Carefully with a voltmeter
meter, place one probe on Pin A and the other to Pin B. The
voltmeter meter should read the proper voltage (24 VDC, 115 VAC
or 220 VAC). See the electrical schematic to determine the proper
voltage.
• If the meter does not show any voltage, measure and verify
with the voltmeter that the proper voltage in on the wire
terminations in the junction box. If not, repair the problem in
the junction box. If the proper voltage exists on the wire
terminations, replace the cable.
4 If the meter reads the proper voltage, then with a voltmeter meter,
carefully place one probe on Pin G and the other to Pin B. The
ohm meter should read the proper voltage (24 VDC, 115 VAC or
220 VAC). See the electrical schematic to determine the correct
voltage.
• If the meter does not show any voltage, measure and verify
with the voltmeter that the proper voltage in on the wire
terminations in the junction box. If not repair the problem in the
junction box. If the proper voltage exists on the wire
terminations, replace the cable.
5 If the meter reads the proper voltage, remove the power on the
spreader. With the ohm meter set to check for continuity, check
each of the wires for continuity. The following chart shows the pin
out for the cable.
2020-03 Bromma 418

Bromma Manual
Wire No. Pin No. Function
1 A Power
2 B Neutral
YL/GR C Equipment Ground
3 D Common Supply Relay 1
4 E TTDS Fault Relay 1 (N.O.)
5 F TTDS Fault Relay 1 (N.C.)
6 G Common Supply Relay 2
7 H TTDS Fault Relay 2 (N.O.)
8 I TTDS Fault Relay 2 (N.C.)
9 J Fault Override (115 VAC)
• If the meter shows any breaks in the cable, replace the cable.
6 If no breaks are found, follow the Procedure to Trouble Shoot the
TTDS to determine the cause of the problem.
8.3.8.5 Procedure to Checking Sensor

1 If a spare cable is available, remove the suspected cable and install
the spare cable. Retest the TTDS.
• If the TTDS operates properly, then keep the spare cable
installed. If the TTDS is not functioning properly, reconnect the
existing cable and look for another problem.
2 If a spare cable is not available, unplug the cable from the TTDC
and the sensor. With the ohm meter set to check for continuality,
check each of the wires for continuity.
• If the meter shows any breaks in the cable, replace the cable.
3 If no breaks are found, follow the Procedure to Trouble Shoot the
TTDS to determine the cause of the problem.
419 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
9 Service Notes, Feedback

9.1 Service Notes
To be able to follow up the history of this spreader it is of great importance to make notes of all service
measures and replacement of spare parts. This can be done below.
Start up procedure
Comments:
Date Signature
Maintenance after 500h (first)
Inspect for visible damage Lubrication
Check for leakage and oil level
Retighten all screws Date Signature
Maintenance after 1000h
Twistlock check Check for leakage and oil level
Check filter indicator Check hoses and hose connections
Check electric cabinet sealings Check all electric connections
Date Signature
Date Signature
421 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual

Check filter indicator
Check hoses and hose connections
Check electric cabinet sealings
Tighten ties, bearing beams and roller Check all electric connections
attachments
Date Signature
Date Signature
Date Signature
Date Signature
2020-03 Bromma 422

Bromma Manual
Renew filter and check air breather Check for leakage and oil level
Tighten ties, bearing beams and roller
attachments Check all electric connections
Check glide plates Inspect bottom rails for deformation
Check chain tension Date Signature

Dismantle twistlocks, perform crack
detection
Date Signature
Date Signature
Date Signature
423 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual

attachments
Date Signature
Date Signature
Date Signature
Date Signature
2020-03 Bromma 424

Bromma Manual

Renew filter and check air breather Check hoses and hose connections
Check all electric connections
attachments Inspect bottom rails for deformation
Analyze oil, renew if nessary

Check glide plates
Check chain elongation Date Signature

Replace twistlock pins and spherical
washers
Date Signature
Date Signature
Date Signature
425 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual

attachments
Date Signature
Date Signature
Date Signature
Date Signature
2020-03 Bromma 426

Bromma Manual
Renew filter and check air breather Check for leakage and oil level
attachments Check all electric connections
Check glide plates Inspect bottom rails for deformation
Check chain tension Date Signature

Dismantle twistlocks, perform crack
detection
Date Signature
427 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
9.2 Feedback
In our efforts to evaluate both the products and the manuals it is of great value for BROMMA to receive your
opinion and experience from daily usage.
We would be grateful if you could take a few minutes of your time and fill in the applicable parts in the form
below.
The Product
Spreader type Serial number Delivery date
Approx. operating time Company Date
Name
1.Did the product fulfil your expectations?
Not at all Not in all aspects Acceptable Yes, in most aspects Yes, very much so
2. Is there something you miss or find unsatisfactory about this product?
3. Is there something you find unnecessary on this product?
Service and spare parts

4. In your experience have you received the help and support from BROMMA you expected?
5. Is it easy to find the spare parts you need to order?
2020-03 Bromma 428

Bromma Manual
6. Do you find it easy to order the requested spare parts ? (BROMMA E-Commerce)
7. How do you find the pricing of the BROMMA spare parts ?
Cheap Acceptable High Expensive
8. How do you find the delivery time of the BROMMA spare parts ?
Slow Acceptable Fast
9. Do you have any other viewpoints about the service and spare parts?
This Manual
10. Is it easy to find the information needed in this manual?
11. Is it easy to understand the symbols, illustrations and the text in this manual?
12. Is there any information you miss in this manual?
13. Is there any unnecessary information in this manual?
429 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
14. Do you have any other comments about this manual?
15. Will you recommend your company to purchase more products from BROMMA?
No No opinion Yes
Thank you for taking your time. Please send this form to:
Cargotec CHS Pte Ltd

BROMMA
Service Department
Singapore 618299
Singapore
You can also send it by fax: +65 6597 3800 or e-mail to sales@bromma.com
2020-03 Bromma 430

Bromma Manual
10 Index Introduction
Introduction
Keywords are represented in alphabetical order. The numbers after
the keywords refer to the applicable page in the PDF version of the
file or the printed hard copy.
Most words in Chapter 7 are excluded since this chapter is modular
and its contents vary.
431 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
Index
A control system, 23
Accessories, 393 Control system, 162
adjustable wrenc, 34 control unit, 164
adjuster nut, 210 Control Units, 30
adjusting nut, 210 Control voltage, 25
air breather, 48 corner castings, 18, 410
All electrical components, 20 Corrosion Protection, 26
all electric design, 21 cotter pin, 210
Ambient temperature range, 26 cracks, 241
Application Form, 259 crane cabin, 33
audible alarm, 408 Crane controls, 38
crane cycle, 17
B crane logic, 409
bell-housing, 215, 217 Cross bar, 214
Biodegradable oil, 258 cross beam, 18
Bottom gliding bearing, 246 cylinder, 16
box design, 13
Bromma e-commerce website, 259 D
buffer, 47 dataplate, 259
Datasheet, 21, 23
C De-aeration, 204, 223
Cable chain, 214 Declaration of conformity, 29
cable chains, 16 degreasing procedure, 258
cable clamp, 214 Design Calculations, 27
CANopen, 165 diagnostics, 164
canvas top, 402 digital encoder, 16
Capacity, 25 Digital Encoder, 213
cardboard, 407 directional control valve, 15, 18
case drain hose, 217, 219 directional control valves, 14
Center Housings, 409 disc springs, 15
center twistlock housings, 38 double acting cylinder, 19
Center twistlock housings up/down, 38 double pick mode, 244
certified welder, 240 drain plug, 217
Chain, 210 driving key, 213
chain pin, 210
chain telescopic motor, 18 E
chainwheel, 235 electrical cabinet, 20, 33
chain wheel, 211–212 Electrical cables, 258
claw wrench, 235 electrical motor, 13
coating thickness, 26 electrical safety interlock features, 20
Color code, 26 electric cabinet, 213, 394
conduit entries, 46 electric flipper arms, 19
cones, 37 electric motor, 13, 34
consecutive sensor, 404 Electric motor, 215
container, 7, 19–20, 34, 37, 39, 256 electric wiring diagram, 21
container crane, 33 electronic components, 257
Container Range, 25 electronic devices, 241
containers, 16, 18 encoder flange, 213
Container weight, 28 end beam, 19
contamination, 257 endbeams, 20
end beam twistlocks, 17
2020-03 Bromma 432

Bromma Manual
endless chain, 15 hoisting class, 27

environmental regulations, 239 hoisting speed, 13
error/event log, 164 hoist permit safety circuit, 20
events, 165 hoist slowdown, 408
Expand/retract, 38 hose connection arm, 246
external PC, 164 hour counter, 44–45
Hour Counter, 394
F Hub, 216
Fatigue check, 27 Hydraulic components, 257
fatigue conditions, 27 hydraulic cylinder, 19
Fault Override, 414 hydraulic diagram, 14
Feedback, 428 hydraulic fluid, 13
festoon, 256 hydraulic motor, 15, 211, 233, 394
filter, 13 hydraulic oil, 43, 49
filter indicator, 46 hydraulic pressure, 7, 255
fixed guide arms, 21 hydraulic pressure settings, 43
flag, 204 Hydraulic Pump, 217
flatrack, 402 Hydraulic side shift, 14
flipper arms, 21, 33 hydraulic system, 255
Flipper motor, 26 hydraulic tank, 45, 217
Flipper operation, 25 hydraulic unit, 13
Flipper signals, 256
floating ISO STD, 23 I
Floating ISO std, 27 Important symbol, 5
floating ISO twistlocks, 18 Indicator lamps, 24
flow meter, 35 INRS, 23
Flow rate, 255 interlocks, 409
flow regulator, 218 irectional solenoid valves, 14
functional test, 7
J
G junction box, 214–215, 418
gap sensing cluster, 404 junction boxes, 20
gearbox, 15, 211, 233 junction circuit, 256
gearbox attachment, 234
Gearbox seal kit, 236 K
General Assembly Drawing, 31 keyed bypass switc, 408
General Assy No:, 25
Gleitmo 805K, 243 L
glide plates, 14, 45, 48 Ladder, 246
Glide plates, 224 Landed Hold, 248
Glide Plates, 207 landing pin, 19
go permissive, 403 Landing Pin, 252
go permissive relay, 415 landing pins, 20
gravity point adjustment, 25 landing switches, 256
green LED, 412 latch, 18
guide arm, 46 latch cylinders, 17–18
guide arms, 19, 44–45 LED, 24, 394
guide block, 46, 202–203, 231 legislation requirements, 257
lenses, 408
H Lifting cases, 27
handheld computer, 164 lifting cycles, 27
headblock, 20, 33 lifting lugs, 25, 40
heavy metal, 257 Lifting lugs, 14
hoisting circuit, 406 Limitations, 410
433 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
limit switch, 256 Operating Voltage, 394

linkage, 43 operation mode screw, 411
load cell, 24 operator, 409
load cells, 37 over center valve, 15
load combinations, 27 over-center valve, 14
loading group, 27
load sensing system, 24 P
Load sensing twistlocks, 24 Packaging, 260
locked, 20 password, 259
locking/unlocking, 19 Pedestal Bearing, 212
locking devices, 16 penetrating fluid, 241
locking screws, 210 photoelectric sensor, 411
Lock plate, 226 Photoelectric Sensor, 411
lubrication instructions, 45 photoelectric sensors, 402
lubrication specifications, 44 pilot operated check valves, 18
piston pump, 13
M PLC, 163
main beam, 14, 405 plugin box, 20
main electrical cabinet, 34 plungers, 412
mainframe, 20 Polyurethane, 26
main frame, 13–14, 16, 21, 403 positioning system, 16
main junction box, 415 power, 20
maintenance action, 54 Powerpack, 215
maintenance procedures, 43 Power pack, 23
Mandatory symbol, 6 power supply, 163, 203
manifold block, 214 pressure, 14
manually operated, 14 pressure adjuster screw, 218
masking tape, 416 pressure gauge, 35, 218
maximum position, 210 Pressure Gauge, 223
metal scrap, 257 pressure setting, 255
mild steel, 240 pressure test point, 218
mineral based, 258 primary sensors, 404
Monitoring, 164 Prohibitory symbol, 6
motor rating, 218 proof load tested, 19
mounting brackets, 417 Protection, 394
movable twin units, 37, 43 protection grade, 13
proximity sensors, 17
N pump, 13
nameplate, 6, 37 Pump drain line, 255
non-containerised cargo, 14 Pump motor, 256
pump operating pressure, 35
O pump pressure, 255
ock/unlock twistlocks, 38 Pump pressure, 256
ohm mete, 418 Pump suction line, 255
oil filter, 255
oil filter insert, 48 R
oil level, 33, 45, 223, 255 Radial sealing, 237
Oil level, 233 recyclabl, 257
oil plug, 234 red LED, 412
Oil plug, 239 registered user, 259
oil pressure, 223 Relay, 256
open top container, 402, 404 Relay based system, 23
Operating movements, 25 return line filter, 13
Operating voltage, 25 return number, 260
2020-03 Bromma 434

Bromma Manual
Return parts, 260 spreader control system, 163

Roller assembly, 226 spreader frame, 6
Spreader landed, 38
S Spreader type, 25
safety features, 20 Start-uo, 33
safety precautions, 201 Steel stucture, 240
Safe Working Load (SWL, 37 stopping distance, 405
sagging canvas top, 404 support brackets, 417
Seal kit, 233 Surface coating program, 241
search function, 259 Suspended load, 7
secondary sensors, 404 swinging carg, 39
sensor, 403 SWL, 25
Sensor, 204 synthetic grease, 243
sensor cluste, 415 system pressure, 255
sensor cluster, 402, 417 System pressure, 14
sensor face, 204 system settings, 7
sensors, 20
Sensors, 19 T
separating inner attachments, 21–22 tank, 13
Serial No:, 25 tank container, 402
service intervals, 44, 394 tare weight, 13
Service Notes, 421 telescope, 201
service panel, 33–35 telescopic, 5
shim, 237, 242 telescopic beam, 18
ship cell, 404 telescopic beams, 14, 18, 224
ship’s cell, 402 Telescopic Beam Unit, 226
shock absorbe, 210 Telescopic beam unit (TBU), 224
shock absorber, 15 telescopic chain, 48, 212
shock absorbers, 13, 20 Telescopic Chain, 210
shock absorber system, 16 telescopic drive system, 14
shock mounts, 418 Telescopic Motor, 211
shock relief valve, 14, 255 telescopic system, 15
short circuited, 256 Telescopic Unit Gearbox, 233
sight glass, 33, 45 Telescoping, 25
signal lamps, 21 telescoping beams, 13, 20
Signal lamps, 38 telescoping chain, 239
single container mode, 404 telescoping speed, 218
single lift operation, 37 tension rod, 18, 214
single mode, 245 Tension rod, 224, 242
Slide bearings, 246 tension rods, 16–17
slide rails, 34 test adapter, 14
Sling, 233 Three-phase supply, 256
slings, 14 tie assembly, 17
slowdown mode, 407 tie cylinders, 17–18
software, 30 Tightening torques, 45
Software version list, 30 Timer, 256
solenoid, 255–256 top flange, 235, 238
solenoid valves, 35 Top gliding bearing, 246
spacing sleeve, 34 top housing, 236
spare cable, 419 torque wrench, 210, 238
spherical bearings, 202 touch screen, 165
spherical washer, 54 trestles, 33, 201
Split collar, 23 Triangle symbol, 6
spreader bar, 7, 38, 43 TTDS controller, 415
435 Bromma 2020-03

Bromma Manual
TTDS Fault Relay, 414 twistlock housing, 203

TTDS latching logic, 407 twistlock nut, 46, 202–203
TTDS Twin Twenty Detection System, 402 twistlock pin, 44–46
twin box bottom rails, 48 Twistlock Pin, 202
twinboxes, 20 twistlock pins, 19, 24
twinlift, 17, 25 twistlock pressure, 35
twinlift boxes, 242 Twistlock rotation, 25
twinlift mode, 20 twistlocks, 14, 16–18, 20, 35
twinlift model, 21 Twistlocks, 27, 202, 256
twinlift models, 22 Twistlocks locked, 38
Twinlift sequence, 244 Twistlocks unlocked, 38
twinlift system, 16 twistlock test, 34
twinlift twistlocks, 34
Twinlift unit, 246 U
twinlift units, 16, 18, 21 unlock, 7
Twinlift units, 246 unlocked, 20
twinlift unit twistlock, 17 Unlocked, 20
Twinlift Unit Twistlock, 231 Used oil/ grease, 258
twinlift unit twistlocks, 19 User ID, 259
twin mode, 18
twin positioning, 17 V
twin telescoping, 18 valve block, 18, 218
twin twenty condition, 408 valves, 13
Twin Twenty Detection Bypass, 407 visible damage, 33, 54, 255
twin twenty light, 412 voltmeter meter, 418
Twin unit glide plates, 242
twistlock, 16, 19, 46, 203, 409 W
Twistlock, 23 wear part, 8
twistlock assemblies, 34 weld information, 240
Twistlock assembly, 23 Welding class, 241
Twistlock Assy, 54 wiring scheme, 413
twistlock corner, 255 working pressure, 255
twistlock counter, 44–45, 47, 49 Worn out parts, 43
twistlock cylinder, 203
twistlock function test, 37
Z
twistlock head, 46, 202–204, 231 Zinc epoxy, 26
2020-03 Bromma 436

Bromma Manual
© Cargotec CHS Pte Ltd, Bromma

Singapore 618299
Singapore
Fax: +65 6597 3800
Bromma 2020
Singapore 2020
For nearest contact and latest information on Bromma´s products and services, visit Bromma´s website at
www.bromma.com
2020-03 Bromma 437

YTS45 en r0

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

YTS45 en r0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BGS

Spreader Type: YTS45 Serial NO: 31226

Customer: PT.Delta Sandai Perkasa

Enduser: PT.Meratus Line

8.3 TTDS Twin Twenty Detection System .......................................................... 402

1 How to read this Manual

1.1.1 This Manual

Triangle symbol denotes a situation that requires caution.

Prohibitory symbol denotes measures that you MUST NOT take.

Mandatory symbol denotes measures that you MUST take.

Be careful. Hot surface.

Regulation. Remove the main plug.

READ AND UNDERSTAND THE MANUAL BEFORE THE

1.4 Safety precautions

The spreader shall be operated and serviced only by authorized

Inspect the spreader for damage according to service procedures.

DO NOT connect or disconnect electrical connectors while the power

Care must be taken when performing any maintenance inside the

by personnel familiar with risks related to spreader functions and

DO NOT change any system settings and functions.

DO NOT tamper with hydraulic pressure settings once adjusted by

Maintain adjustment of all electrical and hydraulic components.

Perform a functional test after any maintenance or repair work.

DO NOT unlock the spreader while a container is suspended in the

STAY CLEAR of the spreader when in operation.

DO NOT walk or stand beneath the spreader bar during operation.

DO NOT crawl beneath a spreader bar for maintenance, repair or

NEVER STAND BENEATH A SUSPENDED LOAD.

DO NOT attempt to restrain the movement of a container, whether

DO NOT attempt to lift a container that is not level (+/- 5°).

DO NOT stand between a container and any construction that many

The operator in charge of the crane is responsible to restrict the

Integration of twistlock control into a crane control device for

1.5 Safety features

• Telescoping of the spreader is prevented unless all four blockading

2 Description of the Bromma Spreader

Telescopic Beam Unit

Hydraulic motor with

The telescopic system is driven by means of a hydraulic motor and

The BROMMA shock absorber system is designed to provide the

Separating Twin Units

Single telescopic mode

The twin telescoping between 40 and 45 foot is driven by two tie

In Twin mode the ties and the

Each twistlock pair is operated with a double acting cylinder centrally

Sensor for Sensor for

Signal lamps Plugin box

Plugin box The main electrical cabinet is mounted

LED indicator lamps can be provided to indicate landed / locked /

The twinlift model also exists in both 40 ft (YTR40) and 45 ft (YTR45)

The 45 ft twinlift spreader can also be delivered with separating inner

Ship to Shore Spreaders

The twinlift models also exists in both 40 ft (STR40) and 45 ft (STR45)

The 45 ft twinlift spreader can also be delivered with separating inner

LED Indicator Lamps

Load Sensing Twistlocks

Serial No: 31226

General Assy No: BR1261732

Container Range 20', 40' & 45'

Max height transport position 1,849 mm

Length when telescoped to minimum 6,064 mm

Lifting capacity (10% gravity point adjustment) 50 tonnes (49.21 LT)

Lifting capacity twinlift 2x 2 tonnes (1.97 LT)